24.8 C
London
Monday, June 16, 2025
Home Blog Page 7

Grimsby Woman Charged With Assault On Stanley Street

  • Humberside Police Confirm A Woman Has Been Charged With Assault

 

A woman who was arrested in connection with assaults on Stanley Street in Grimsby will appear in court today.

The 25-year-old Grimsby woman was charged on Thursday 9 September following her arrest on Tuesday 7th September 2021

According to Humberside Police, the woman was arrested at 4.40pm on Tuesday after an incident took place on Wellington Street/Stanley Street.

She has been charged with one case of assault (GBH), three counts of assaulting police officers and with the possession of an offensive weapon, namely a knife.

Martin Vickers, Cleethorpes MP Votes To Raise National Insurance

  • The people of Cleethorpes feel betrayed by Conservative MP Martin Vickers

Cleethorpes MP Martin Vickers has upset the people of Cleethorpes after he voted to pass a new health and social care tax which will increase National Insurance payments to aid NHS recovery post-COVID.

We have spoken to one hundred Cleethorpes residents this morning who were very angry that Martin Vickers had betrayed them.

91 of the 100 people we spoke to said they would not vote for him in the next General Election after they felt betrayed. 80 of those people had voted for Martin Vickers in the last election.

News of Martin Vickers betrayal could see him lose his seat at the next General Election which would be welcomed by many of those living in Cleethorpes.

Martin Vickers was not the only Lincolnshire MP who had betrayed voters and put those struggling financially into more hardship.

All ten Greater Lincolnshire MPs followed Boris Johnson like sheep and backed the National Insurance increase.

The next General Election could see Lincolnshire with the least number of Conservative MPs in recent history after Lincolnshire people are becoming fed up of being lied to and betrayed.

Parliament voted on Boris Health and Social Care Levy on Wednesday, September 8. Boris Johnson brought in the new tax to help the NHS recover from the COVID pandemic. However, there was no mention in the millions that was wasted by the Conservative government and contracts being given to friends and donors.

Those earning below £9,564 will not be affected.

The ten Conservative MPs who betrayed their voters and voted in favour of Boris Johnson new tax were:

 

    Victoria Atkins, Louth and Horncastle – Conservative

    Gareth Davies, Grantham and Stamford – Conservative

    Rt Hon Sir John Hayes, South Holland and The Deepings – Conservative

    Dr Caroline Johnson, Sleaford and North Hykeham – Conservative

    Rt Hon Sir Edward Leigh, Gainsborough – Conservative

    Karl McCartney, Lincoln – Conservative

    Matt Warman, Boston and Skegness – Conservative

    Martin Vickers, Cleethorpes – Conservative

    Lia Nici, Great Grimsby – Conservative

    Holly Mumby-Croft, Scunthorpe – Conservative

 

Four People Rescued By Royal National Lifeboat Institution On Cleethorpes Beach

cleethorpes beach rescue
  • Four people trapped by incoming tides on Cleethorpes beach

 

Four people were rescued by Royal National Lifeboat Institution after becoming trapped by incoming tides on Cleethorpes beach.

On Wednesday 8th September 2021 at 4.23pm Cleethorpes Coastguard station were made aware that four people were trapped on a sandbank behind Cleethorpes Pier.

The four people were approx. 700 metres off shore but Cleethorpes Coastguard were unable to reach them. This resulted in the Royal National Lifeboat Institution being called into action.

RNLI Cleethorpes launched a rescue operation and reached the group shortly before the sandbank was completely covered by the incoming tide.

The four people were unaware of how fast the tide comes in on Cleethorpes Beach.

RNLI Cleethorpes said: “On Wednesday afternoon, we were called out to rescue four people who had been trapped by the incoming tide on the sandbank behind Cleethorpes Pier.

“We took them to safety on the main beach and handed over to Cleethorpes Coastguard and Cleethorpes Beach Safety

“If you’re exploring our beach, be aware of tide times and come back off the banks at least four hours before high tide to avoid the risk of being trapped yourself.”

Cleethorpes Pier Gardens Invaded By Rats

  • Cleethorpes’ Pier Gardens overrun with rats running between benches

 

Local residents and holidaymakers were shocked when they saw rats running riot in Pier Gardens while they were enjoying the sun and having a picnic.

According to some eyewitnesses there were around 30 rats running around in five minutes around Cleethorpes Pier Gardens.

Most of the rats are around the picnic area but others can be seen in other areas of Cleethorpes Pier Gardens.

A spokesman for North East Lincolnshire Council have said they are aware of the problem and urging people to use the bins provided.

One woman we spoke to said she was shocked to see all the rats running around and wants to know what the council are doing about it.

Another woman said she will never return to Cleethorpes again and says it is shocking that the council know about the problem but have done nothing to solve it.

One local business owner in Cleethorpes who did not want to be named said North East Lincolnshire Council should be ashamed of themselves.

“This is going to put people off from coming to Cleethorpes. Many day trippers and holidaymakers have said they will not return to Cleethorpes again due to the lack of facilities. But this latest problem is set to put more people off.”

North East Lincolnshire Council have said: “We are taking action in Pier Gardens to keep the rats under control.

Although the council have said they are taking action, many local businesses and tourists have said it is too little too late.

One local Cleethorpes business owners told us that this is just one of the many reasons why North East Lincolnshire Council should not be in charge of Cleethorpes. According to the business owner, Cleethorpes needs its own council and experts who understand tourism.

Police Want To Question A Man Over Alleged Sexual Assault In Chapel St Leonards

  • Police seek man after alleged sexual assault in Chapel St Leonards

 

Lincolnshire Police are asking for help in identifying a man they want to speak to in relation to an alleged sexual assault that took place in Chapel St Leonards on August 14th 2021.

According to Lincolnshire Police, a man when into a busy man in Trunch Lane and touched a woman’s bottom.

Sexual Assault In Chapel St Leonards

Police have issued a picture of the man they want to question.

A spokesman for Lincolnshire Police has said they would like to speak to the man in the picture. He is described as white, early 20s, 6 foot tall with short light coloured hair

Anyone who can identify the man should call 101, quoting incident reference number 472 of the 14 August.

Alternatively email force.control@lincs.police.uk with reference 472 of 14 August in the subject line.

If you wish to remain anonymous, you can report via the independent charity CrimeStoppers on 0800 555 111. or online.

Man Arrested On Suspicion Of Murder Of Sam Davies

  • Sam Davies: New arrest over Lincoln Street stab death

 

Lincolnshire Police have announced they have made a new arrest in relation to the murder of Sam Davies.

A 21-year-old man has been arrested on suspicion of murder over the death of a man who was stabbed in the street.

Six men from Lincoln have now been arrested following the death of Sam Davies, 23, who died after he was found on 27th May with knife wounds at a property in Coleridge Gardens, Lincoln.

Police have said the six men are aged 17,18,19,20,23, and 24.

Six men from Lincoln, aged 18, 19, 20, 20, 23, and 24, and a 17-year-old boy, also from Lincoln, have been charged with Mr Davies’ murder, police say.

Det Ch Insp Richard Myszczyszyn said: “Inquiries are still ongoing and we will continue to work diligently to progress the investigation into the tragic death of Sam Davies.

“We are grateful to the local community for their support in our investigation so far.”

Women Sexually Assaulted In Edenham on Sunday

  • Women in her 20s sexually assaulted in Edenham after attending festival at Grimsthorpe Castle

 

Lincolnshire Police are appealing for information after a woman in her 20s was sexually assaulted after attending a festival at Grimsthorpe Castle.

The sexual assault happened in the early hours on Sunday (September 5) near the village of Edenham.

The victim had attended the Forbidden Forest Festival at Grimsthorpe Castle near Bourne.

Lincolnshire Police are investigating the incident and are appealing for any witnesses or anyone with knowledge of the sexual assault to come forward.

Witnesses can contact police by calling 101, quoting incident 36 of September 6 or by emailing: force.control@lincs.police.uk quoting incident 36 of September 6 in the subject line.

If you wish to remain anonymous, you can report via the independent charity, Crimestoppers on 0800 555 111 or online.

Grantham Man Charity Bike Stolen

  • Bike stolen from Grantham man who used it to train for charity mountain climb in memory of mum

 

A Grantham man was shocked to wake up to find that his £700 bike that he uses for charity mountain climb in memory of his mum was stolen from his garden.

Steve Smith, 33, Hornsby Road, Grantham, bike was stolen in the early hours of Tuesday morning and Lincolnshire police are appealing for information.

The Trek Marlin 5 bike was more than a bike. Steve Smith uses the bike to train for his trek up Ben Nevis to raise money in memory of his mum for Cancer Research UK.

Steve Smith is no stranger to taking on impossible challenges. He has already climbed Pen y Fan to mark the two-year anniversary of his mother’s death from cancer. If that challenge was not hard enough, Steve decided to climb Pen y Fan with no footwear and carrying a 100lb barbell.

A police spokesperson said: “We were called from a property in Hornsby Road in Grantham at around 6.40am after reports of a bike theft.

“The trek bike was discovered missing at 5am and was last seen at 10.30pm the night before.

If you have any information that can help us, find the bike, call 101, quoting incident number 57.”

Steve Smith is appealing to people to keep an eye out for the bike so he can continue to train and raise much needed funds for charity.

Five Lincolnshire Firefighters Take On 380-mile Charity Ride

  • Lincolnshire firefighters prepare for 380-mile charity ride between county’s fire stations

 

Lincolnshire firefighters put their lives on the line everyday to save others, but now five former and currently serving Lincolnshire firefighters are set to take on their biggest challenge.

The firefighters are preparing to take on a 380-mile charity ride where they will visit every fire station in Lincolnshire to raise money for The Fire Fighters Charity and Prostate Cancer UK.

Three firefighters from Alford Community Fire Station and one from Mablethorpe and one from Skegness with three riders for support will take on the challenge.

The route will start from Alford Fire Station on Saturday 11th September at 8am. The route, which was devised by manager, Steve Teesdale will test their fitness to the next level.

“Steve spotted the Distinguished Gentleman’s Ride and that started the cogs whirring to see what we could do here to raise money,” Alford fire fighter Adam Coffey told MCN. “It seems to be getting shared around well on Facebook and we’ve had lots of messages asking to join us.”

“Everyone’s excited and looking forward to it,” the 37-year-old continued. “We’ve got a bit of a plan and know where we’re going, so we’ll just take it as it comes.”

The Lincolnshire firefighters have set up a donation page on Just Giving with the mission to raise £1,000 for each of the charities. People wishing to support the firefighters and the charities can also donate to the crew along the route

“I think the mileage is going to be the biggest factor,” Coffey added. “It’s all back roads and small roads in Lincolnshire, so I think it’s going to be a long day!”

You can follow the progress of the firefighters challenge by visiting Alford Community Fire Station Facebook page, with donations available online now.

Dog Walker Finds Bomb On Gibraltar Point Nature Reserve

  • Police issue update after bomb disposal experts called to Gibraltar Point Nature Reserve

 

A dog walker found what looked like a bomb on Gibraltar Point Nature Reserve on Friday at around 6.30pm (September 3).

The emergency services and the army Explosive Ordinance Disposal (EOD) team were called to the scene.

A spokesman for Lincolnshire Police has confirmed the incident and said the device which turned out to be an old practice bomb was made safe and removed from Gibraltar Point Nature Reserve

“We were called to Skegness Gibraltar Point at around 6.30pm after an object was discovered by a dog walker.

“EOD attended and x-rayed the device, which turned out to be an old practice bomb.

“It was not live. The team made it safe and took it away.”

A spokesman for Lincolnshire Wildlife Trust, who run Gibraltar Point Nature Reserve also confirmed the incident and said that two members of the public found what they thought was a bomb.

According to the spokesman, the bomb measured approx. 15 inches in length

(Image: Kevin Wilson)

 

Firefighters attended a chip pan fire at Pine Court in Spalding

  • Spalding chip pan fire ruins kitchen at Pine Court

 

Firefighters from Spalding Fire Station attended a chip pan fire at Pine Court in Spalding on Monday September 6th, 2021.

The fire crew reported that there were no casualities and moderate damage was caused to the kitchen by the heat and smoke.

According to a spokesman for Spalding Fire Station, the incident happened at 4.45 where one hose reel was used to deal with the chip pan fire.

 

Tywysog Llywelyn Jones Cymru Sues Bell Textron Inc.

The New King Of Wales

Bell Helicopter allegedly subjected former Field Service Representative Cymru to sexual harassment, unlawful discrimination, and constructive termination.

 

Llywelyn, de jure King of the Britons, has taken legal action against Bell Textron Inc., an American aerospace manufacturer. According to the lawsuit, the plaintiff was subjected to unlawful discrimination based on race/national origin; harassment based on race/national origin; retaliation in violation of California Government Code Section 12940, et seq; hostile work environment; failure to prevent discrimination and harrassment; constructive termination; and violation of California Labor Code Sections 1101 and 1102.

In Spring of 2016, Tywysog Llywelyn Jones Cymru was recognized by an international tribunal sitting in Tokyo, Japan as “His Royal Highness Prince Llywelyn, the lawful King of Britons.” In holding this title, Plaintiff administers the affairs of the exiled Welsh (British) government. His objective is to harness the international legal powers for Cymru (Wales) available to a government-in-exile, and take back the Britons’ rightful place as a free, sovereign, and independent nation. According to DNA studies, the Welsh are the true Celtic Britons, the original inhabitants of the island of Britannia. Llywelyn is standing up to fight for reparations for the land, artifacts, relics, regalia, and resources taken from his people, and has established an independent government.

As a result of his new recognition and political action on behalf of Wales, and retaliation from formerly filing a sexual harassment report with the company, Bell Textron Inc. constructively terminated Tywysog Llywelyn. Prior to the recognition of his inheritance of incorporeal hereditaments, Llywelyn experienced a series of incidences of sexual harassment from a supervisor. He began experiencing reprisal within the work environment thereafter. Subsequently, while fighting on behalf of his people, Prince Llywelyn encountered false information being spread about him through the workplace, and a subsequent instruction to either terminate his own employment with the company or cease his political activism for Wales. One month prior to this ultimatum he was allegedly offered a position with the company in England; which he refused because he would not have felt safe. His work for the Britons thereafter became a problem for Bell Textron Inc.

There remains a lack of awareness in mainstream media about the factual allegations of the case, and the conflict and malpractice that Plaintiff Cymru experienced. To read the full case, you can access the legal document here. For more information about Unbenniaeth Prydain, The Sovereign and Royal House of Cymru, you can visit the website here. Finally, you can access background information about Tywysog Llywelyn Jones Cymru, the lawful King of Britons, here.

Be Careful Says Family Of Boston Man Who Died Of Covid 19

  • Family of Boston man who died of Covid 19 urge people to be careful

 

The family of a Boston man who sadly died of Covid 19 a year are appealing to people to be careful.

Bob Page lost his life to Covid 19 after he caught Coronavirus whilst on holiday in Birmingham. His wife Amanda who has been struggling ever since wants people to take Covid 19 serious.

She says, “The thing that haunts me more than anything is how did it happen, where did it happen and when was the moment that life went from normal to being completely turned upside down”.

“He couldn’t breathe and was taken into hospital.”

“He told me how much he loved me and burst into tears”.

“To hear him suffering so much and saying he was sorry was awful.”

“Every day when you wake up for those first few minutes when you forget he’s gone and you realise that he’s no longer here, then the day starts and you pinch yourself again and think you have to get on with life without him.”

“Please don’t be that person, please don’t lose someone you love, please don’t pass this on to somebody you love.”

“To see him gasping for breath filled with all of those machines, nobody should die that way.”

“I can’t describe to you what seeing somebody you love dying in that way is like”.

Covid 19 is still around and killing hundreds of people each week. However, there are tens of thousands of people who are not taking the virus seriously and Amanda Page wants those living in Boston and the UK to be more careful.

Derek Ward Lincolnshire’s Director of Public Health has said that coronavirus is very much circulating in the county.

The Director of Public Health explained that he would like people visiting our coastal resorts to be careful and test themselves.

“It only takes around 20 seconds to do the test and about 30 minutes to get the result.”

“If you get the negative then you have peace of mind you haven’t got the disease and are potentially bringing it into the county and taking into places like Skegness and Mablethorpe”.

Butlin’s Skegness: Things to do during your stay

skegness butlins opens

Butlins Skegness which is located in Ingoldmells near Skegness in Lincolnshire, England, has become the major player in staycations.

Sir William Butlin came up with the idea of creating a British holiday camp after staying at a Canadian summer camp in his youth. His dream of offering family holidays became reality when construction of Butlins Skegness started in 1935 and completed in 1936.

Skegness Butlins today has become a much-loved holiday camp, providing people of all ages a great holiday. The holiday camp has lots to offer, but what about the things to do off site, what things can you do during your stay besides all the entertainment Butlins has to offer? Well, we have put together some ideas of things to do during your stay at Butlins. Here are our top picks for things to do with children.

 

Skegness Beach

There are different beaches to choose from when staying at Skegness Butlins. You have the main Skegness Beach, or you have the Chapel St Leonards Beach. These beaches are some of the best in Lincolnshire if not the best.

 

Skegness Aquarium

Skegness Aquarium

The Aquarium is very popular with holidaymakers staying at Butlins in Skegness. It is a great experience for people of all ages. There are lots of sea creatures to see including rays, Sharks, and lots of others.

 

Natureland Seal Sanctuary

Natureland Seal Sanctuary has to be at the top of your list when staying at Butlins Skegness, especially if you have children.  It is a great day out and there are lots of things to see and do.

Although you may think by its name that it is just a place that is home to seals, it is much more than that. You can see penguins, meerkats, alpacas, tropical birds/butterflies and so much more.

 

Skegness Pier

skegness things to do

Skegness Pier has so much to offer. It is more than a place to play on your favourite arcade games. There are lots of things to do for people of all ages including a climbing wall, Laser Quest, Escape rooms, and children’s play areas.

If you walk out onto the pier then you can experience the wonderful views of Skegness. You can also grab yourself something to eat or drink while listening to the latest pop tunes.

 

Hardy’s Animal Farm

Although Skegness Butlins offers lots of things to do for children, the children will love Hardy’s Animal Farm.

It is a great attraction and has become very popular with holidaymakers. It is a working farm located Anchor Lane, Ingoldmells, Skegness PE25 1LZ. It is spread over seven acres, so there are lots of things to see and do. As well as getting up close and personal with the animals, there is also a gift shop, tea rooms, and a play area.

 

Fantasy Island

I remember the days when the fair at Butlins in Skegness was much bigger. Although it still has some good rides, if you want a big fair to visit then you should head to Fantasy Island.

Fantasy Island which is a short stroll from Butlins will give you hours of fun. They have some amazing rides and lots of places to eat and have a drink. And, when you have finished on the rides, you can head to the market and buy some goodies.

 



The North Sea Observatory

 

Kids love the North Sea Observatory. It is a purpose-bult marine observatory that cost two million pounds to build. It is an all-year attraction and provides amazing views of the beach and the wildlife. It is located at Chapel Point, St Leonards Drive, Chapel St Leonards PE24 5XA

 

Jump Warriors

Kids love Jump Warriors and adults love it too. It is a trampoline park which also has a Ninja Run assault course. And, if you fancy a bit of play fighting, then how about a joust against family and friends.

Jump Warriors is situated on Anchor Lane, Ingoldmells, Skegness

 

Horncastle Wildlife Park

 

If you fancy a bit of a road trip then you could head over to Horncastle and visit Wolds Wildlife Park.

The Zoo in Lincolnshire provides families with a great day out and there are lots of great animals to see. It is not too expensive and really does offer value for money.

It is located on Louth Road, Horncastle.

There are lots of things to do in Skegness when staying at Butlins in Skegness. You can see more things to here. https://in2town.co.uk/the-best-things-to-do-in-skegness/

Things to do at Chapel St Leonards Beach

Chapel St Leonards Beach

Chapel St Leonards Beach which is home to the North Sea Observatory is a great place to visit. If you have come on holiday with the kids, then you want to keep them entertained. So, we have put together a great article on things to do at Chapel St Leonards Beach.

The beach at Chapel St Leonards, near Skegness in Lincolnshire is in my opinion one of the best beaches in Lincolnshire. The beach is less touristy than the main beach in Skegness, and to be honest a lot of Skegness holidaymakers don’t know about it. However, the Chapel St Leonards Beach which is a short journey from the Skegness main beach is worth a visit.

If you like walking, then you are in for a treat. The beach at Chapel St Leonards stretches for miles in both directions. The beach forms part of the English coastal path which stretches from the North Sea Observatory and takes you right into Skegness.

chapel st leonards beach review

To the south of the beach, it takes you to the resort town of Skegness, the walk is about 6 miles. To the north of Chapel St Leonards Beach entrance is Chapel Point. It was built during the Second World War as a coastal defence line. Past Chapel Point there is a lovely beach known as Anderby Creek and Sandilands. It is a lovely walk.

Those living in Skegness love the Chapel St Leonards beach because it is a lot quieter than the other beaches and unspoilt. The tide rarely comes inland which means it is a great place to sunbath. It is a great safe place for children of all ages to play.

The Post Code to put in your sat nav for the beach is PE24 5BQ

 

The North Sea Observatory

Things to do at Chapel St Leonards Beach

The North Sea Observatory which is a purpose-bult marine observatory cost two million pounds. The Chapel St Leonards attraction was completed in 2018 and has become an all-year attraction.

It offers amazing views of the dunes, the sea and the animals that live there. The North Sea Observatory is a great place for birdwatching. It has become a very popular attraction in Chapel St Leonards and the wider area. It has exhibitions, toilets, and plus a nice café.

North Sea Observatory, Chapel Point, St Leonards Drive, Chapel St Leonards PE24 5XA

 

Chapel St Leonards Beach FAQ

 

Are there places to buy food and drink?

Yes, you can go into the North Sea Observatory to purchase drinks and food.

 

Are there toilets at Chapel St Leonards Beach?

There are toilets in the North Sea Observatory

 

Is there parking?

There is a large pay and display car park behind the North Sea observatory.

 

Is Chapel St Leonards Beach dog friendly?

Dogs are allowed on the beach. However, from 1st May to 30th September they are not permitted on the busiest section with is 200m either side of the main pullover.

 

Lincolnshire Pensioner Behind Bars For Sexuality Assaulting Child

Lincolnshire pensioner jailed for sexually assaulting child

 

A Lincolnshire pensioner who showed no remorse for his actions when appearing in court was sentenced for four years and five months in prison.

Martin McCullion, 68, of Rectory Close in Barrowby (near Grantham) was arrested after he sexually assaulted a child under the age of 10. The incident happened on May 1, 2021, and Martin McCullion was arrested later that day.

The case was heard at Nottingham Crown Court on August 13th. Martin McCullion who had pleaded guilty showed no emotion when the judge passed sentence.

As well as receiving a sentence of four years and five months, McCullion was also handed a lifetime Sexual Harm Prevention Order.

Detective Constable Maria Ryder, from Lincolnshire Police’s Protecting Vulnerable Persons unit, said: “The victim and her family have shown huge resilience and determination to report the matter and support both the investigation and court proceedings.

“Without their courage, the offender could still be living in the community.

“The evidence that was presented gave the defendant little choice but to admit his offending. This, at least, spared the young victim giving evidence at court.

“Even so, McCullion has shown no remorse for his actions, only self-pity. His licence conditions and SHPO mean he will be monitored on his release.

“This was a team effort from PVP, and we can only hope that this result brings some comfort to the victim and their family.”

Cash and Cigarettes Stolen From BP Petrol Station Near Grantham

Cash and cigarettes stolen in raid at A1 petrol station

 

Lincolnshire Police would like to speak to anyone who may have witnessed a burglary at a Lincolnshire petrol station between 1.40am and 1.50am on August 31st.

Cash and cigarettes were stolen from the BP Petrol Station on the A1 Southbound at Colsterworth Services, near Grantham.

Police are asking for anyone who were passing the petrol station to check their dashcam in case they caught any footage showing the burglary taking place or potential suspects.

Anyone with information should call Lincolnshire Police on 101 and quote incident 51 of August 30, e-mail force.control@lincs.police.uk or Crimestoppers anonymously on 0800 555 111.

Lincolnshire Police Appeal For Witness After Boy Injured In Grantham

Appeal for witnesses after boy seriously injured in road collision in Grantham

 

Lincolnshire Police are asking people to come forward who may have witnessed a road traffic collision in Grantham. A boy who was a pedestrian was seriously injured following the collision with a red VW Fox car.

Emergency services attended the scene at Augustin Retail Park, Sankt Augustin Way, at 3.30pm. The boy was rushed to Queens Medical Centre, Nottingham, with injuries described as serious.

A spokesperson for Lincolnshire Police said: “We would like to speak to anyone who witnessed the collision or may have dashcam footage and they should call 101 or email force.control@lincs.police.uk quoting inc 264/30.”

Man Wanted Over Assault on London Road, Boston

A man was pushed off his bike and repeatedly kicked and punched in Boston

 

Lincolnshire Police are appealing for help in tracking down a man who pushed a man off his bike on London Road, Boston, before repeatedly kicking and punching him.  

Police said the man riding his bike was in his 20s. He was heading along London Road in Boston at about 8.45pm on Sunday when the offender, who was driving his car, stopped the car and ran towards the victim, assaulted him before leaving in his car.

According to a spokesman for Lincolnshire Police, the offender is described as a white male who is of a large build, with dark facial hair, shaved hair, and a tattoo to his right arm.

The victim received minor injuries.

If you know who he is or if you witnessed the incident yourself, please get in touch.

By calling 101 quoting incident 462 of 29th August.

By emailing force.control@lincs.police.uk – don’t forget to include incident 462 of 29th August in the subject line.

If you wish to report anonymously, you can do so via the independent charity, CrimeStoppers on 0800 555 111 or online.

 

Reference: Incident 462 of 29th August

Which Boston Steet Has The Most Parking Fines?

parking fines lincolnshire

A Boston Street has made it in the top 10 streets in Lincolnshire for Parking Fines

 

Lincolnshire County Council has released there top 10 streets for parking fines. So where in Boston should you be careful when thinking about parking your vehicle?

The answer is according to Lincolnshire County Council Market Place. Lincolnshire County Council issued 596 tickets on Market Place, Boston. 257 of those parking fines were for parking in an area with waiting and loading restrictions.

The second street with a record number of fines is West Street, Boston. 316 parking fines were issued here with 98 for parking longer than permitted.

Between 2020-21 Lincolnshire Country Council issued 24,225 parking fines. Broad Street in Stamford received a record of 708 tickets. Most of those parking fines were for parking longer than permitted.

 

A list of the top 10 streets for parking fines in Lincolnshire has been released

    Broad Street, Stamford, 708 fines (552 for parking longer than permitted)

    Silver Street, Lincoln, 615 (248 parking in a disabled bay without a badge)

    Market Place, Boston, 596 (257 parking in an area with waiting and loading restrictions)

    Eastgate, Louth, 448 (303 parking in a space not designated for the vehicle class)

    Lumley Road, Skegness, 332 (148 parking longer than permitted)

    South Parade, Skegness, 320 (161 parking longer than permitted)

    West Street, Boston, 316 (98 parking longer than permitted)

    Waterside South, Lincoln, 315 (144 parking in a space not designated for the vehicle class)

    West Parade, Lincoln, 304 (194 parking longer than permitted)

Man with links to Skegness and Louth wanted on recall to prison

A Man with Links To Skegness Hunted By Lincolnshire Police

 

A 41-year-old man who has links to Skegness and Louth is being hunted by Lincolnshire Police.

William George Ridgewell, who Lincolnshire police believe could be in Skegness or Louth is wanted by police for recall to prison.

Lincolnshire police are asking if anyone has any information on the whereabouts of William George Ridgewell, to contact them.

Anyone with information about his whereabouts should call Lincolnshire Police on 101 or e-mail force.control@lincs.police.uk

Thorpe Park Cleethorpes Holidaymaker Van Broken Into

  • Cleethorpes Holidaymaker has £2,000 worth of tools stolen as he slept at Thorpe Park caravan site

 

A holidaymaker from Holton-le-Clay was shocked when his van was broken into while on holiday at Thorpe Park caravan site in Cleethorpes.

The man who was on holiday with his family had his van broken into while he slept, and the thief stole £2,000 worth of power tools.

The incident which happened on 25/26th August 2021 and was the last night of their holiday has sent shockwaves through the site. Caravan Owners on site are shocked with the latest crime and are calling on the park to install CCTV and employ more security staff.

The man who did not wished to be named and is a mechanic said: “We were renting the caravan for a week from August 20 to August 27. I got home from work on the Thursday night before we left and was sat talking to my cousin who came to see us in the evening.

“After he left, we all went to bed, and I closed the curtains at around 9.30pm. At around 10.30pm, I heard a door slam, but at the time, I thought nothing of it.

“Then I got up to go to work the next morning at 5.30am and when I checked my boot, I realised the whole lot was just gone – I was fuming.

“I got back to the caravan and asked my wife if she knew where they were or even if she’d been in there herself, but she had no idea either.

tools stolen thorpe park

“Altogether, the tools are worth £2,000 – that’s a lot of money.

“If people know about it then they might help out and there’s a chance of me getting my tools back. It’s awful to think this was happening while we all slept just two metres away.”

The tools that were stolen included a number of Snap-On branded items. The brand is used by many professionals in the engineering automotive and aviation industry.

A spokesperson from Humberside Police said: “We are investigating the theft of tools from a vehicle which was parked at a caravan park in Humberston, Cleethorpes.

“The theft was reported to have happened between 8pm on Wednesday, August 25 and 6am on Thursday, August 26.

£54k Christmas lights contact set to make Skegness sparkle

Skegness Christmas Lights To Be Best Yet

 

New £54k Christmas lights contact set to make Skegness sparkle this Christmas.

Skegness Town Council have brought in a new company to light up Skegness at Christmas. The council have promised that this years Skegness Christmas lights will be bigger and better.

The £54k contract has been awarded to Lite Ltd, to bring festive cheer to Skegness. They beat six other companies for the contract. Councillors felt that the new company would bring more colourful and brighter lights.

The lights, which includes 24 column streetlamps in Lumley Road, will be in the same places as previous years and will also include the High Street and Christmas Tree.

The Town Council agreed for Lite Ltd to supply Skegness Christmas lights for the next three years, worth £54,524.

 

Skegness Woman Stole Cash From Elderly Neighbour To Feed Addiction

KFC Skegness Theft

Woman from Skegness stole cash from an elderly neighbour to feed her online gambling addiction

 

A Skegness woman who was addicted to on-line gambling was arrested after it was found she stole money from her elderly neighbour.

Cordelia Blanchard, 65, of The Meadows, Skegness was asked to help an elderly neighbour set up an online account with the Halifax bank. However, in court it was revealed that Cordelia had transferred £720 into her own account.

At Boston Magistrates Court, Cordelia Blanchard appeared via video link and admitted committing fraud by a false representation.

Prosecuting, Daniel Pietryka said the victim was a retired lady and that Blanchard had acted as her carer.

He said the victim wanted to open a new account and transfer money into the new account, but Cordelia had transferred £720 into her own account.

Daniel Pietryka told the court that Cordelia Blanchard had previous convictions for fraud. He also revealed that she had ran up debts of up to £10,000

Mitigating, Anita Toal said Blanchard was ‘bitterly ashamed’ of what she had done’.

She said she did care for her neighbour and sometimes received up to 20 calls a day from her.

She said Blanchard, who has ‘significant health issues’, was addicted to gambling and all her previous convictions were related to that, but she had taken steps to try and cure her addiction.

Cordelia Blanchard was given a community order and ordered to undertake 10 rehabilitation days as well as to pay £720 in compensation.

More Than Half Of Boston Adults Not Vaccinated

Government figures reveal more than half of adults living in Boston have not been vaccinated

Worrying figures have been revealed. According to an official report, only 47 percent of adults living in Boston Lincs, have received their first vaccination.

Several initiatives have been tried to increase the uptake, but it has not worked according to the figures out today.

The Data shows that 47 percent of adults in the Boston Central and North area have had a first dose, whilst 40.2 percent have had a second.

These figures mean that Boston vaccination rate is one of the lowest in the UK and is the lowest in Lincolnshire.

It is hoped that more adults will come forward to take up the vaccine.

 

Boston Man Arrested By Police For Failing To Submit A Sample Of Breath

sexual assault Lincoln

A man suspected of drink driving was arrested by Lincolnshire Police for failing to provide a sample of breath for analysis.

Zac Nevin, 25, of Station Road, Old Leake, Boston was also charged with dangerous driving and driving a motorcycle while disqualified.

The Boston man failed to stop for police when directed by a constable.

He has been bailed to appear at Boston Magistrates’ Court today (September 29).

In the tweet, Lincolnshire Police also said that there were “a disappointingly large number of drink drive incidents dealt with overnight.”

Lincolnshire Police Arrest Man In Skegness For Failing To Stop

Police arrest man on August 28th for failing to stop on A52 involving drink drive incident

 

A man in his 20s has been arrested by Lincolnshire Police after failing to stop. The driver who was pulled over by police in relation to his driving was arrested at the scene.

The driver who failed to stop on A52, Lincoln Road in Skegness at 2.12am (August 28th) was driving a white Mercedes.

In a tweet by Lincolnshire Police, they stated that “his talent ran out in Skeg Vegas” and that he was “found to be already disqualified for a previous drink drive.”

A Doncaster Man Last Seen In Cleethorpes Is Missing

Concern for missing Doncaster man who disappeared from seaside hotel two weeks ago

 

A 64-year-old man who was last seen checking out the Kingsway Hotel in Cleethorpes has gone missing.

Joseph Meehan, from Bessacarr, Doncaster has been missing for two weeks and now South Yorkshire Police are concerned for his welfare.

The Doncaster man checked into The Kingsway Hotel on the 15th August 2021, and checked out the next morning. He has not made contact with his family or friends since the 16th August.

doncaster missing manSouth Yorkshire police are asking people living or taking a holiday in Cleethorpes or other seaside resorts in Lincolnshire including Skegness to contact them if they have seen him.

South Yorkshire Police are appealing for information on his whereabouts as no contact has been made with him since.

A spokesman for South Yorkshire Police said: “It is not known whether he is still in the Humberside area or if he has returned to his home area, or back to Lincolnshire where he had previously confirmed to family and friends he was in Skegness,” a force spokesman said.

Mr Meehan is described as white, 5′ 10″ tall and of medium build. He has short, dark hair which is greying.

He was last seen wearing a light blue jacket with dark blue sleeves, dark blue trousers and black shoes. He carried a black rucksack with two white lines down the front of it, as well as a dark blue baseball cap.

Anyone who has seen Mr Meehan or has information on his whereabouts should call 101, quoting incident number 971 of August 25.

East Lindsey Council Don’t Care About Caravan Owners Says Kingfisher Caravan Owners

kingfisher caravan park skegness

Caravan owners on Kingfisher Caravan Park have said East Lindsey Council don’t care about the working class and caravan owners.

 

We reported earlier this year how caravan owners on Kingfisher caravan park Ingoldmells, Skegness, are fighting East Lindsey Council after they changed their terms and conditions. Now, caravan owners on the site have said the council don’t care about owners of caravans or the working class.

East Lindsey Council which owns Kingfisher Caravan Park brought in new restrictions for the holiday park. These new restrictions mean, any caravan that is over 20 years old can no longer stay on the park.

A letter was sent to Chancellor, Rishi Sunak by one of the caravan owners bringing the problem to his attention.

Caravan owners at Kingfisher Caravan Park

Stuart Allen wrote the letter to Rishi Sunak on behalf of more than 100 unhappy caravan owners on Kingfisher Caravan Park who are taking the council to court.

In the letter Stuart Allen is calling on the age limit restriction to be removed.

“The obvious commercial thing to do is to stop the process, admit the mistakes, and persuade the remaining owners to stop with the council,” it says.

“Some would halt and upgrade, while others would tell customers that everything is back to normal and the site is once again a fantastic place to be, encouraging new sales and generating revenue.

“The council should set a good example of excellent business practice by functioning without regard to an individual’s financial capability.

Although Stuart Allen has said that he has not received a reply, he is hoping to receive a reply.

It is not only Stuart and the rest of the caravan owners on Kingfisher Caravan Park who are concerned about the age limit. When we spoke to some local businesses, they felt East Lindsey Council were damaging the reputation of Skegness.

Some business owners we spoke to said the action the council was taking could damage the trust and reduce the number of people visiting the area. He also said, it would make people think twice about buying a caravan in Skegness and instead buy elsewhere.

At this moment in time East Lindsey Council are refusing to change their mind.

 

 

A Man Who Could Be In Skegness Wanted By Police

Adam Holgate wanted by South Yorkshire Police over Kidnapping and Stalking offences

 

A man who has links to Manchester, Barnsley, and Skegness is wanted by South Yorkshire Police over stalking and kidnap offences.

Adam Holgate is wanted over reports of coercive control, kidnapping and stalking which are said to have taken place since June 26.

The 28-year-old has also been recalled to prison.

Anyone with information on his whereabouts should call South Yorkshire Police on 101 and quote incident number 204 of July 9.

Bankavélli New Champagne For Investors And All

Coming December unreleased Lord Numonie Team Says “THE CHAMPAGNE OF BUSINESS”

 

BANKAVÉLLI the new champagne based off of the uprising of investment stocks and other business ventures for promising meetings and bringing the best atmosphere for all cultures in companionship achievements in the luxury of having a champagne that would bring all that into the champion circle for entrepreneur hard-working endeavors and others that people find there Selves working in BANKAVÉLLI

Bankavélli New Champagne

Price isn’t known yet but the release party would be in Vegas as far as We know if there is a pre-sale it would be known before the release party hopefully full investors for business opportunities and other things regarding this champagnes new legacy that it would be unfolding in the owner of BANKAVÉLLI

is Lord Numonie bring in a champagne that is a champion in the business world it is a must-have on private jets and celebrations alongside signature champagne cup they’ll come in the more expensive packaging the bottles are still being ready for sales . BANKAVÉLLI working on getting into the more expensive restaurants luxurious standards for sale at table service for business meetings and other things of this nature for a fair market opportunity to drink BANKAVÉLLI PR3ST1G3 translated

Prestige

Media Contact
Company Name: Proton Technologies
Contact Person: Media Relations
Email: Send Email
Phone: 612-261-7822
Country: United States
Website: https://protonmail.com/

Cleethorpes Man Pleads Guilty To Counterfeit Tobacco Sales

  • A shopkeeper from Cleethorpes pleaded guilty to three charges relating to counterfeit tobacco sales

 

A 24-year-old shopkeeper from Cleethorpes has pleaded guilty to three charges relating to counterfeit tobacco sales after Trading Standards visited his premises.

Saman Hamzay, 24, of Chester Place, Cleethorpes, runs Ferdawes International Foods on Freeman Street.

On 18th February 2020 Trading Standards found 78,360 counterfeit Richmond cigarettes, 1,540 fake Marlboro cigarettes and 20 pouches of counterfeit Amber Leaf tobacco in his shop.

North East Lincolnshire Council’s Trading Standards officers seized the counterfeit stock with a street value of £16,140. If the stock was legitimate, it would be valued at £40,370.

Saman Hamzay appeared before Grimsby Magistrates Court on Friday, August 27, 2021, and was sentenced to a 12-month community order incorporating 100 hours of unpaid work. He was also ordered to pay £565 costs and a victim surcharge of £90.

Councillor Ron Shepherd, portfolio holder for safer and stronger communities, said: “Each inspection that we carry out disrupts the supply chain. With the support of the public, we can bring an end to this criminal trade. We do this to protect you.

“These inspections are very much intelligence-led, and we will act on information received and enforce where necessary, so please get in touch with the council’s Trading Standards team if you are concerned.”

Grantham Canal Society Holds First Event Of The Year

Grantham Canal Society to hold bank holiday event with boat trips

 

Great news for those people who love canal boat trips and days out. Grantham Canal Society have announced they will be holding their first event of the year this Bank Holiday weekend.

On Monday August 30, from 10am until 3pm at the Dirty Duck Pub, the Grantham Canal Society will be presenting its most recent work and activities.

There will be raffles, tombola and a cake stall. There will also be a membership and merchandise tent. It will be a great chance for people to see what the society does and exciting new projects as well as raising much needed funds.

On Sunday and Monday, people will get the chance to pre-book a 30-minute trip on The Three Shires.

The event is expected to atract people from all over Lincolnshire.

Man Arrested After Road Traffic Accident On Dudley Road

sexual assault Lincoln

Man arrested under suspicion of driving while over drug limit after lamp post crash

 

A 34-year-old man has been arrested after he crashed his red Citroen car into a lamp post on Dudley Road.

Lincolnshire Police told Grantham News that the man was arrested on suspicion of driving while over the limit of a controlled drug.

The collision happened on Sunday at 2.35pm. A Lincolnshire Fire & Rescue crew attended the scene where they made the vehicle safe.

The driver has been released under investigation by the police.

A spokesperson for Lincolnshire Police said: “We were called to reports of a single vehicle RTC at Dudley Road in Grantham at 2.37pm on August 23

“A 34-year-old man has been arrested on suspicion of driving with a proportion of a specified controlled drug above the specified limit and released under investigation. Nobody was injured in the incident.”

Changes To Bin Collections for Residents of South Kesteven

Residents of South Kesteven can expect changes to their bin collection day for the summer bank holiday next week.

 

The council has announced that those living in South Kesteven can expect a change to their bin collection day for the forthcoming bank holiday.

There will be no bin collections on Monday, August 30. Instead, the bin collection will take place a day later than usual. This announcement includes black bins and pink bags and garden bins and purple bin trade waste collections. This also include residents in South Kesteven on the Food Waste Recycling round.

The council are asking residents to have their household bins and bags available at the edge of their property by 7.30am the day after their normal bin collection day.

People can check their collection dates by visiting https://www.southkesteven.gov.uk/bincollectionday

 

Fraudsters In Grantham Pose As Police Officers To Scam Women

sexual assault Lincoln

Fraudsters pose as police officers in attempt to scam Grantham women

 

Two Grantham women contacted the Lincolnshire police on August 25th, 2021, after receiving phone calls from fraudsters posing as police officers.

Police are now appealing to the public to be on their guard in case they receive similar phone calls from people pretending to be police officers from Grantham Police station.

One woman in her 60s from Great Gonerby was contacted at around 2.15pm by someone claiming to be Detective Chief Inspector Philip Hunt. He informed the woman that her nephew had been arrested and was in custody and had in his possession a number of cards. The scam artist told the woman that one of the cards belonged to her. She was told to contact her bank to cancel the cards and attend the police station at 5.15pm

The victim refused to give any personal information and ignored the fraudsters request.

Later the same day a woman in her 70s from Gornerby Hill was contacted at 4pm. She received a phone call from a person pretending to be DCI Hunter from Hammersmith station. He told the woman that they had arrested a person who had cloned her cards and they needed to put her on hold so she could go through a secure line. The victim refused to provide any information and ended the call.

Grantham Inspector Gary Stewart said: “We are aware that fraudsters are posing as alleged police officers and are targeting residents in Grantham.

“If you receive a phone call from an alleged police officer asking you to cancel your bank cards, please do not carry this out as it is a scam. Alternatively, if you receive a call from an alleged police officer asking you to transfer money to a safe account to help with an ongoing fraud investigation, please hang up immediately as this is also a scam.

“Thankfully no-one fell victim to the fraudster’s attempts and there was no money or information lost. Remember, police officers will never ask you to share personal or financial information via a text message or email. If you’re ever in doubt, hang up and contact your local policing team.”

If you have been a victim of fraud, then please contact the police or if you think you may have been a victim of fraud, contact your bank immediately and report it to Action Fraud online or call 0300 123 2040.

 

Grantham Fire Crews Attend Road Traffic Accident

Grantham fire crews attend one car collision on the High Dyke

 

Lincolnshire Fire and Rescue have released a statement regarding an incident they attended 25th August 2021.

A spokesman for Lincolnshire Fire and Rescue told Grantham News that fire crews attended a road traffic accident on High Dyke which involved one vehicle.

“At 6.21 on 25th August 2021 fire crews from Grantham and Corby Glen attended an RTC on the High Dyke near Easton.”

The fire crews used stabilising equipment to stablise the vehicle and made the scene safe, whilst waiting for vehicle recovery.

 

Five People Attack Man Outside Sleaford Leisure Centre

Man attacked by five people outside Sleaford leisure centre

 

A man was attached outside Sleaford Leisure Centre by five men. The assault happened around 8pm on Wednesday, August 25 on the car park at Sleaford Leisure Centre.

Lincolnshire Police who are investigating the attach are keen to identify members of the public who came to the aid of the man.

Police informed Sleaford News they are keen to speak to any witnesses of the incident to assist with their enquiries.

Anyone who does have further information should get in touch with the police using incident reference 442 25/08/2021.

Father Who Kidnapped Children Arrested In Portugal

kidnapping of two children in tenerife

Father of missing children in Tenerife, arrested in Portugal

 

A German father who kidnapped his two children and was believed to be hiding in Tenerife has now been arrested in Portugal.

The father of Kristian, 11, and Amantia Toska 10, took his children from Germany without his ex-partners permission. According to reports, he later warned his ex-partner that if she went to the police, he would kill the two young children.

national police arrest kidnapper

According to Joaquin Amills, the president of SOS Desaparecidos, the father of the children had called the mother several times and said, “if you go to the police, I will kill you, your family and the children”.

National Police have said the two young children are in good health.

Gambler Shiba Announces Massive 50m Mc Giveaway

Gshiba is launching an unprecedented 50M MC giveaway, sending shockwaves through the gambling and crypto currency community.

Gambler Shiba (GSHIBA), the world-renowned crypto gambling website, has announced their head-turning 50M MC giveaway this week. The giveaway, expected to take the gambling and crypto world by storm, is slated to distribute approximately $200,000 in prizes. This event is considered one of the biggest of its kind and is expected to attract participants from around the globe.

“As a community-driven project, we wanted to give back by doing something truly big and special,” said Gshiba Business Senior Executive, Eyad Badr. “That’s why this giveaway is unlike anything anyone has seen in the gambling and crypto currency space.”

The 50M MC giveaway’s top prize is a brand new Mercedes AMG G-63, the highly sought-after luxury G-class SUV known for its performance and aesthetic beauty. Second place will receive $20,000 of any stable coin of their choosing, third $15,000, fourth $10,000, and fifth place receives $5,000 of any stable coin of their choosing. The giveaway requires only a 2ETH minimum buy on Uniswap V2, and a minimum of 50M MC must be sustained for 72 hours.

Selling disqualifies participants from the lottery.

“We promised our community that we would deliver something that would essentially change the game,” added Badr. “That’s exactly what we did with this staggering giveaway,”

This event comes on the heels of Gshiba’s listing on FEG Exchange V2, the mammoth and advanced cryptocurrency exchange. In addition, GSHIBA has also recently been listed on Hotbit, Coinsbit, and CoinTiger. Their fast rise in the gambling and crypto sector is due, in part, to their commitment to their community, and their unique tier-based gambling system, where benefits are given to users based on ETH amount and not solely based on token amount.

 

About Gambler Shiba

Gambler Shiba (GSHIBA) is the world’s first community oriented, gambling token dispensing even-handed rewards to holders based on their commitment to GSHIBA. They provide a tiered gambling system where more rewards are given to participants in higher tiers. In addition, the more ETH acquired by participants, including their GSHIBA holdings, the higher the tier they can enter. For more information, visit https://gamblershiba.finance.

Skegness Police Release Image In Relation To Theft, Burglary and Fraud

  • Theft, burglary and fraud at Skegness shop

 

Lincolnshire Police have today released an image of a man they want to speak to in relation to Theft, burglary and fraud at a Skegness shop

Police in Skegness have said they want to speak to the man in the image they have supplied in relation to three incidents they are investigating that happened at the same Skegness Shop on July 21st, 2021.

All three incidents which include theft, commercial burglary and fraud which they believed are connected happened at The Works at The Hildreds Shopping Centre, and the surrounding area,

Police are appealing for people who know the man in the image to come forward and provide them with his details. Lincolnshire police issued a statement and said they believe the man in the photograph maybe able to help them with their investigation.

Anyone with information, or who can identify the man, should contact police on 101 or via email at force.control@lincs.pnn.police.uk quoting incident number 216 of July 21.

Alternatively, it can be reported through the independent charity Crimestoppers anonymously on 0800 555 111.

Sealands Caravan Park Fire Investigated After Two-Year-Old Dies

  • Two-year-old dies in fire at Ingoldmells caravan park

Police and fire investigators are investigating the cause of a caravan fire on Sealands Caravan Park which happened on Monday night. The caravan fire on the popular Ingoldmells holiday park resulted in a two-year-old girl losing her life.

Lincolnshire Police gave a statement and said the girl’s mother and three siblings managed to escape the blaze at Sealands Caravan Park and have since been released from hospital.

When asked about the cause of the fire, Det Insp Jo Fortune said investigations were at an early stage and the cause of the fire was not yet clear. She explained that Police were called to reports of a fire at at 10.30pm on Monday

Lincolnshire Fire and Rescue Service said the fire was “well established” when crews arrived at the Skegness holiday park. They also explained that more than 50 people who were staying in nearby caravans on the Ingoldmells caravan park had to be evacuated to emergency accommodation.

caravan fire at sealands caravan park skegness

One holidaymaker from Bedfordshire, who gave his name as Nigel, said the fire quickly took hold and said it went from a small glow to a massive inferno. He went on to explain that by the time the fire brigade turned up the caravan was a shell of itself.  

Lincolnshire police are appealing for any witnesses who have any footage of the fire to contact them.

 

10 Hacks to Increase Website Conversion Rates

There are two ways of making use of your website, the right way and the wrong way. You can have a wonderful website, which has all the great features websites should have, tons of traffic and yet the conversion rate is terrible? Now it could be you are doing all there is to be done to generate traffic and yet that traffic is not yielding results.

You have invested a pretty large sum of dollars, devoted time to ensure your business thrives and yet visitors to the site leave and never look back. All those resources and traffic will account for nothing if it does not reflect in increased earnings. What do you do about it? How can you remedy that situation? Are you going the right way or way off in getting those customers?

 

Conversion Rate Optimization (CRO)

 

You must ensure that your website is created to optimize conversions in order to convert website visitors into followers and, even better, buyers. The method of doing so is known as Conversion Rate Optimization (CRO). Developing a CRO plan isn’t as simple as you might believe. It’s tough to predict how people will act and react to certain situations. However, by using the correct digital marketing methods to increase your website’s conversion rate, you can ensure that the money you spend on marketing pays off not only in sales but also in the development of long-term relationships with with each and every website visitor. 

 

Today I’m going to walk you through some basic steps to convert that traffic to great sales.

 

Defining your website’s goals

 

It’s important to know exactly what action you want people visiting your website to do. This will assist you in keeping track of the job your site is doing. There is no way to improve the site if you don’t have a goal. Only what you can measure can be improved. Your site’s goal could be encouraging visitors to sign up for an event/newsletter, make a purchase, click on something or order for an item.

 

Pay special attention to Calls to Action (CTA)

 

This is the main purpose of any business site. The idea behind them is simple: what do you want people to do when they land on a page on your website? You can subtly direct their actions instead of hoping they act on their own. Encourage them to take the action you desire from them.

Every page on your website should have a CTA based on the unique goal you have for that page. CTAs on a Non Governmental Organization (NGO) page, for instance, will encourage visitors to volunteer or donate to for a cause. CTAs urging visitors to join an email list or download an ebook are more likely to appear in a blog article.

It’s critical to determine the best CTA for each page. However, determining how to word and display the CTA in the most successful manner is an important element of the CRO process. A small change in phrasing or the color of a CTA button might yield unexpected outcomes.

One of the best methods to improve your conversion rate is to make sure you know what action you want your visitors to do next and to pay close attention to how you urge them to take it.

how to increase website traffic

Create a persuasive and clear-cut value proposition

 

Creating a value proposition that your site’s visitors can key into greatly determines your conversion rate. Your customers are not just concerned with what they are buying from you but also what differentiates what you have on offer from competitors. This is what comprises of your value proposition.

Marketing experts do all they can to bring an upturn in conversion by changing variables like images, button sizes, incentives and so on. This can be of help but the main focus should be in targeting their energy towards strengthening their value propositions.

Developing a value proposition demands a deep understanding of what you are putting out for users and an in-depth understanding of what makes your company stand out. There are many sites with powerful and captivating value propositions and yet lack an essential component to generate sales with these value propositions; they lack the ability to convey effectively their value proposition. Create a value proposition clear enough and simple to understand in as little word as possible. 

In order to find out your value proposition’s effectiveness, you must test to see if its getting the job done of pulling in CTAs. You can do this using the A/B test.

 

A/B Testing

 

The A/B test is a procedure to continually optimize conversion. This helps you to experiment and discover what page with different value propositions is getting the most desired action from visitors.

In this test, you can have possibly two headlines for your page to determine which one resonates with the incoming traffic to your site. A/b testing software equally divides the incoming traffic to your site between the two pages. Each page features a CTA, and in the end you count the actions taken on each page and see which one people clicked on.

Only change one portion of a website at a time, according to experts, to receive precise evidence on which aspect affects behavior. As you conduct a series of A/B tests over time, you’ll learn a lot about what your audience likes and dislikes, and you’ll be able to apply what you’ve learned to your website.

 

Site-User interaction

 

Another major part of CRO is the user experience (UX). It is important to make your site as user friendly as possible so as to allow visitors easily do what they need to do on it. Developing a site where there is little (if necessary) to no barrier will go a long way in improving the user experience.

Everyone seems to be in a hurry online. This isn’t meant as a criticism, it’s simply how the internet works. Consider this: have you ever considered reading an article, downloading anything, or purchasing something and then decided against it because it needed a somewhat longer time commitment than you anticipated? This is just a bit of how the net works.

Creating a user friendly experience in reality could mean lowering the amount of fields on a form that someone must fill out. More people will fill out a section that only asks for their name and email address than one that also asks for their age, gender, business title, and firm size. It includes the checkout procedure as well. It may come as a surprise, but someone who wants something badly enough to pay for it may not want it badly enough to spend time filling out further forms to finish the process.

 

Add Incentives to CTA

 

Is there any reason to act right now?  Urgency can be influenced by the presentation’s tone, offers, and deadlines. The tone of the presentation, the offers, and the deadline can all have an impact on the sense of urgency. I’m sure you’ve come across emergency alerts.

A good example is stating there are limited quantities of a good or service and urging the visitors to take action right then. Some may think it is obvious, and others may believe it can’t possibly work, but it does, and it works quite effectively. Scarcity is a powerful motivator.

website conversion rates

There are two types of scarcity you can create:

  • shortage in terms of quantity (3 seats left at this price)
  • scarcity in terms of time (last day to buy)

If your product’s supply is limitless, you can provide time-sensitive benefits, such as a free present to the first Q number of buyers or a discount if they complete the transaction within a particular length of time.

In doing this, please you must be genuine. Your sincerity on such a matter cannot be overemphasized. Never ever, ever, ever lie to your customers. People will notice if it’s a ruse, and your credibility will suffer as a result. It’s not even close to being worth it.

 

Set and Understand the Conversion funnel

 

One of the ways to get your soon-to-be customers is gently wooing them. Do not rush to ask them to take a CTA too fast. Some might just be surfing through the net and not ready or feel the need to buy or sign up or whatever action you desire they take.

People require longer time before they are ready to commit to a product that is more expensive and/or difficult. You can understand their skepticism if you place yourself in their position. You probably would do the same.

For software products, it is advisable where you can to offer demo or ‘freemuim’ ( free trial) in place of asking for a sign-up or purchase. This has been proven over time to bring in massive conversion rates.

Also, if a blog post consistently generates conversions to your email list but the majority of the individuals who sign up later unsubscribe without taking any further action, the blog post isn’t as important as the conversion figure suggests. Another post is more beneficial if it results in fewer email sign-ups but more people taking subsequent actions with your brand.

Understanding your conversion funnel allows you to put a more accurate value to certain conversions as well as discover wider trends in what is working.

 

Use easy to understand words

 

The use of words to persuade should never loose its clarity. It’s important your choice of words conveys whatever you want the reader to do without the reader being confused about what exactly you are saying. Remember you are writing for every-day people and don’t go about using terms as if your page was for marketing directors or purchasing directors.

One way to keep it simple and yet convey whatever message you are putting out is to write as if you were explaining your product to someone who has no idea about the product. Use language you will normally use in your day-to-day conversations.

 

 

Offer Proof

 

One distinguishable factor that sites who have a high conversion rate is that they most times offer proof of what their product has done as said by other people. Whatever you present to the public, it’s vital you back it up with evidence.

 

You can present this proof by

  • Research and case studies. Present verifiable facts which have been proven over time.
  • Third party reviews. Were you featured in an article or magazine with commendable review? This adds prestige to what you offer the public
  • Mentioning actual users. Be proud to tell the world how many customers use your product. Many will be turned off by the thought of being the only user of a product.
  • Showcase it. Why don’t you present your product in action? Back up your value proposition with a video of what your product does!
  • Customer testimonials. This has to be the most popular of the proofs. Glowing recommendation from customers who used your product is a big proof of the validity of your product.

 

Promote coupons

 

Coupons over time have been proven to be conversion boosters. A few dollars off can sway someone who is undecided about making a purchase. 

Take note of the outcome each time you present coupons. What differences can you pick out? Do you get more conversions from some channels more than others? For instance does your email lead converts more than your social media lead? How about the knowledge that most of your conversion rates come more from those in your loyalty program compared to those who have made just a single purchase? Digging and getting the answers to these questions and more give you a better and clearer understanding of who your customers are.

 

Final Take

 

These hacks are bound to give your site an uplift and have you smiling to the bank in time. Some of these hacks have to be mastered more than others but they work hand in hand with each other to optimize your conversion rate. Your days of traffic with no customers to show for are over!

REITS and the future of Property Funds – HULT Private Capital

Is the UK real estate market still a profitable venture?

 

UK property is the most mainstream market in the world offering a reasonable chance to gain long-term returns. There are various ways through which one can invest in real estate e.g. via the stock market, purchasing shares in companies which own properties, generating income in the form of rent.

The values of the stocks are sub-ject to daily swings, while the companies have relatively stable value as they are asset backed – i.e. they possess real estate which investors can see and touch in which the company can sell if re-quired to do so. At times of mar-ket turbulence such investors are less likely to take flight. 


There is no doubt that the value of land has increased with the passage of time in the UK. The demands have surpassed the supply with the growing population and limited space of the islands. There is high level of uncertainty in the air regarding the UK’s eco-nomic future considering the episode of Brexit. In the midst of all HULT private capital having been providing profitable property investments with – i.e. secured capital re-turns, up-to 3 to 8% per annum, fixed guarantee return, potential fund bonus of 4%, generating higher returns than your average investment account.

The outbreak of Covid-19 affected every sector of the UK. With the implementation of multiple lockdowns around the country the economy faced hard blows. However, the

outlook for UK property has been positive, if not more so. There are various forecasts that predicted the rise of the UK property market to unprecedented levels. The majority of UK PLCs foresee long-term optimism in property market. With the release of the pent-up demand the country experience its record breaking 30% increase in demand for rental property in April, 2021. The residential prices has been on there all time high of 138% higher than 2020.

The disparity between supply and demand in the UK property market is the huge op-portunity for the investors looking for capital investment. Many areas in UK are afford-able at the moment though it is estimated that with the incredible demand and low supply the prices will raise above-average. Residential capital investor analysts esti-mated that the UK renters will gain profit worth over £1 trillion as UK renters will out-number landholders by 2039. This embodies nearly 125 million households in a private rented sector which is all set to grow by 24% by 2021. It is the true manifestation of the power of property investment holds in the UK.

uk property market HULT Private Capital

 

But what ramifications this has on prices?

 

The property forecasts in the UK suggested that the property prices will grow by 21.1% by 2025. The forecast suggested that the property investing market remains a reliable channel for maximising returns amidst low interest rates and high demand. Things have begun to get normal after the turbulence of 2020 and UK investment remains a successful opportunity as we look towards 2022. The regional price growth is all set to continue outpacing the traditional London market, whereas the individual cities within these regions are estimated to over-perform.

It is estimated that UK house prices will rise from zero to +4% growths and with-in the next five years it will raise up-to 21.1%. The housing transactions are expected to hit 1.4m in 2021 before getting back to 1.2m by 2023. As per oxford economics the interest rates are assumed to stay low and base rates are estimated to hit just 0.5% by 2025.

 

Where & How can you invest?

 

HULT private capital are the gateway for high net worth sophisticated investors to in-vest in highly desirable locations in and in close proximity to, Prime Central London. It is no secret that Prime central London offers a real investing opportunity. The activity has already picked up its pace as the investors believed in the future of London as a global city. According to residential research analysts’ Prime central London rated a ‘buy’ at -21% from peak and is estimated to rebound strongly, +3% in 2021. It will be followed by the strong bounce up-to +7% in 2022 and total +21.6% in 2021-2025. Whereas the outer prime London residential capital value is estimated to grow +14.6% over the course of next 5 years.

Hult property advice

Search for space and lifestyle relocation are the primary impetus behind the growth of UK markets. With the further strong demand in prime lifestyle and country house mar-

kets averaging 20.5% as a 5-year average. It is first time in the history that the house prices have raised in a recession that to up-to 7% as their will to move surpass any un-certainty surrounding jobs and finances.

HULT Private Capital focuses on the best investments for its growing number of high net worth elite investors. Investment funds are secured against the properties which provides stability and full capital security for clients invested capital. HULT has suc-cessfully built up an industry recognised name as an agile investment company one can rely on.


With the increasing population and the disparity between demand & supply, property investment is rising as a prominent kind of investment. With the rise of property devel-opment in 2021, HULT Private Capital provides investors a successful opportunity to achieve access to a high end sector, which incredibly, is still scarce of reliable property development and acquisition specialists.

 

References:

https://www.savills.co.uk/insight-and-opinion/savills-news/311749-0/savills-upgrades-uk-house-price-forecasts

https://www.moneymarketing.co.uk/analysis/property-funds-one-year-on/

 

 

Canaries Covid Update: Over 90,000 people have been infected and 900 have died

grimsby norovirus warning
  • Covid update: Over 90,000 people have been infected and 900 have died in the Canaries

 

The Ministry of Health have today issued a statement where they have reported 312 new cases of coronavirus. That means the total number of people who have had Covid in the Canary Islands stands at 90,034. The number of Covid deaths in the Canary Islands since the pandemic began is 902.

It was also announced that three more people sadly lost their lives to Covid, all in Tenerife. According to The Ministry of Health there are 148 new cases in Tenerife, 129 are in Gran Canaria, 18 in Fuerteventura, 11 in Lanzarote, 4 in La Palma, 1 in La Gomera, and 1 in El Hierro.

The Ministry of Health are hoping more people are going to come forward to have their vaccine to help win the Covid battle.

 

Data for Saturday 21st August 2021:

New cases: 312

Tenerife: 148

Gran Canaria: 129

Fuerteventura: 18

Lanzarote: 11

La Palma: 4

La Gomera: 1

El Hierro: 1

 

Current Incidence rate (IA7): 94.90           

(Cases last 7 days: 2,065)

Fuerteventura: 111.08

Gran Canaria: 102.51

Tenerife: 96.92

Lanzarote: 68.67

El Hierro: 62.80

La Palma: 40.74

La Gomera: 23.06

 

Current Incidence rate (IA14): 239.30

(Cases last 14 days: 5,207)

Gran Canaria: 261.13

Tenerife: 257.70

Fuerteventura: 236.36

Lanzarote: 139.91

El Hierro: 80.74

La Palma: 69.50

La Gomera: 46.13

A 73-Year-Old Man Arrested in Tenerife For Cocaine Possession

tenerife coccaine arrest
  • A 73-year-old man arrested for cocaine possession in south Tenerife

 

A 73-year-old man has been arrested in South Tenerife for cocaine passion according to a statement by the National Police. The man was arrested by agents of the National Police who are part of a department to prevent the consumption and sale of narcotic substances (the UPR).

The man was arrested after his car was stopped where he was found in possession of cocaine. According to police reports, the elderly Italian man who has a previous police record tried to hide an object in the area of his waist.

The elderly man was found with more than 10 grams of cocaine which were divided into 5 small bags. He was taken by the National police officers to the police station in Playa Las Americas. After giving a statement, he was then handed over to the competent judicial authority.

Tenerife Forest Trails Reopen After Fire Alerts Lifted

Tenerife forest trails open
  • Forest trails in Tenerife reopen with some limits after fire alerts reduced

The Tenerife Cabildo has today announced it has lowered the forest fire prevention measures to level 1. This is in line with the relaxation of the extreme weather alerts activated by the Canary Islands Government. It now means that the forest trails on the island can now be reopened with some limits in place.

Although the Tenerife Forest Trails are now open, the use of fire is not allowed. That includes be barbecues, firework displays, burning stubble, or machinery that could generate sparks.

The Cabildo is advising people to take extreme precautions and is asking for the Technical Service Department for the Forest Management to establish the necessary services to address the risk situation.

Germany Takes Tenerife Off High Risk Covid Areas

tenerife german tourism
  • The Canary Islands are now at the lowest risk level for Covid in Germany

 

Great news for Tenerife and the other Islands after Germany announced from Sunday the Canary Island will no longer be on its high-risk Covid areas. Germany officials have been impressed with the Covid improvements on the Canary Islands,

This announcement is great news for those Tenerife businesses that rely on tourism. And although Tenerife need other countries to follow suit to boost tourism numbers, this is a positive step in a long and hard battle.

It is now hoped that Tenerife will start to benefit from the positive news and see an increase in tourists from Germany.

 

Data for Friday 20th August 2021:

New cases: 294

Tenerife: 136

Gran Canaria: 123

Fuerteventura: 15

Lanzarote: 15

La Palma: 4

El Hierro: 1

La Gomera: 0

 

Current Incidence rate (IA7): 98.26         

(Cases last 7 days: 2,139)

Fuerteventura: 115.26

Gran Canaria: 103.56

Tenerife: 103.06

Lanzarote: 73.81

El Hierro: 53.83

La Palma: 35.95

La Gomera: 18.45

 

Current Incidence rate (IA14): 256.03

(Cases last 14 days: 5,572)

 

Tenerife: 280.10

Gran Canaria: 278.31

Fuerteventura: 239.70

Lanzarote: 143.76

El Hierro: 80.74

La Palma: 67.10

La Gomera: 50.74

 

The National Police Not Sure If German Kidnapper Is In Tenerife

Tenerife kidnapp children

We recently reported that a search and arrest warrant has been issued by a Judge in Tenerife for a male who is suspected of kidnapping his two children. However, The National Police have now said they are not sure that the German father of the two children who allegedly kidnapped them from Germany and brought them to Tenerife is still on the island.

The two children, 11 and 10 years old were reported to the German police as missing after their father failed to bring them back home. After an investigation was launched by the German police, it was found that the father had left the country and headed to Tenerife to hide out.

The German father sent a message to his ex-partner and said if she went to the police then he would kill the two children. An investigation was launched by The National Police but so far, they have failed to find the father or the two children.

Sources have said The National Police are not sure if the father has left the Island as all current investigations into the alleged kidnapping have failed to produce any positive results.

kidnapping of two children in tenerife

A description has been circulated on social media of the two missing children, along with their photos: Kristian is 11 years old, has brown hair, wears prescription glasses, with a thin complexion, and brown eyes, while his 10-year-old sister Amantia has a thin complexion, brown eyes, and long curly hair, as reported by cadenaser.com.

The National Police are asking if anyone sees the two children to contact their local police station.

Why Visit Santa Cruz de Tenerife

why visit santa cruz de tenerife

Tenerife receives about 5 million tourists each year, making it the most popular island for tourists. 46.7% tourist who visit Tenerife each year are from the UK, making it one of the most popular holiday destinations for UK holidaymakers.

One of the popular destinations to visit in Tenerife is Santa Cruz de Tenerife. There are lots of things to do in Santa Cruz de Tenerife, but even though it is one of the most popular places to visit it is still overlooked by many tourists visiting Tenerife. So why do so many people visit Santa Cruz de Tenerife and why should you be one of them?

Santa Cruz is a beautiful city located in the northeast of Tenerife. It is known for its mix of historic mixture of modern and Spanish culture. It is popular with all holidaymakers no matter where they come from. There are lots of great restaurants in Santa Cruz, lots of things to do, great bars, and lots of places to go for romantic walks.

The popular Tenerife city provides a chilled out and fun atmosphere, allowing people to do as much or as little as they want. It has become a favourite with UK holidaymakers.

 

The santa cruz de Tenerife Restaurants

restaurants santa cruz de tenerife

In my opinion the restaurants in Tenerife are some of the best in Spain. There are restaurants to suit all tastes, and if you love tapas then you will love the Santa Cruz de Tenerife restaurants and taps bars.

 

Auditorio De Tenerife / Tenerife Auditorium

visit Santa Cruz de Tenerife

The iconic Tenerife Auditorium, was designed by Santiago Calatrava. It is a stand out feature of the capital city, and very easy to get to.

During the year there are lots of different concerts that are held here including pop, opera, and classical.

 

Santa Cruz Parks

In a sense, Santa Cruz reminds me of London. What I mean by that is. London is a city just like Santa Cruz, and just like London Santa Cruz has some breathtaking parks and natural spaces.

One of the popular parks to visit in Santa Cruz is Parque Garcia Sanabria. It has a Mediterranean theme with breathtaking paths lines with tropical trees, and a clock made of flowers.

 

Playa de las Teresitas & Parque Maritimo Cesar Manrique

visit santa cruz

If you love beaches and love to sunbathe then you are in luck. Tenerife has lots of beaches, but the golden beach of Las Teresitas has to be one of the best if not the best. It is just a short bus ride from the city centre.

Once you have been to the beach then you will understand why so many people love it. It is not just the clear blue sea that makes it popular with holidaymakers, and the lovely palm trees that guard the entire beach, for me it’s the back drop. You look behind you and you have the stunning mountain looking down at you.

 

The Tenerife Carnival

santa cruz carnival tenerife

If you could choose to visit Tenerife only once a year, then my advice would be to visit in February. The Carnaval de Santa Cruz de Tenerife brings the streets alive, and the second biggest carnival in the world after the Rio de Janiero carnival.

The Santa Cruz carnival is held in February each year and attracts people from all over the world.

There are lot of things to do in Santa Cruz. It has everything you could possibly want and more. There are things to do in Santa Cruze de Tenerife for the whole family, and they even have some popular shops from home.

If you are missing the likes of Primark and KFC, then you are in luck. Tenerife has its own Primark. The Santa Cruz Primark attracts visitors from all over the Island, and those visiting the popular city from the UK are shocked to see how big it is.

If you have never visited Santa Cru, then why not?

Tenerife Covid Cases Higher Than Other Canary Islands

Tenerife covid cases

It has been reported that Tenerife has 136 new Covid cases. Tenerife is currently ranked as number one with the highest number of new cases in the Canary Islands with Gran Canaria coming second with 123 new cases.

On a positive note, the number of new cases reported for all the Canary Islands week ending 20th August was 294. This is great news, especially when we are heading towards a UK travel review, and could boost tourism.

However, the new data from the Ministry of Health has revealed that three more deaths have been recorded, taking the total number of fatalities to 899. The latest three deaths were all in Gran Canaria.

This weekend the SCS have two ‘Vacuna-buses’ in Tenerife and Gran Canaria for anyone who has not yet been vaccinated. It is hoped that those in Tenerife and Gran Canaria who have not been vaccinated will pop on the buses and get vaccinated. There is no need to book an appointment.

To receive a vaccine on the busses, people wishing to be vaccinated must be a resident of the Canary Islands, and they must produce their DNI/NIE/TIE details. Anyone under the age of 16 years of age must be accompanied by their mother, father or legal guardian.

new covid cases Tenerife

Data for Friday 20th August 2021:

 

New cases: 294

Tenerife: 136

Gran Canaria: 123

Fuerteventura: 15

Lanzarote: 15

La Palma: 4

El Hierro: 1

La Gomera: 0

 

Current Incidence rate (IA7): 98.26          

 

(Cases last 7 days: 2,139)

Fuerteventura: 115.26

Gran Canaria: 103.56

Tenerife: 103.06

Lanzarote: 73.81

El Hierro: 53.83

La Palma: 35.95

La Gomera: 18.45

 

Current Incidence rate (IA14): 256.03

(Cases last 14 days: 5,572)

 

Tenerife: 280.10

Gran Canaria: 278.31

Fuerteventura: 239.70

Lanzarote: 143.76

El Hierro: 80.74

La Palma: 67.10

La Gomera: 50.74

 

Ryanair Flight From Tenerife Makes Emergency Landing

ryanair strikes

Ryanair flight makes emergency landing at East Midlands Airport as paramedics board

A Ryanair flight from Tenerife was forced to make an emergency at East Midlands Airport this morning (20th August 2021) after a member of the airlines cabin crew became seriously ill.

The Aircraft FR3153 set off from Tenerife at 6.12 on Thursday (August 19th) and declared an emergency shortly after flying over the English channel at 10.25pm.

The Boeing 737-8AS stopped on the runway shortly after landing at East Midlands Airport where paramedics boarded the plane to give emergency treatment to the cabin crew member.

Due to the emergency, the runway remained closed and inbound flights were diverted to Manchester Airport.

Tenerife Judge Issues Search and Arrest Warrant For Kidnapper Of German Children

kidnapping of two children in tenerife
  • Search and arrest warrant issued for kidnapper of German children in Tenerife

A search and arrest warrant has been issued by a Judge in Tenerife for a German male who is suspected of kidnapping two children in Germany and taking them to Tenerife.

The Judge in Santa Cruz de Tenerife Court No2 of Domestic Violence issued the warrant for the German Citizen after the mother of the two children filed a complaint against her partner.

According to the documents, the father of the two children took them from their home in German and brought them to Tenerife to hide out. The mother explained to the court that she had received a threatening message from her ex-partner that if she went to the police then he would kill the two children.

The mother of the two children reported to the police in Germany that her ex-partner had disappeared with her two children. After an investigation by the police in Germany, they found that he had flown to Tenerife with the children. Security footage at the airport shown the three of them heading towards the departure lounge.

A description has been circulated on social media of the two missing children, along with their photos: Kristian is 11 years old, has brown hair, wears prescription glasses, with a thin complexion, and brown eyes, while his 10-year-old sister Amantia has a thin complexion, brown eyes, and long curly hair, as reported by cadenaser.com.

Tenerife police are asking if anyone sees the two children to contact their local police station.

Inc 5000; The Ligon Group is No. 1887 on the annual Inc. 5000 list, the most prestigious ranking of the nation’s fastest-growing private companies

The Ligon Group

Inc. magazine today revealed that The Ligon Group is No. 1887 on its annual Inc. 5000 list, the most prestigious ranking of the nation’s fastest-growing private companies. The list represents a unique look at the most successful companies within the American economy’s most dynamic segment—its independent small businesses. Intuit, Zappos, Under Armour, Microsoft, Patagonia, and many other well-known names gained their first national exposure as honorees on the Inc. 5000.

“The Ligon Group of Companies is honored to be recognized as a leader in our industry. The development of our LYNK Wholesaling and Digital Flipping Courses has allowed us to enrich the lives of thousands of likeminded entrepreneurs, and we’re just getting started! We will strive to continue to bring quality service and innovative products to the world of Real Estate and Real Estate Investing. Look out for new and exciting products and opportunities from the Ligon Brothers in 2022.”

Michael Ligon and David Ligon aka The Ligon Brothers.

Not only have the companies on the 2021 Inc. 5000 been very competitive within their markets, but this year’s list also proved especially resilient and flexible given 2020’s unprecedented challenges.Among the5,000, the average medianthree-year growth rate soared to 543 percent, and median revenuereached $11.1 million. Together, those companies added more than 610,000 jobs over the past three years.

Complete results of the Inc. 5000, including company profiles and an interactive database that can be sorted by industry, region, and other criteria, can be found at www.inc.com/inc5000. The top 500 companiesare featured in the September issue of Inc., which will be available on newsstands on August 20.

“The 2021 Inc. 5000 list feels like oneof the most important rosters of companies evercompiled,” says Scott Omelianuk, editor-in-chief of Inc.“Building one of the fastest-growing companies in America in any year is a remarkable achievement. Building one in the crisis we’ve lived through is just plain amazing. This kind of accomplishment comes with hard work, smart pivots, great leadership, and the help of a whole lot of people.”

The Ligon Group of Companies is a full service Real Estate Investment Firm with an inhouse brokerage firm, buying, selling, rehabbing, wholesaling and consulting divisions. The Ligon Group was founded by Michael and David Ligon collectively known as the Ligon Brothers. Michael Ligon aka “The Fixer” and David Ligon aka “Mr. Real Estate” are Award-Winning Coaches, Real Estate Investors, Consultants, Authors and Wealth Creation Specialists. They developed and created LYNK Real Estate Systems, LYNK Wholesaling; The Real Estate Connector Method and The MLS Digital Flipping Method, each being a unique method for investing in real estate.

They also created a one of a kind online virtual learning center for Real Estate Investor training called LigonU. LigonU was created to provide a platform for up-and-coming entrepreneurs and investors to learn how to properly invest in real estate. The Ligon U format is 100% online and can be accessed from anywhere digitally. The distance learning center offers modulated online courses and programs for Wealth Creation and Real Estate Investing.

More about Inc. and the Inc. 5000

Methodology

Companies on the 2021 Inc. 5000 are ranked accordingto percentage revenue growth from 2017 to 2020. Toqualify, companies must have been founded and generatingrevenue by March 31, 2017. They must be U.S.-based,privately held, for-profit, and independent—not subsidiariesor divisions of other companies—as of December 31,2020. (Since then, some on the list may have gone publicor been acquired.) The minimum revenue required for2017 is $100,000; the minimum for 2020 is $2 million. Asalways, Inc. reserves the right to decline applicants forsubjective reasons. Growth rates used to determine companyrankings were calculated to three decimal places.There was one tie on this year’s Inc. 5000.  Companies on the Inc. 500 are featured in Inc.’s September issue. They represent the top tier of the Inc. 5000, which can be found at https://www.inc.com/inc5000

About Inc. Media

The world’s most trusted business-media brand, Inc. offers entrepreneurs the knowledge, tools, connections, and community to build great companies. Its award-winning multiplatform content reaches more than 50 million people each month across a variety of channels including web sites, newsletters, social media, podcasts, and print. Its prestigious Inc. 5000 list, produced every year since 1982, analyzes company data to recognize the fastest-growing privately held businesses in the United States. The global recognition that comes with inclusion in the 5000 gives the founders of the best businesses an opportunity to engage with an exclusive community of their peers, and the credibility that helps them drive sales and recruit talent. The associated Inc. 5000 Vision Conference is part of a highly acclaimed portfolio of bespoke events produced by Inc. For more information, visit www.inc.com

For more information on the Inc. 5000 Vision Conference, visit https://conference.inc.com/

 

HolyGames launches Binance exchange-based blockchain PvP Battle Arena for Global Online Gamers.

HolyGames, the blockchain-based PvP online battle arena platform has raised [$720,000,000] in a HolyGames token (HLG) presales and is scheduled to launch the service on the 1st of December, 2021.

HolyGames, the PvP online battle arena platform will let gamers play online PvP battles freely, earning real value by winning the PvP battle. In the $21.1 billion-plus online gaming market, only about 4,000 of the millions of gamers are able to profit from their gaming skills and time spent on gaming, the company said. Now, it wants to open up that opportunity to all gamers.

Right now, the game universe only exists on a virtual platform, and the game points, that provide such fame and in-game benefits each gamer earned, whether gamers’ skill is good or bad, are not easy to monetize. Only a handful number of professional gamers are truly rewarded with the actual value from small-scale esports events, or from major contestant events.

HolyGames states that they understand exactly what is lacking in the current online gaming universe and they are dedicated to building an ecosystem that can reward everyday gamers, free from the control of game developers or the online game service provider. Billion dollars of revenues are created by the online games but general gamers are completely excluded from any share, except limited profits generated from game item trade-in which is also controlled by the online game service provider.

“With HolyGames, gamers will be able to participate online PvP battle between gamers all over the world. We are utilizing blockchain technology to act as a virtual battle arena for global gamers. Every gamer will be able to purchase HLG from our platform and participate in online PvP battles with battle entry stakes. The winning player will collect the entire stake, after a small commission to HolyGames. With the collected entire stake, gamers can enter another battle, or they can exchange to USD without limitation. It will be an exceptionally thrilling moment for everyday gamers like you.” said HolyGames founder and CEO Jack Park.

HolyGames will also benefit game developers and publishers by extending the lifespan of the existing game. HolyGames platform will help contain existing gamers to stay in the game, who want to fully engage their gaming skills acquired from thousands of hours of playtime. It will also effectively attract gamers to newly launched games by giving every newcomer the opportunity to win and be rewarded without getting dominated by the old gamers.

HolyGames also states that the company will expand the volume of HLG issuance periodically, by reinvesting 50% of commissions earned. This will contribute to HLG’s value increase, continuously. Jack states that “It is our duty to recompense to our early investors and it will advance HolyGames’ goal to be listed in the Binance, under BEP20.”

Germany-based company is currently preselling HGL from HolyGames website (HolyGames.org) and will run through 20th of August, 2021. A total of 7.2 billion HGL will be supplied, and 720 million HGL is subject to current presale. The battle platform will be available for general gamers on 1st of December, 2021. StarCraft and the League of Legends will be the premier titles available for PvP, and the company will continuously expand the game titles.

For more information, please visit https://holygames.org/

Two men appear in court accused of kidnapping man in Spalding

KFC Skegness Theft

Two men accused of kidnapping a man in Spalding have appeared at Boston Magistrates court on August 17th 2021.

Pawel Wapniewski, 34, now living near Peterborough but formerly of Wedgewood Drive, Spalding, and Marcin Siemianowski, 36, of Bourne Road, Spalding have been charged with kidnapping Aleksy Dudek in Spalding on February 1.

Further charges of assaulting Mr Dudek by beating on January 29 and intimidation of a witness between February 5 and 24 at Spalding was also brought against Pawel Wapniewski.

No pleas were entered by either men at Boston Magistrates court.

Both men who were granted unconditional bail are to appear at Lincoln Crown Court on September 20th 2021.

Elopement and destination wedding photographer Brittany West Talks About Wedding Pictures

wedding photographer

Brittany West is an elopement and destination wedding photographer who helps plan, coordinate, and capture the most important days of a couples married life in scenic locations.

For most people, a wedding day is one of the most important days in their lives, and for 54 percent of men and 60 percent of women, it is the only wedding day they will have. So, making sure everything runs smoothly from having the best wedding cars, wedding reception, and of course the best photographer is essential.

Choosing the best photographer who will capture every important moment of the wedding and turn those images into a thousand words can be difficult. The trends of just having a wedding photographer have changed, and now people are hiring destination wedding photographers who will travel all the way to the wedding location. One elopement and destination wedding photographer who has become one of the best in the business has traveled all of the world helping the bride and groom have the best day of their lives.

I sat down with Brittany West to learn more about life as an Elopement and destination wedding photographer, this is what she had to say.

 

Can you share a bit of background about yourself and how you got into photography?

I got into photography after opening a Best Buy credit card account and being told I needed to use it, or it would be closed after about two years of never buying anything. I bought a DSLR camera and learned to use it to document my life and my children’s life. I enjoyed it and started second shooting for a local photographer capturing weddings and Bah Mitzvahs. Before becoming a photographer my husband and I were both active-duty army and we were business owners.

Ok, can I stop you there. What is a destination elopement photographer?

Essentially, it is a photographer serving domestic and international locations for couples wanting to elope. Some photographers only service a certain area or state. I do not set boundaries on the couples wanting to elope, I want them to have the exact location they want and the elopement photographer they want with the artistic style that they desire their wedding images to have.

Elopement and destination wedding photographer
(c) Brittany West

Can you remember the first picture you ever took, and the first professional picture you took?

I can’t remember the first picture I ever took but I do remember my grandparents allowing me to play with their old, cedar trunk that sat at the end of their bed with vintage old polaroid cameras in it, there was a wooden tray in it with storage space underneath. This is where the real treasure was; I can still smell that woody fragrance when I think about it but there were probably around a hundred of images dating all the way back to civil war era to around the 1960s, all the people in it were my ancestors. I loved rummaging through old tin types and the discolored, fading images on thick stock paper and imagined what these people were like.

These images were so old that my great grandmother couldn’t tell me much other than their names, but it was nice to put faces to those names and pick out the family facial features that were passed along. So, I guess you could say the most earliest influencing photography memories didn’t come from using a camera but more from enjoying the pictures from so many years ago.

What made you want to pursue photography as a career?

I love working with couples and giving them something a bit different that still has a timeless style. I want to not only document them on their wedding day, but I want to document it in a creative way. Thinking about the generations to come that will love those images feeds my soul. When I am posing a couple, I think about how I could portray them to show future generations their deep connect. I like to think of myself as a historian for future generations and my lens is the medium that tells that story.

And why did you choose destination weddings & elopements as your focus?

Elopements are always small and destination weddings usually have a smaller guest list as well. I can really capture the connection between the couple, a traditional wedding goes by so quickly and there is a large emphasis on the family including extended family. It’s hard to make a wedding about the couple when the guests in attendance make it seems more like a family reunion. If family does attend its usually immediate family or people that have a really meaningful connection to the couple, and I always feel more inspired when there is a real story and bond between these people.

Was it hard to get established as a destination elopement photographer?

It took about a year to develop a decent portfolio that really showed that I am skilled in location scouting and it took some time to develop the best way to educate my clients on the differences between a traditional wedding photographer and an elopement photographer and how they are both different.

How did you manage to get your first booking?

A wedding photographer friend of mine had a couple change their original date and decided the stress of a wedding with a 200-person guest list wasn’t worth it so she asked me if I could help her out because she was booked on the new wedding date that they wanted. The new location was an 8-hour drive away and she didn’t want to travel that far. Ever since then I knew that elopements and destination weddings were my niche.

What is the advantage for the couple of having a destination photographer?

Destination wedding photographers are usually very adaptable and can adjust quickly to changing circumstances that deviate from the initial plan. Whether that’s a change in weather or wedding timeline. There is a greater emphasis on their style because there is an understanding that clients want you based off your artistic talents and not because of the proximity to the wedding location.

When you are hired to take photographs for a wedding, what research is needed on the location of the wedding?

Sometimes restrictions are in place at certain times of the year. Accessibility can be a big issue and that’s why I always check out the location the day prior to the elopement and keep additional locations in mind if there is a circumstance like bad weather that might need me to change the location.

How many images do you take during a typical wedding, and how many of those pictures do you use for the final wedding album?

That is all dependent on how long I am booked. My packages range all the way from 6 hours to two days. For a 6-hour elopement I usually deliver around 400 images. It can be more depending on what is going on. During the ceremony I’m constantly shooting, and that specific event will always have more images. The number of images within an album is always determined by the album size that the couples decide upon. I send all my images to the couple through an online gallery, so it is up to them what goes into the wedding album.

What do you find most challenging about wedding photography?

If I could clone myself and be in two places at once, then 99% of my problems would be solved. Marketing could be a whole 40 hour a week job and there is always a list of things that I need to get done to market my business.

wedding photography

What tips would you suggest for couples looking to have a destination wedding?

I have so many, and I feel like this question is the ongoing topic of my blog. My best tip is to utilize your vendors and wedding party, even if you need a favor that isn’t within the typical job description it never hurts to ask. There have been times when I needed to meet a florist to pick up a bouquet or made a run to the store to grab a bride some false lashes. They are there to support you and as a wedding vendor I want the couple to have the least amount of stress and really enjoy the process including the planning.

 

What do you wish people would understand better about hiring a photographer for their wedding?

Choosing a photographer based off their style will lead to a more satisfying outcome. Most photographers on vendor preferred lists at resorts, hotels and venues have simply paid to be there. It’s unfortunately another advertising medium and another way for venues to make money.

You must have been to some magical places, what has been your favourite?

I love Yosemite National Park and Iceland. The locations and light in Iceland are just amazing and Yosemite National Park has so many epics but accessible locations so going to several different locations within one day is possible.

Where do you find your inspiration?

Various movies, typically love stories. Water for Elephants with Reese Witherspoon is a great movie to watch and see how the characters connect in the romance scenes. There is an indie film named To the Wonder with Ben Affleck that has amazing cinematography and I have used many movie stills from this film as inspiration, pretty much any movie directed by Terrance Malick captures light and connection beautifully.

Is there any picture you have taken that sticks in your mind?

Of course, there are the ones that are artistically pleasing and have gotten quite a bit of social media attention and shares but the ones that speak to me the most have an element of human emotion behind them. It’s a bride embracing her mother that is sick with cancer or the groom helping the 4-year-old ring bearer tie his shoes that is about to become his stepson that are my favorites.

What is the secret to taking a good picture?

Most photographers would say good lighting is the first element in every genre of photography and angles are important as well but anyone that is taking a picture should ask themselves what they are trying to communicate to whoever is viewing the image and make a decision based upon the answer to that question. I’ve taken pictures in all types of lighting situations where it wouldn’t be considered traditionally beautiful but because a message and mood were communicated through the image it worked out well.

wedding photographer

Can you describe when you use flash and natural light during a wedding?

I only use flash for receptions with dark rooms otherwise I use natural light or am working with the ambient lighting that is available.

And how important is natural light for taking a great picture?

It’s one of the most important elements of a great image but it’s more important to know how to make the best of it. While there are other aspects that are important lighting is so much more than just a tool used to flatter a subject. Lighting can communicate and help to set the scene so much.

What are the most challenging situations you have experienced in your professional career?

The decision to become a destination elopement photographer meant that I would be traveling more and away from my family. I am lucky to have a supporting family and extended family to help with my children when I am working. It took me about 10 months to come to the conclusion that I would best serve my clients if I loved what I did.

What has influenced your style and work the most?

I love color in pictures, it’s very rare that I decide to edit an image in black and white and of course connection, intimacy and the dynamic between a couple gives me inspiration.

Is there anywhere in the world that you would love to go to as a destination elopement photographer?

Bali and Santorini are definitely on my bucket list and there is actually something in the works for Santorini so right now I am crossing my fingers and hoping next year I will get to capture a beautiful wedding in Greece.

Do you have any tips you could share for aspiring elopement photographers out there?

Yes. Try to focus on creating a great experience for your client and brush up on your communication skills. Help them to make their wedding day the best day possible

 

Learn more about Elopement and destination wedding photographer Brittany West here https://brwest.com/

New Mental Health Podcast Wants To Help People Improve Their Lives

robbie williams manhood

Robbie Williams is just one of the famous people who has recently spoken out about their mental health. The 47-year-old singer reflected on his mental health battles while being part of one of the world’s most famous bands; Take That.

He discussed how he faced serious mental health battles which included depression, and anxiety at the young age of 16. The 18-time Brit Award winner spoke out to help other people to come forward and talk about their mental health struggles.

 

‘I hated myself’: Robbie Williams admits he felt guilty for suffering with depression and anxiety after being given a ‘golden ticket’ into Take That.

 

According to a recent report, 1 in 4 people in the UK suffer from mental health issues. In the USA 1 in 5 people suffer from mental health issues each year. Sadly, in 2019 there were 5,691 registered deaths by suicide in England and Wales. This means around 18 people died of suicide each day in the UK. In the USA in the same time period there were 48,344 recorded suicides, showing more needs to be done to tackle the serious mental health problems around the world.

mental health podcast
Yasmin Elzomor, a certified relationship coach, spiritual mentor, and speaker

One person who is trying to get people to talk about their mental health is Yasmin Elzomor, a certified relationship coach, spiritual mentor, and speaker.

She is on a mission is to help others turn their pain into power and inspire them to fearlessly live a life of freedom. To help with her mission she has started a podcast called Humanity Feels which aims to tackle mental health issues.

We sat down with Yasmin Elzomor to learn more about her mental health podcast, this is what she had to say.

 

You have started a podcast; can you tell me more about it?

Yes! My podcast is called Humanity Feels and it’s all about personal development, spirituality, relationships and all the things that make us human. It’s a space where healing and conscious conversations happen

Why did you feel it was important to start a podcast on mental health?

I always wanted to start a podcast, but I was afraid of taking the plunge and I dealt with a lot of imposter syndrome. After the pandemic hit last year, I realized how many people needed support including myself. With the amount of loneliness that we all felt and continue to feel, I knew this would be the perfect time to launch my podcast and help others feel seen and heard. I wanted to create a space where people can truly connect on a deeper level, and I also knew that it would be a great idea to host other guests so we can all make a difference together. Community is really important to me and that’s how we heal as a collective.

 

Have you personally suffered from any mental health issues?

Yes, I grew up feeling a lot of anxiety as a child and after my first spiritual awakening, I experienced depression. I felt so lost and confused, I didn’t have the proper tools to help myself cope because I didn’t learn any as a child, so I had to re-parent and teach myself to tap into my inner power. Because of this, I want to help others tap into their inner power too.

 

It has only been in recent years that mental health has become more talked about, why do you think that is?

Humanity is so disconnected. We are connected technologically but on a human level, we are disconnected from each other, from nature, from Source/God. Humans were meant to live in community, in nature, connected to our inner guidance and power. Modern day society is stressful, and we are constantly being bombarded with artificial lights, unhealthy food supply, imbalanced circadian rhythms and too much social media. We are all connected, and we all come from the same source which means that we all feel each other deeply whether we’re conscious of it or not.

aston merrigold mental health podcast

There was a headline recently that said Aston Merrygold has blasted Liam Payne for blaming his mental health issues on being in One Direction. I am not sure if you have read the article, but do you think it is fair that Liam Payne is blaming his mental health problems on being a member of one of the most successful bands in history, and which has made him a multi-millionaire?

It’s funny how we think that celebrities are these gods that should be perfect human beings and that shouldn’t have any issues. We idealize them and put them on pedestals. Celebrities struggle just as much as any other person does, and honestly, they struggle more because of the pressure to keep a happy face on for their audience. They’re human and they also experience anxiety, depression and burnout. They also need support and if that means dropping out of a successful band and leaving behind that old identity, then so be it!

 

What type of topics are you going to be covering in your Podcast?

I’m going to be covering a wide range of topics such as mental health issues, relationships and sex from a spiritual perspective, healing modalities, personal development and how to step into your power.

 

Mental health is such a serious and important issue, do you believe by listening to your podcast it can help people who are suffering?

Yes absolutely! I agree that mental health is serious and really important. By talking about these topics on my podcast and shedding light on the darkness, we can learn to integrate these shadow parts of ourselves and difficult emotions into our identity. Listening to the podcast will also create a community feeling and will help others feel seen. It’s easy to feel lonely when we’re experiencing a challenging time or experiencing depression and anxiety, so it’s nice to have a platform that you can go to so you can feel supported and nourished.

prince harry

Prince Harry, Katy Perry and Dwayne Johnson have all come forward to talk about their mental health problems, how important is it for celebrities to share their own experiences?

I think it’s important because it shows us that we aren’t alone. It shows us that even the people we idolize suffer from their own mental health issues and have their own problems to deal with. It helps us see the bigger picture and gives us hope to keep fighting the good fight.

 

The number of people suffering from Anxiety, depression and mental health problems has increased due to the COVID pandemic, do you think this has put a strain on professional health services?

Mental health problems are another pandemic! Yes, I think it’s hard for mental health professionals because we also need a break, so we don’t burnout! But I also think that there are so many more resources now online that people can find so they can help themselves. The internet is a wonderful thing, you can find anything on their nowadays especially in relation to mental health.

 

What type of guests will you be having on your podcast?

I’ll be having coaches, leaders, spiritual entrepreneurs, therapists, psychologists and people who are making a difference and serving humanity

 

Prince Harry has come under fire for blaming the media over his mental health issues while giving interviews to Oprah Winfrey. Some people who suffer from mental health as well as mental health experts have called Prince Harry a hypocrite, and is doing nothing to promote the seriousness of the issue, what is your opinion?

I think Prince Harry could absolutely use his platform to help others. It’s also important to have compassion because he might still be uncomfortable about openly speaking about his mental health issues. It requires a lot of courage and bravery to be open and honest about your experience so he might still be learning how to share his mental health issues with the world.

 

Talking of families and mental health, telling family members about how a person is suffering is one of the hardest things a person can do. What advice would you give to someone who wants to share their struggles with their family?

Sharing your mental health struggles with family can be challenging because there’s always a fear of being a “burden” to others or just not being fully seen, supported and accepted. However, in order to build trust with our loved ones and in order to begin our healing process, we have to be willing to take that scary plunge and share what we are feeling so we can receive the necessary support. Even if those around you don’t fully understand, just know that your feelings are still very valid and that there are so many other people that are suffering and experiencing similar things.

 

If someone believes they are suffering from mental health problems, what should be their first step?

Acceptance is always the first step. It also happens to be the most difficult step in my opinion. When you surrender and accept what you’re experiencing, it’ll be easier to get help. Healing is a process that requires time and patience, we have to be willing to stay the course and commit to the path.

 

Male suicide is a serious problem. Recent reports revealed that more men commit suicide than women, why do you think that is?

Unfortunately, men were programmed to feel like having mental health issues equates to being weak and powerless. They also don’t have as many resources where they can talk openly about these things so it’s harder for men to deal with depression and anxiety. I think they also feel like they have to be strong for others because of that wounded masculine belief.

 

Are there signs that people should look for if they believe a family member is struggling with depression?

There could be so many signs but some of the major signs would be feeling sad constantly, lack of interest and motivation in life, thoughts of suicide, loss of appetite and insomnia.

 

What would you like to see happen around the world to help combat mental health problems?

I would love to see more communities around mental health. I think the more we get together and the more we shed light on these taboo topics, the more humanity will evolve and flourish. Life is about connection and presence, if we can all step into our own power and help one another, life could be a much better place.

Humanity Feels can be download from Apple Podcasts.

 

New Covid-19 death recorded in South Kesteven

covid booster vaccine Lincolnshire

A third covid-related death has been recorded in South Kesteven in the past month.

The number of deaths within 28 days of positive test increased from 270 to 272 at the beginning of August, after months of no deaths being recorded in the district.

Over the weekend another death from Covid-19 has been reported bringing the total up to 273.

In the past week the number of COVID cases in Greater Lincolnshire has increased by 3,934

The total number of Covid cases in Greater Lincolnshire

Lincolnshire 58,803 Covid cases

North East Lincolnshire 17,294 cases

North Lincolnshire 13,901 Covid cases

Man Charged With Murder Remanded In Custody

grimsby van driver in court
  • Man charged with murder following incident in Long Bennington

 

A 35-year-old man has been charged with murder and remanded into custody following an incident in Fairfield Yard in Long Bennington.

Terrance Hardy, 35, of Main Road in Long Bennington, was arrested following the alleged fight with 46-year-old Dean Gray, who was rushed to hospital.

Lincolnshire police released a statement and said Dean Gray was rushed to Pilgrim Hospital, Boston on Wednesday but sadly died on Friday.

Terrance Hardy will appear at Lincoln Crown Court on September 13th.

A second man charged in connection with the incident appeared before Lincoln Crown Court.

Stuart Gray, 63, also of Main Road in Long Bennington, was charged with possession of an offensive weapon and manslaughter.

The two men will next appear together at Lincoln Crown Court for a plea and trial preparation hearing on September 13.

Stuart Gray was granted conditional bail by magistrates but was remanded into custody until a further bail hearing at Lincoln Crown Court later this week.

Lincolnshire Police Charge Man With Attempted Rape Of Women In Boston

sexual assault Lincoln

Man charged with attempted rape of woman in Boston in early hours

 

A 26-year-old man has been charged with attempted rape by Lincolnshire police after a woman was found in a distressed state in Miltre Lane.

Lincolnshire police said Robert Hugel, of Hartley Street, Boston was arrested after an alleged incident on August 1st, 2021, and has been remanded in custody.

Police are asking for people to come forward if they were in the area between 4.30 and 5.20 am. They have also asked for drivers with dash cams driving in the area to check their video footage of any evidence that may have been filmed.

 

Lincolnshire Police Appeal For Help To Find Missing Boston Woman

Lincolnshire police search for missing woman
  • Police urgently appealing for help to find woman missing from Boston

 

Lincolnshire Police are appealing for help to find a 21-year-old woman who has gone missing from Boston, Lincs.

The 21-year-old who goes by the name of Bozana may have travelled to Preston, Lancashire according to Lincolnshire Police.

Anyone who has seen her, or has any information regarding Bozana’s possible whereabouts, is asked to call 101 and quote incident reference 405 of August 13.

Lincolnshire Police said in a statement on Twitter early on Sunday morning: “We are urgently appealing for help in finding 21-yr-old Bozana who is missing from Boston.

“She may have travelled to Preston in Lancashire.

“If you have seen her, or you have any information to help us find her, please call 101 with incident reference number 405 of 13 August.”

Update:

We are pleased to report that she has been found safe and well.

Sincere thanks to the public and media who assisted by sharing our appeal.

Incident reference number 405 of 13 August.   

Reference: Incident 405 of 13 August

Boston Woman Denies Murder Of Ex-Partner

Boston knife death
  • Boston stabbing death: Woman denies murder of ex-partner

A woman who has been accused of murdering her ex-partner on 14th July 2021 has today appeared in court.

Charlie Stevenson, 20, of Portland Street, Boston appeared at Lincoln Crown Court where she pleaded not guilty to murdering her ex-partner Christopher Higgs.

Police were called to her home in Portland Street, Boston where they found Christopher Higgs, 21, from Spalding with a serious knife wound.

Mr Higgs was later pronounced dead at the scene.

A trial date has been set for 4th January 2022

 

 

Nearly 90,000 COVID Cases In Greater Lincolnshire Since the Pandemic Began

Lincolnshire NHS broken

In the past week the number of COVID cases in Greater Lincolnshire has increased by 3,934. Even though the previous week there were 4,149 new cases, the new figures are still worrying.

As of Sunday 15th August 89,998, cases of COVID-19 were reported across the county, since the pandemic began in January 2020.

Boston has reported a total of 6,764 Covid cases which is an increase of 201 in a week. East Lindsey has seen their cases increase by 529 bringing it to a total of 9,730 cases. While Lincoln which is struggling to get people to have the vaccine has seen their cases increase by 427, bringing the total number of Covid cases to 10,286.

The total number of Covid cases in Greater Lincolnshire

Lincolnshire 58,803 Covid cases

North East Lincolnshire 17,294 cases

North Lincolnshire 13,901 Covid cases

 

Local authority level

Boston 6,764 (up 201 in a week)

East Lindsey 9,730 (up 529)

Lincoln 10,286 (up 427)

North Kesteven 8,132 (up 438)

South Holland 6,854 (up 242)

South Kesteven 10,285 (up 444)

West Lindsey 6,752 (up 276)

 

Best bay for safe anchorage in strong winds like Jugo in Zadar archipelago

sailing-croatia holidays

Croatia has one of Europe’s most gorgeous coastlines. The country’s Adriatic Sea coast is over 1,770 kilometres long. Meanwhile, Croatia’s 1,246 islands and islets add a further 4,058 kilometres of coastline to the beautiful country. With so much coastline, sailing in Croatia on holiday is one of the most popular experiences for travellers.

The best way to experience sailing in Croatia is by charting a yacht with Navily. Once you have booked your yacht charter Croatia experience, you can see the country’s incredible coastline and explore the beautiful Adriatic Sea.

Upon booking your yacht, it is important to check the winds as these can make sailing in Croatia and the waters off its coast difficult. Winds can keep you anchored in the marina. It is always safe to remain in port rather venture out into the sea. So, before heading out on your sailing holiday, there are a few things you should know to stay safe, such as where the closest safe anchorage places are when the winds pick up.

Jugo: The wind of the Adriatic Sea

Croatia sailing holidays

Jugo is the name of the wind you will encounter while sailing in Croatia. The Jugo wind is warm and humid, and it blows at moderate to strong speeds constantly. Typical winds come from the east/southeast to southeast, and blow across the Adriatic Sea. Jugo occasionally brings rain and cloudy weather. However, it can also bring sand and yellow grit from the Sahara Desert in north Africa – that is how strong these winds can be. 

Jugo is most often a constantly blowing wind. In contrast, a Bura is unpredictable and blows in gusts of wind. Although Jugo is moderate to strong in power, it allows for excellent sailing conditions. There are consistent waves to go along with the wind. An experienced sailor is able to read the waves and obtain high speeds in a Jugo.

Sailors can typically predict good sailing weather a few days in advance. This occurs when the air pressure drops. The Jugo develops over time and gains strength gradually. A Bura is far more dangerous and unpredictable due to its gusts.

When does the Jugo occur?

Jugo most often occurs in the spring and autumn. It can reach speeds up to 35 to 45 knots. Typically, Jugo remains between 15 and 25 knots in the summer, although it is rare during the summer months in Croatia.

Waves can swell due to Jugo and can reach up to five metres. Therefore, travellers sailing in Croatia need to be aware of the wind’s dangers. Yes, Jugo can provide an amazing yacht charter Croatia trip. However, on occasions, it is better to anchor and wait out the strong winds and waves.

When to anchor during a Jugo?

Muline is home to beautiful beaches and manicured trails on the coast. Sailors often anchor around the village thanks to it providing shelter from the Jugo and its waves. Although a northwest wind blows through the village and its bay, there is no danger to yachts anchored there.

Skegness Police Are Looking For Two Men Who Stole From Marks & Spencer

Skegness marks and spencer theft

Two men who allegedly stole from Skegness Marks & Spencer are being hunted by police. Going to press, Lincolnshire police informed In2town Skegness News that they have identified the man on the right in the picture.

The two men allegedly stole steaks worth £300 and also helped themselves to drinks including a bottle of gin. The incident happened at 2pm on Tuesday, August 3rd at Skegness Marks & Spencer on Burgh Road.

One of the men was approached by a member of the Marks & Spencer team before he made off. A few minutes later the second man entered the Skegness store and took steaks which were valued at £300 and attempted to leave the store without paying.

Lincolnshire Police issued photographs of two men and have told In2town they are searching for the man on the left of the photograph.

The second man is believed to have been sporting a tied-up ponytail and a goatee style beard. He was wearing a cream jumper, green camo-style trousers and had a yellow JD draw string bag.

Skegness police have said anyone with any information should contact

Anyone who knows the identity of either man, or who has information that can assist them on 101, or by emailing PC Paul Harvey at paul.harvey@lincs.pnn.police.uk, quoting occurrence number 21000434902.

Alternatively, it can be reported through the independent charity Crimestoppers anonymously on 0800 555 111

Pearls with Purpose publishes The Purple Dress children’s book

Pearls with Purpose
 
This Incredible book tells the true story of how one American child’s choice impacts a child on the other side of the world.
 

Pearls with Purpose, a non-profit organization dedicated to sustainable self-reliance for disadvantaged individuals in developing countries, has published an all-new children’s book titled, The Purple Dress. Pearls with Purpose founder Wendy Bird authored The Purple Dress, which tells the incredible, true story of how an eight-year-old American girl’s choice has a lasting impact on a 12-year-old girl in a remote jungle in the Philippines.

Bird hopes the book will instill the values of giving and service to readers as one simple donation can change the life of someone on the other side of the world. The Purple Dress will explain to children how giving and contributing can impact the lives of others in a positive and powerful way.

Pearls with Purpose was founded in 2002 by Bird as a non-profit organization providing micro-enterprise training along with humanitarian assistance to women around the world. The company sells hand crafted jewelry made by artisans in developing countries.

Bird has inspired and motivated people all over the world by sharing her passion and experience with social entrepreneurship. The Pearls with Purpose founder is a certified gemologist (GIA) and graduate of the Goldman Sachs 10KSB MBA program. Her goal is to lead women toward long-term self-reliance by teaching them jewelry-making and business ownership with micro-enterprise skills.

The first 100 hard-cover orders of The Purple Dress will come with a unique code at checkout. The code is worth 50% off any piece of artisan jewelry on the Pearls with Purpose website.

Bird began work in the Philippines before expanding Pearls with Purpose as a worldwide outreach program. Since its founding in 2002, Pearls with Purpose has assisted hundreds of women allowing them to create self-sustainability for themselves and their families. In addition, 400 students have received educational scholarships and more than 22 of the Philippines’ 81 provinces have received container shipments of books, educational supplies and hygiene kits, as well as other needed items.

The Purple Dress children’s book is available from Pearls with Purpose’s official website, Amazon and as an eBook. To learn more about the Purple Dress, please watch the non-profit’s insightful video on YouTube.

FilmoCrat™ offers fans of cinema one of the most unique platforms in all of motion picture production

FilmoCrat finance

Film entertainment in the US pulls in billions of dollars each year. However, Studios aren’t churning out as many films as they produced a decade ago. One of the main reasons fewer films are being released is down to finance.

Getting film finance is a bit like going to your bank for a loan. Those who have the money to finance films want to know like a bank manager if you and your film is a good risk. They want to know if the script is as good as you believe, and how many screens would showcase the film, and that is before they want to know about the actors in the film.

There are so many hoops to jump through to get a film made that most of the scripts or ideas for films never become a reality. Now, thanks to FilmoCrat™ that is about to change.

FilmoCrat™ offers fans of cinema one of the most unique platforms in all of motion picture production. FilmoCrat™ is the first automated platform to issue digital shares in films allowing investors of all kinds to become a stakeholder in a motion picture. The unique platform gives investment opportunities to a wide range of individuals with investors having the opportunity for a return of investment.

We decided to learn more about FilmoCrat™ and how they are going to change the way films get investment. This is what they had to say

 

  1. First of all, please introduce yourself?

Hi, I am Cass Gradek, founder and CEO of FilmoCrat. I am a blockchain analyst long inspired by the Hollywood studio system and its subsequent offshoots. I am designing DLT applications that use intelligent contracts for the entertainment industry.

 

  1. Your company FilmoCrat has just announced some exciting news, can you tell me more about that?

Blockchain technologies allow us to look at the key challenges within the industry from a new different angle. We help organize film production steps into an integral process, alleviating the financial risk. W have a Panel of Industry Insiders reviewing film submissions and the Beta Audience voting and reward system. It embeds streaming sites and provides automated; Smart Contract managed revenue routing and equity-based profit-sharing. It is a FinTech based Film Business System.

 

We offer two prominent use cases to Film Lovers and Film Industry.

  • Firstly, Film Production Companies can release the existing films as non-fungible tokens and stream the content from the FilmoCrat libraries, taking advantage of blockchain direct revenue routing. Here, there is no intermediary, and no IT hurdles while the movie earnings roll in real-time. Also, suppose a Film Studio likes to stream its movies through multiple channels. In that case, it is quick and easy to install the FilmoCrat spread app on any other media outlet, which is automatically franchisable.
  • Secondly, we provide a convergent film investment site where sophisticated investors and film enthusiasts can cooperate. We engage filmmakers, investors, and audience interests in one productive premium-film delivery network.

 

The theater-going side of the movie industry is experiencing a viewer migration crisis. That’s why many film studios face falling revenue streams.

 

  • Film streaming companies such as Netflix benefit from viewer influx and even start their productions while controlling vast market portions. While the mainstream film sector seeks a better distribution deal, there is a need for an unbiased film support platform. With the recent reward-based fundraising regulations, there is a new market opportunity to digitize the contemporary film marketplace, and FilmoCrat™ can fill this gap.

Distributed ledger technologies allow us to develop next-generation multi-party applications that deliver digital trust within the Filmmaking Industry. We manage participants’ interactions in an audience-voted space while assuring copyright security and investment protection. The network can handle a sequence of relevant events, including film sourcing and film investment betting.

 

  1. So, how does this work on the business side?

The app makes an instant film venture between the content production studios and content financing parties–under digitally automated contracts and market insights. While it embeds all aspects of filmmaking, including insiders audit and film distribution, it launches the content produced on a rapidly scalable market.

  1. Then, how do you manage intellectual property, royalties, and investors’ profit rights?

In legal terms, we keep the ownership of copyrighted content in the hands of authors, producers, and financial contributors. We lodge the records on a custom-tailored blockchain, a non-amendable distributed ledger along with Smart Contracts, defining participants’ equities and profit rights. These are the streaming Smart Assets that govern revenue routing while the content is on air.  The platform is an impartial facility. It gives participants an efficient and unique monetization that leads to monopoly-free broadcasting.

  1. While blockchain commonly brings a connotation of cryptocurrencies, are the Smart Assets a form of crypto?

Smart Assets link investors’ stakes in films and movie payoffs in national currencies. Our customized blockchain lets us collect consumption fees and send the corresponding content payoffs, completing the internal transactions in milliseconds instead of weeks. Externally, the platform operates in fiat money. It handles the incoming and outgoing payments in electronic cash.

 

  1. Investing in films usually has only been available to the rich, famous, and multi-national companies, so how have you made investing in films possible for the average man and woman?

 

We built a film releasing platform to issue micro and macro shares in films digitally. The platform transacting system can process both small and big stakes indiscriminately. While small retail investors can acquire micro shares in film or obtain them as a voting reward, high-worth film investors are getting the advantage of gathering multiple beta audiences around the process. That is building up the wisdom of crowds within the ecosystem, and indeed, it is a mutually beneficial venture. As a result,  we can enable investment in films within broader communities.

 

  1. So, if I wanted to invest in a film, what is the minimum capital I would need?

The minimum capital is 500 USD which you could spread over five different films if you wanted.

 

  1. What type of movies could I invest in, and what kind of return could I expect?

FilmoCrat aims to provide investors access to mid-range film budgets of $ 10 million to $ 100 million. Traditionally, feature film investors could expect 5 to 10x returns in the first year after the content’s release.

 

As the market changes, distributed film ownership and VOD-linked monetization are the next big thing.

 

Smart Contracts, tokenized copyrights, and digitized investors’ equity allow for the encryption of movies for direct revenue routing. So, each newly released film becomes an automated business entity with contractual ROI and copyright payoffs.

 

Your Return on Investment goes in proportion to your equity in a film.

By conservative estimation, the platform should offer investors a better performance than the traditional system. We provide some likely case studies in our Executive Summary. Still, this is not investment advice, and you must do your due diligence. 

 

  1. You hear that a lot of films fail to get produced due to the lack of funding, so could this investment program help more films get made?

There might be different reasons why good films do not get sufficient funding. From our perspective, it lacks a platform that manages parties’ engagement in a sequential, automated way. From this perspective, the FilmoCrat platform unlocks new possibilities. The platform increases liquidity within the sector and helps produce more high-quality films while enhancing diversity within the market offer.

 

  1. The film industry has changed over the years. No longer are people just going to the cinema to see great films, they are also seeing them on steaming networks, so could people invest in films that are going on streaming platforms?

The change was endorsed by the people’s preference for the small screen and was recently exacerbated by the Covid 19 outbreak. It is a kind of confirmed trend, though the love for great movie experiences continues to be their driving force. Movies produced for premium online streaming should bear new and excellent qualities and standards so that people will invest in them.

 

  1. What impact to the film industry will FilmoCrat achieve?

The platform’s new opportunities for production and trade will attract new players and boost new exciting film productions. While the venue will use the industry insiders’ expertise at the backend, the app will circulate the beta audience’s best-chosen movies globally. Since this elevates the viewer’s role, it also advocates for broader social inclusion. It turns viewers into movie ambassadors and could even help repopulate cinema theaters by restoring movie release schedules and sequence priorities.

We plan to make the platform available in the world’s most productive entertainment regions. FilmoCrat is headquartered in London, UK, and is currently establishing a California center in Los Angeles.

 

  1. Is there a maximum limit a person can invest in a film?

Yes, investors’ legal jurisdictions would impose some specific limitations. If you are a US citizen and you qualify as an accredited investor, there is no limit. If you are eligible as a retail investor, you could invest a maximum of $ 2,0 k per year. The EU and UK regulations are more relaxed in this aspect. You would see the precise figures when you register to the platform. We schedule the platform beta release for late November 2021.

 

  1. So, if someone was interested in making an investment, what is the first stage for them?

Early platform adopters could register their FilmoCrat stakeholder spot at https://filmocrat.com/. Our seed fundraising round is starting later in September 2021.

The potential platform users, such as filmmakers, film investors, and beta audiences, can express their interest and receive information by joining us at https://filmocrat.com/about. Signing up for FilmoCrat membership is currently free of charge.

 

  1. Do you think this will become the new norm for the film industry, where filmmakers turn to small investors to help produce their films?

Not exactly. We bring forward a new fintech concept to film financing. FilmoCrat is where the beta audience interactions can leverage institutional investments significantly.

 

FilmoCrat™ provides an Online Audience Theater that allows you to review new upcoming movies, vote for them, and receive bounties or profits from them. The beta viewers’ vote is crucial while giving the high-worth investors an early insight into the after-production viewing rates. While members can obtain micro and macro shares in films, it raises movie quality and viewing attendance. It offers a framework for efficiently gathering the mid-range feature-film production budgets of up to $ 100 million. And this, yes, may become a new norm for the industry.

 

 

All Republican Senators Urge President Biden to Keep Step up in Basis

President Biden to Keep Step up in Basis

Washington DC, August 5, 2021 – Individuals pay a 40% tax on the full market value of their assets, when they die, not just on the appreciation of those assets. That is why they receive a “step up in basis” to this value.  On July 21, 2021, Senators Thune, Daines, McConnell, Crapo and ALL Senate Republicans Urged President Biden to keep step up in basis.

U.S. Sens. John Thune (R-S.D.), Steve Daines (R-Mont.), and Mike Crapo (R-Idaho), members of the tax-writing Senate Finance Committee, and Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) led the entire Senate Republican caucus in urging President Biden to abandon his effort to impose a capital gains tax increase on family-owned businesses, farms, and ranches. Repealing this part of the tax code would have a devastating effect on multigeneration operations, which could lead to job losses, liquidation, or outright closure.

“If step-up in basis is eliminated it will be an economic disaster for family businesses, their employees, the local communities, and the national economy,” said Pat Soldano, president and CEO of the Policy and Taxation Group. “Family businesses create 59% of the workforce, 83.3 million jobs, and 54% of the GDP, $7.7 trillion. Elimination of step up and an increase in capital gains could result in an 81% tax on the business owner when he dies.”

About Policy and Taxation Group
Policy and Taxation Group (PATG) is dedicated to the ultimate repeal of estate, gift and generation-skipping transfer (GST) taxes, and the elimination of the destructive effect those taxes have on families, family businesses, job creation, the national economy, and government revenues.

For more information, please visit https://policyandtaxationgroup.com/

Resilient Private Equity Continues to Make a Strong Comeback – HULT Private Capital

Hult private equity

The PE sector has shown great resilience since the Pandemic. The outlook of the sector suggests a growing demand for PE investments that are driven by Technology, ESG, and SPACs according to John Hudson of HULT Private Capital.

The Private Equity investments were offering staggering annual returns of 20.1% and 14.2% for the five-year and ten-year periods respectively leading up to 2019. The next year 2020 witnessed a pandemic that affected every business sector globally.

Even though private equity investments were down in the first two quarters of the year 2020, the trends soon reversed. The PE sector showed great resilience and made a strong comeback amid coronavirus crises globally.

The PE sector plays an important role in fulfilling the capital financing needs of private businesses. As businesses feel overwhelmed by the global crises, their needs for private equity have grown manifolds.

The experts at HULT Private Capital have been examining the key trends in the PE sector. They have compiled an informative article to inform potential investors about the recent trends and prospects of the PE sector in the immediate future.

Private Equity Investments

Since the pandemic, the SMEs in the UK have received a staggering £80 billion in government-backed loans or VAT deferrals. It is highly unlikely to sustain the capital needs of SMEs with debt financing alone.

Private equity and venture capital provide alternative finance sources to unquoted companies. As the UK is preparing to ease the COVID restrictions, businesses will need sustainable capital to fund growth.

The mainstream lending institutes including leading banks in the UK have imposed higher restrictions on debt financing. Access to equity financing through shares issue is only relevant with public companies. Hence, the SMEs and the private sector at large rely heavily on private equity funding.

As for the investors, private equity funds also offer great investment returns. The PE sector in the UK outperformed some of the top share indices with higher annual returns. The annual returns of five-year and ten-year PE investments were recorded at 20.1% and 14.2% respectively leading up to the year 2019.

Amid challenging times due to the Covid-19 pandemic, the PE sector is evenly poised to help businesses and investors alike. The private equity sector can play a pivotal role in rebuilding the UK economy by bridging the crucial gap between the needs and the availability of capital financing for private businesses.

How the Pandemic Affected the PE Sector?

The Covid-19 crisis affected every business sector globally. Private Equity remained no exception to that phenomenon during the pandemic crises as well. The global trends for PE funding fell by 24% for the year 2020.

The first two quarters of the year 2020 saw a nose dive decline in the private equity and venture capital funding. The decline was largely driven by the closure of existing businesses due to lockdowns and travel restrictions imposed by governments around the world.

The UK was one of the severely hit countries in the world due to coronavirus spread. Businesses were forced to close down and startups went to a halt. Inevitably, the need for private equity dried up for a short span.

Government-backed loans and VAT deferrals also helped businesses to survive through the times. Debt financing also played a crucial part in supporting existing and new businesses.

The trends with private equity funding soon started to reverse. The last two quarters of the year 2020 witnessed a steep upwards trend in the PE funding demand.

HULT Private Capital and the Resilience of the PE Investment Sector

Despite a fall in the private equity funding in the first two quarters of 2020, the sector made a strong comeback in the second half. The average deal size increased by 24% to an average of $ 776 million.

The average returns on the private equity investments were 2.19x for the period of 2015-19. The realised global returns on the private equity investments surpassed the five-year average and offered a return of 2.3x in the year 2020.

The private equity and venture capital funds showed impressive performance in the UK too. Both sources combined arranges a significant investment amount of £12 billion for startups in the last year alone.

From the investor’s perspective, the private equity investments also showed higher returns on investment. In the last five years, private equity investments offered an annual return of 20.1%. The average for the ten-year remained 14.2%, both of these figures are significantly higher than comparative investments such as leading shares indices.

Despite challenging times and a steep fall in PE investments, the sector showed a great comeback during the pandemic time. The investments were affected by different growth demands in the different sectors as well. For instance, as fintech is the leading sector in the UK, it faced stern challenges during the pandemic as most startups were delayed.

Another key challenge for the PE industry has been its transition to digitalisation. As businesses adapt to the new normal of remote working, the PE industry needs to pick up the pace as well. The sector has already shown impressive signs of improvements as the numbers suggest for the last year.

The PE investment sector can continue to play an important role in the economic recovery for the UK and economies around the world. SMEs in particular have limited access to debt financing and capital markets. We can expect the private equity sector to fill the void as it has been for the past few years now.

What are the New Trends in Private Equity Investments?

Despite severe disruptions caused by the pandemic, the PE investments made a good comeback in the second half of 2020. Most of the demand for PE investments was driven by the special purpose capital acquisition companies (SPACs).

The remote working and digitalisation of businesses meant an increased demand for the tech sector. The technology sector continued to dominate the private equity investments for the last year or so as well.

Although the global private equity investments witnessed a total decline of 20%, the average deal size increased by around 24%. The average deal size for the year 2020 remained at $ 776 million globally.

We saw a surge in the demand for technology-driven products and services globally. Businesses shifted to the e-commerce model and online shopping accelerated at an unprecedented pace. Further, the travel restrictions meant businesses had to adopt the remote-working trends.

These factors quickly helped the tech sector regain momentum during the pandemic. As a result, the private equity sector received an accelerated demand from the technology sector.

As for the UK, the fintech segment already dominated the startups. Six out of ten fintech startups in Europe come from the UK alone. Thus, we can expect a dominant demand for private equity investments in the fintech and the tech sector broadly in the coming years.

Another key trend for private equity investments has been the larger emphasis on the ESG principles. The environmental, social, and governance principles have become key factors for PE investment funds in recent years. Around 63% of the PE funds now evaluate the ESG principles before investing.

At the same time, these emerging trends can pose new challenges for PE firms as well. New working trends and technology disruptions would lead to new compliance requirements as well. Thus, we can expect challenging and rewarding times for PE firms in the near future.

The Prospects of PE Investments in 2021 and Beyond

The PE sector has invested £43 billion through private equity and venture capital funds in the UK for 3,230 businesses in the last five years. The trend is likely to continue as the evidence already suggests.

Private equity investments offer an attractive proposition for investors and fund receivers alike. The sector can play a crucial role in revitalising the lost economic activities globally.

In the aftermath of the Covid-19 crisis and the Brexit, the UK investors look bullish. Most of the investors now want to invest in UK companies instead of global firms. That offers a unique opportunity for the PE investments firms as well as a challenge to rise to the occasion.

HULT and the Future of PE

Private equity offers crucial financial support to startups and SMEs. The PE investments have been playing a pivotal role in supporting the UK economy through private equity funding.

The PE investments have shown accelerated returns on investment despite challenging times in the last two years. Despite facing a decline, the PE sector has emerged stronger during the pandemic crises. The upwards trends for the PE investments are likely to continue in the year 2021/22 and beyond.

The investment experts at HULT Private Capital work with you to find the best investment that matches your needs and present funds that ring fence capital while achieving admirable returns. HULT stand true to their core values with investments that are simple and easy to understandable.

Find out more by contacting HULT Private Capital  Here.

 

References for Research Work:

Industry Performance (bvca.co.uk)

Infographic: The Resilience of Private Equity in 2020 | Bain & Company

Top 4 Private Equity Trends for 2021 – CT Corp | Wolters Kluwer

Private equity can help UK SMEs weather the Covid-19 crisis – and build a more sustainable economy | Business Leader News

Private equity is key to recovery and growth of UK businesses | IFA Magazine

 
 
 
 

Author J.R. Tilman Talks About Encouraging Children To Read

Author J.R. Tilman

One of the most exciting authors of recent times is on a mission, a mission to get teenagers off their gaming systems, away from their TVs, and put their heads in a book. That is right, it may sound impossible, and it may sound a bit farfetched, because let’s face it, can you imagine getting a teenager to put down their controller.

Well, it is not far-fetched and it is happening. J.R. Tilman who is set to take the literature world by storm wants to get teenagers to read more. She want teenagers to learn the love of reading and see why reading has become the new in thing.

J.R. Tilman wants every young person to enjoy reading. The author wants teenagers to pick up a book that takes them on a magical journey, a journey where they can escape the real world and go into a world of fantasy, excitement, and escapism.

The author who has been making serious waves in the literature world in their determination to get more teenagers to read will not stop with their mission. Her mission which sounds like only Tom Cruise could take on with  his Mission Impossible Films could achieve is working. Thanks to their efforts, more teenagers are switching off their TVs and game systems and picking up a book.

J.R. Tilman has just released a new book today that is a self-help book. Already You Matter: Get a grip will ya’ has gained a huge amount of exposure. (https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09BGPDSQ9/ref=cm_sw_r_cp_awdb_imm_RR93E4FAPATRPKVE3BM5)

 da291641f54e53f459ff53d3f9b85d81

When asked about the new self-help book, the author explained: “In this generation we get swept up in the hype of others. We forget the most important values of self. This journal will provide long term guidance to the best friend you’ve longed for. Yourself. I have also struggled to reach the success I have today. Tune into momentum circle to discover your true worth.”

So, we wanted to learn more about the author and why it was important for teenagers and adults to read, and learn more about their writing process and new book which is set to be released, this is what they had to say.

First of all, please introduce yourself.

Hello, my name is Jasmine Tilman a.k.a. J.R. Tilman. I am a self-publishing author, upcoming life purpose coach as well as a motivational speaker.

Most successful authors started reading books when they were young, so what was the first book you read as a child?

The first book I’ve ever read as a child was The Babysitters Club.

Is there any book you read as a child that sticks in your mind today, and is there a book that you have read more than once?

Yes, there is actually. My favorite book is The Hunger Games. We read that plenty of times in middle school. I really love the bravery theme of it all.

 a6c14303c56c8c97f526648af08b01ca

Was there an author as a child that inspired to become an author?

Yes, I can say Suzanne Collins did. Aside from the entertainment I really felt I’ve got a lesson out of the trilogy of evolution in a person like Katniss Everdean. It also gave me equality vibes in a community. That’s a subject I’ve always been huge on.

As an author you are on a mission to get more teenagers to read books, how do you aim to do that?

Yes, I really plan to show young people that there is always a way to learn lessons along with entertainment. It’s not always boring to be who you are. And if you embrace who you are it will lead to a happier you. No matter if you love to read and write, it is very cool to do.

At what age were you when you thought, I would like to become an author?

A very young age. There’s a story my mother always shares with me… When I was in kindergarden, and the teacher asked us to write a sentence about a star and I actually wrote an entire paragraph on the subject. Both my mother and teacher were very impressed at the fact that I wrote a paragraph and could hardly spell.

Where did you grow up, and where do you live now, and has where you were living and where you are living today had any inspiration to your writing?

I grew up in Toledo, Ohio. This is where I actually reside now. And I can say that my hometown didn’t really give me any inspiration to write. I’ve always lived in the world of the television shows I watched coming up.

There are lots of books out there that have been turned into films, but the books are much better than the big budget films, why is that?

I want to say some authors are very descriptive in their novels and everyone has their own minds. What this can do is give people an idea of what they want to see or what they’ve imagined while reading the books. So, once they’ve witnessed the film it could disappoint people or not give them what they’ve expected. Another aspect could be that since there’s another director of the film version vs. the author it could be that the director had a different version than the author. And the fans already love the author’s work.

You have just written and released a new book called ‘Incursion; Thin Lines Between Love and War’, what can you tell me about that book?

I’m actually going to release my first women empowerment’s journal, Get a grip will ya’ You Matter, on Amazon.com on August 10, 2021, where I share my story and success I have today. My first supernatural fiction novel, Incursion Thin Lines Between Love and War, is not out yet due to my approach of how I am going to release it to the world. This book is the first one of a series. It’s about a girl who lost her brother and grandfather in a home invasion after her grandfather’s men betrayed him.

How much research did you do before writing the book?

I did so much research. As I mention in my women’s empowerment journal, Get a grip will ya’ You matter, I was in medical school looking up how to write a book. I taught myself how to write books. I did tons of research all day every day for 60 straight days until I found the answers I required.

Well my subconscious mind actually writes my books. Along with the techniques I’ve learned to construct them, I usually know the ending of the book before the beginning. This has a lot to do with the fact that I am a deep thinker.

Lots of authors have different techniques when writing their books, some know the ending, while others let the story tell its own end, how do you write your books?

There was a point in time where I was actually hopping from house to house in the development of my novel and I can say I’ve learned to live inside of my imagination. Also with my main character, Rose, in Incursion Thin Lines Between Love and War being myself and most of my story written in fiction form, I can say I dress as the main character every day (lol).

How important is it that we get children to read books instead of playing on their game systems and watching TV.?

It is extremely vital to get children books instead of video games to widen the imagination. To even learn more of themselves by distinguishing their likes and dislikes, all while learning more knowledge.

Do you think schools are doing enough to encourage children to read more?

I graduated from high school 5 years ago, so I don’t really want to judge the educational center. Although I have a few nieces that are 15 years old, I’ve heard their stories and how their teachers were a little biased towards their learning.

You do not hear of many young authors, would you like to see the literature world encourage more younger authors?

Absolutely! I would love to see more young adults learn about the author world and how fun it can be to learn to be yourself while teaching others. At the same time as giving your opinion out to the world.

How much of a challenge is it to start a book and find the motivation to finish writing it?

I can say writing a book is a challenge for some. Just from the fear of judgment, the backlash, and the self-criticism. But once you’ve gotten the whole aspect of it all in your perspective, you can use that to motivate you to get your novel finished. For me, it’s knowing that it’s my sole purpose to teach, guide, lead, etc… And I knew writing was God’s gift to me to get it done. My purpose to educate is way bigger than any obstacle that gets in my way. Even the fear of failing.

To learn more about J.R. Tilman, or to explore publishing opportunities, please visit: https://www.jrtilman.com/

Skegness Beach Named 6th Best In The UK

body found on skegness beach

After the shock that Cleethorpes Beach was named the second-best UK beach in the country by Trainline and Skegness Beach not coming in the top 80, it’s nice to share some good news.

Skegness Beach, which I personal believe is one of the best beaches in the country has been named the 6th best beach by car leasing company, Nationwide Vehicle Contracts.

The leasing company disagreed with Trainline and credit Skegness beach for everything it had to offer. The company set a range of criteria to find the best beaches in the UK.

 

The Criteria the looked at included:

    Journey to the nearest town – The distance in miles to the closest town.

    Car Parks – The number of car parks for beach visitors.

    Beach Rating – Reviews of the beach based on visitors’ opinions.

    Day Parking Prices – The cost of parking for the day.

    Dog Friendly – The restrictions for taking furry friend to the beach.

    Cost of petrol – Petrol prices in the local area.

skegness best beach

Although I am really confused what the distance to the nearest town, and the cost of petrol has got to do anything with choosing the best beach in the country, it is nice for Skegness beach to finally be recognised.

With staycations on the rise in the UK, Skegness has become busier than ever, which is great news for local businesses and holiday parks. This news that Skegness beach is one of the best in the country can only be good news for our area.

While Cleethorpes beach may have been named in the top ten by Trainline, the leasing company ranked Cleethorpes as having the 89 best beach in the UK.

Here’s the full list of the best beaches in the UK

1

Whitley Bay

North Tyneside

England

 

2

St Andrews East

Fife

Scotland

 

3

Blackrock

Cornwall

England

 

4

The Bay

Kent

England

 

5

White Park Bay

County Antrim

Northern Ireland

 

6

Skegness Beach

Lincolnshire

England

 

7

Mablethorpe

Lincolnshire

England

 

8

Embo Beach

Highlands

Scotland

 

9

Cullercoats

Tyne & Wear

England

 

10

New Brighton

Merseyside

England

 

11

Cromer Beach

Norfolk

England

 

12

St Bee (Seacote)

Cumbria

England

 

13

Musslewick Sands

Pembrokeshire

Wales

 

14

Blackpool Beach

Lancashire

England

 

15

Hunstanton

Norfolk

England

 

16

Fistral Beach

Cornwall

England

 

17

Robin Hoods Bay

Yorkshire

England

 

18

St Leonards

East Sussex

England

 

19

Scarborough Beach

Yorkshire

England

 

20

Three Cliffs Bay

Swansea

Wales

 

 

Skegness Illuminations 2021 Will Be Switched On August 7th

skegness abductions

Great news for the people visiting and living in Skegness. After the Covid pandemic rocked our lives and made us feel like we were living in a bad Hollywood movie, the Skegness Illuminations 2021 switch will take place this weekend.

Mablethorpe Illuminations switch on took place on Saturday 31st July, where people came far and wide to celebrate the switch on.

Those visiting Mablethorpe were entertained by street performers as well as the amazing lights. It is hoped that as many people who attended the Mablethorpe lights switch on will attend Skegness.

The Skegness lights will be turned on at 9pm and promises to be a great night.

 

Skegness Drink driver jailed after 120mph police chase

Michael Stevenson was jailed for 14 months. Photo: Lincolnshire Police

A drink driver who took police on a 120mph chase to avoid arrest is today behind bars after being jailed for 14 months.

Lincoln Crown Court heard how Michael Stevenson, 34, of Brecks Lane, Rotherham who has an appalling motoring record had set off home from Skegness to Rotherham after he had been drinking.

The court heard that police were tipped off that Michael Stevenson had been out drinking and was planning to drive his vehicle. It was also revealed that an officer who saw Michael Stevenson driving on the A158 heading towards Lincoln was driving so fast that the officer failed to keep up with him.

Noel Philo, prosecuting, said Michael Stevenson who had four previous convictions for drink driving reached the Lincoln bypass where he was pursued by another officer as he drove to the Nettleham Road roundabout and then continued on to the Riseholme Road roundabout.

Mr Philo said: “He turned right onto the A15 and headed north. The traffic was described as very light, but the car was travelling very fast indeed.

“The speed limit is 50mph. He overtook several cars and was going at over 100mph.”

Stevenson drove on the wrong side of the roundabout at the junction with Tillbridge Lane.

Mr Philo said: “There is no way he could see what was coming the other way. He got back on to the correct side of the road and continued at a very high speed.”

Michael Stevenson reached speeds of 120mph on a section of the road where the speed limit was 70mph before turning right and then heading for Spridlington.

The police reported that Michael Stevenson performed two handbrake turns while being pursued. The police chase only came to an end when Stevenson went through Spridlington village travelling at 60mph and ended up on a minor road with a dead end.

Police who arrested Michael Stevenson then breathalysed him and found he was driving while over the legal alcohol limit. The court heard he later produced a reading of 54mgs of alcohol per 100mls of breath compared to the legal limit of 35mgs.

Stevenson admitted dangerous driving on May 3rd 2021 and driving with excess alcohol. As well as receiving 14 months behind bars, Judge John Pini QC also banned him from driving for a total of four years and seven months. He also ordered the confiscation of the BMW car that was driven by Stevenson during the police chase.

Leanne Summers, in mitigation, said Stevenson had been out of trouble for six years and had changed his lifestyle since his last court appearance.

She said Stevenson’s life changed again when his relationship with his partner broke down.

 

 

The Angelina Yacht Charter: On its way to becoming the largest boat charter companies in Croatia!

The Angelina Yacht Charter

The Angelina Yacht Charter is a boat company based in Croatia. Founded in 2000, the Angelina Yacht Charter started as a family business with only two sailboats. Over a decade later, they are no striving to become one the biggest fleets in Croatia!

Their headquarters are in Biograd na Moru, but they also have bases across the Croatian Coast from Sukosan to Trogir.

The Angelina Yacht Charter has more than 170 vessels, over 7 bases nationwide!

Their boats are all top-notch, with models from established companies such as Bavaria Yachts, Elan, Bénéteau, Dufour, and Fountaine Pajot. They are constantly investing in new boats and catamarans, and they are always on the look out for new locations and opportunities to expand.

Because they invest in new boats every year, they are on track to become the largest yacht charter company in Croatia. On top of this, the Angelina Yacht Charter has expanded their fleet across the coast in Croatia, so they show no sign of slowing down. They have also developed a streamlined and easy-to-use online booking facility that has given them a professional Internet presence. Potential customers can search and book in real-time, giving them a contemporary edge in the market.

The Angelina Yacht Charter regularly offers special exclusive deals for special charter vacations. It’s obvious from their rave reviews from their international clients that they make each experience special and unique. The company offers a variety of different charters, including ones that are skippered, bareboat, or even a fully crewed luxury charter. The passionate team is also available for advice and guidance for people looking to purchase a yacht with specific criteria.

Today, alongside their business partners, the Angelina Yacht Charter offers investors a comprehensive program for charter management. This complete approach includes various services, including logistics, selecting and equipping vessels, financing, insurance, and accounting. Over the years, the Angelina Yacht Charter has made a name for itself as a trusted and transparent company where investors can easily monitor profits. With an effective marketing strategy, superior customer service, and dedication to the character industry, it’s easy to see why they are number one.

In 2015, they were honored to receive the “Flower of Tourism – Quality of Croatia” award from the Croatian Chamber of Economy. It was a proud moment for the Angelina Yacht Charter as it celebrated their hard work and dedication to the industry and community.

What makes the Angelina Yacht Charter stand out is that the passionate team is dedicated to boating and focused on providing their customers with an experience they’ll never forget!

Whether you’re looking for a sailing boat, catamaran, or motorboat, Angelina has got you covered!

To find out more about the Angelina Yacht Charter, visit: https://www.angelina.hr/en

 

 

Skegness Caravan Owners Take East Lindsey District Council To Court

Caravan owners at Kingfisher Caravan Park

Caravan owners on a Skegness caravan site are set to take East Lindsey Council to court over changes the council have made to the owners terms and conditions.

The changes brought in on the Council owned Kingfisher Caravan Park in Ingoldmells has resulted in some caravan owners selling their pride and joy for scrap.

Stuart Allen, 52, who is representing more than 100 caravan owners has said he is shocked with the changes East Lindsey Council have brought in.

“We will be submitting court papers in relation to action taken by East Lindsey District Council in the next three or four weeks.”

According to Stuart, in October 2019, the council shocked caravan owners on the Kingfisher Caravan Park by making changes to the contracts that state no caravans over 15 years old are allowed on site.

Due to the Coronavirus pandemic, the deadline for when the caravans had to be moved off site was extended. However, East Lindsey District Council have now informed Kingfisher Caravan owners that they must now move their caravans off by the end of the year.

Skegness caravan owners take council to court
(Image: Stuart Allen)

Stuart said he and the other Skegness caravan owners have spent nearly £30,000 fighting the council over the changes.

He said: “The site is owned by East Lindsey District Council and for the last two years we have been fighting enforced changes to terms and conditions on our licences that have seen over 300 owners and caravans removed from a site of just 726 pitches.

“The site has been owned by the council since 1974 and they have regularly tried to implement change to the age of caravans on the site.

“Since the early 2000s their policy has always been that there was no age limit on the site, and you could stop on the site as long as you kept your caravan in good condition.

“We have all paid our annual renewal fee on this basis, since everybody on the site that I represent has owned their caravan.”

Stuart says that he has been left with “no option” but to take the council to court after their most recent attempt at mediation during a meeting on Wednesday, July 21, failed to produce any results.

Stuart added: “The notice was issued three weeks before the end of the season and we were told to accept the changes or leave.

“Many felt they had no choice, and either were looking to move their vans to another site or sell their beloved vans for scrap.

“Most of the caravans went for scrap at extremely low value.

“The council have lost over 300 caravans on the site, losing an estimated one million pounds per year in revenue for the authority.

“The local businesses have lost business income not just from the owners but from the many people who used to rent privately from the people who left.”

We went on the streets of Skegness to find out what people living and visiting Skegness thought about the council changing the terms and conditions of caravan owners. The response we received by both holidaymakers and residents does not put the council in a good light.

The overall response from those living in Skegness was that the council should be ashamed of their actions. They also felt that the council are putting people off coming to Skegness and buying a caravan.

One Skegness business owner who did not want to be named said: “What the council are doing is having a knock-on effect on local business owners and the UK staycation industry. They are advertising to those thinking of coming to Skegness or purchasing a caravan that they should go elsewhere as the council cannot be trusted.”

East Lindsey District Council said in a statement: “The council is really disappointed that a mediated position could not be reached, however, it has very carefully considered everything Mr Allen and the group have said and it does not agree that it could not change its licence agreement.

“Whilst it hopes that Mr Allen and the group does not incur great expense in seeking to litigate, it is confident that everything it has done is absolutely lawful and will ensure that the site sees significant investment to the benefit of all of its licensees and holidaymakers.”

 

Skegness Fantasy Island Caravan Owners Protest Over Age Limit Changes

skegness fantasy island protest march

Skegness Fantasy Island Caravan Park which is owned by Arnold-based Mellors Group has come under fire for changing their rules on how long a caravan can stay on site. Present and Previous caravan owners have become so fed up with the Mellors Group not listening to them, they have decided to protest outside Fantasy Island on August 14th, 2021.

As previously reported ‘Skegness Caravan Owners Say Don’t Buy A Caravan On Fantasy Island Caravan Park’ caravan owners were shocked when the Mellors Group informed them of the changes. A letter was sent out to owners that stated any caravan over 22-years old would need to be removed from their park.

skegness fantasy island protest

Naomi Wilson, 52, a mother of three from Loughborough, Leicestershire said her dream of owning a caravan turned into a nightmare after spending her life savings of £12,000. After buying her caravan, she then received a letter nine weeks later of the new changes, which means she only has a few years left on Fantasy Island.

She said at the time, before she bought her caravan, she asked Fantasy Island twice if they had an age limit.

She said: “When I first looked into buying a caravan, I asked if there would be an age restriction and was told no.

“I asked the same on July 10 after lockdown when I went to sign the paperwork and was given the same answer.

“Now, just nine weeks later, things have changed and there is a 22-year age limit despite the warranty from the manufacturers being 40 plus years.

“I feel it is very underhanded by Fantasy Island. There are three or four new owners there, who are in the same situation as me now.

After a break down with talks with the owners of Skegness Fantasy Island caravan park, the caravan owners have said they have had enough and plan to protest outside the sales office on Sea Lane, Ingoldmells on August 14th.

The protest which will start at 12pm is to highlight how unhappy the caravan owners are with the Mellors Group and their refusal to resolve the matter.

A statement from the caravan owners was posted on their Protest Facebook Group Page which read:

FANTASY ISLAND & MELLORS GROUP take note WE HAVE HAD ENOUGH, and you have had a chance to resolve this matter so now it’s time for action

You still have a chance to talk to owners instead of IGNORING them. Our door is still open even if yours is firmly shut on us

THIS MATTER WILL NOT GO AWAY

Protests commencing 14th August 2021 from 12pm onwards and will run every Saturday & Sunday

The location will be across the front of the Caravan sales office and back towards the car park entrance of Fantasy Island on Sea Lane Ingoldmells

We have had enough of the previous miss sale of caravans, not honouring our agreements including past agreements, parking fines, state of the site, over charging on utility meters during closedown, paying for a service we just don’t get, and the list goes on

We will back our protest up with proof including videos, letters, emails and more for the public and supporters to all view

If you’re a caravan owner join us, if you parked and got fine join us, if you are just fed up with the above matters then join us. It’s not just an owners protest this is open to everyone and we welcome all support

It’s now time to act

As of yet, The Mellors Group who recently bought Skegness Pier for £3million have not issued a statement on the protest. However, the caravan owners have said there is still time to stop the protest if The Mellors Group will come to the table and see sense.

The Fantasy Caravan owners want to attract all past and previous caravan owners to the protest. They are also calling for all Skegness caravan owners to unite as one, to show caravan park owners they cannot unfairly change the rules to suit themselves.

Cleethorpes Beach Named Second Best In The Country

cleethorpes beach rescue

The people of Cleethorpes are celebrating today after Cleethorpes beach was named the second-best UK beach. Trainline ranked Cleethorpes beach the second best in the country, beating the likes of Blackpool, Filey and Skegness after looking at 100 UK beaches.

Trainline looked at a whole range of factors which included Blue Flag Seaside Awards, how easily you can travel to the beach by train, and the facilities that are on offer. This research resulted in Trainline naming Cleethorpes as the second-best beach in the country, missing out on the top spot by Margate beach.

Best UK Beach

Cleethorpes provides people traveling by train the quickest route to the beach, with the station being situated right opposite the beach. Those travelling by train can be on the beach within a few minutes.

The news of Cleethorpes Beach being one of the best in the country is a much-needed boost for business owners. Some business owners have called on North-East Lincolnshire Council to do more to boost tourism. While some residents have said Cleethorpes is dying of a slow death due to the council not having the experience or the interest to bring back the glory days.

One Cleethorpes resident who did not want to be named said: “It is great news that Cleethorpes is being recognised for something good for a change. Cleethorpes has lost so many great attractions which includes winter gardens, and now Pleasure Island. The council don’t have the experience to look after a seaside resort and changes need to be made.”

Another Cleethorpes resident said that North-East Lincolnshire Council should take a visit to Skegness and Scarborough and see how those resorts are thriving.

The Trainline said of Cleethorpes: “In second place, it’s Cleethorpes beach. This vast sandy beach has won both Blue Flag and Seaside Awards. There’s a traditional pier where you can enjoy fish and chips with a view and it’s also the perfect spot for watersports if you fancy having a go at kite surfing or paddleboarding.

“Walking time from the train station to the beach: Just across the road – you couldn’t be closer!”

Local business owners are hoping to see the financial benefits of the news.

cleethorpes seafront

The 100 best beaches in the UK according to trainline:

  1. Margate, Kent
  2. Cleethorpes
  3. Saltburn-by-the-sea, North Yorkshire
  4. Teignmouth, Devon
  5. Paignton Sands, Devon
  6. Troon, South Ayrshire, Scotland
  7. Blackpool
  8. Dawlish Warren, Devon,
  9. Whitby
  10. Dovercourt Bay, Essex
  11. Barmouth, Gwynedd, Wales
  12. Chalkwell, Essex
  13. Torre Abbey Sands, Devon,
  14. Prestwick, South Ayrshire, Scotland
  15. Filey
  16. Weymouth, Dorset,
  17. Viking, Kent
  18. Clacton, Essex,
  19. Walton-on-the-Naze, Essex,
  20. Lytham St Anne’s, Lancashire
  21. Broughty Ferry, Dundee
  22. Carbis Bay, Cornwall
  23. Cromer, Norfolk
  24. Gyllyngvase, Cornwall,
  25. Morecambe, Lancashire
  26. Red Car, North Yorkshire
  27. North Berwick, East Lothian, Scotland
  28. Aberdeen
  29. St Ives Portminster, Cornwall
  30. Minnis Bay. Kent
  31. North Bay, North Yorkshire
  32. Tywyn, Gwynedd, Wales.
  33. Lowestoft South beach, Norfolk
  34. Bognor Regis, West Sussex
  35. Aberystwyth, Ceredigion, Wales
  36. Sheringham, Norfolk
  37. Preston Sands, Devon
  38. Boscombe, Bournemouth
  39. West Runton, Norfolk
  40. Girvan, West Scotland
  41. Llandudno North Shore Beach, North Wales
  1. Seaton Carew, North East
  2. Margate, Kent
  3. Cleethorpes
  4. Saltburn-by-the-sea, North Yorkshire
  5. Teignmouth, Devon
  6. Paignton Sands, Devon
  7. Troon, South Ayrshire, Scotland
  8. Blackpool
  9. Dawlish Warren, Devon,
  10. Whitby
  11. Dovercourt Bay, Essex
  12. Barmouth, Gwynedd, Wales
  13. Chalkwell, Essex
  14. Torre Abbey Sands, Devon,
  15. Prestwick, South Ayrshire, Scotland
  16. Filey
  17. Weymouth, Dorset,
  18. Viking, Kent
  19. Clacton, Essex,
  20. Walton-on-the-Naze, Essex,
  21. Lytham St Anne’s, Lancashire
  22. Broughty Ferry, Dundee
  23. Carbis Bay, Cornwall
  24. Cromer, Norfolk
  25. Gyllyngvase, Cornwall,
  26. Morecambe, Lancashire
  27. Red Car, North Yorkshire
  28. North Berwick, East Lothian, Scotland
  29. Aberdeen
  30. St Ives Portminster, Cornwall
  31. Minnis Bay. Kent
  32. North Bay, North Yorkshire
  33. Tywyn, Gwynedd, Wales.
  34. Lowestoft South beach, Norfolk
  35. Bognor Regis, West Sussex
  36. Aberystwyth, Ceredigion, Wales
  37. Sheringham, Norfolk
  38. Preston Sands, Devon
  39. Boscombe, Bournemouth
  40. West Runton, Norfolk
  41. Girvan, West Scotland
  42. Llandudno North Shore Beach, North Wales
  43. Seaton Carew, North East
  44. Wallasey, North West
  45. St Leonards, East Sussex
  46. St Ives Porthmeor, Cornwall
  47. Bridlington South Beach
  48. Skegness
  49. St Midred’s Bay, Kent
  50. Dawlish Town Beach, Devon
  51. Kinghorn
  52. Worthing
  53. Herne Bay, Kent
  54. Shoebury East, Essex
  55. Burntisland, Scotland
  56. Monifieth, Scotland
  57. Prestatyn, North Wales
  58. Tenby Castle, South Wales
  59. Silver Sands, Aberdour, Scotland

Cleethorpes To London Rail Link Could Happen Says Councillor Stewart Swinburn

When are the next train strikes

For many years now the people living and working in Grimsby and Cleethorpes have been fighting for a direct rail link to London. However, all the previous promises that have been made that a direct link could happen have come to nothing. Now it seems it could really happen according to Councillor Stewart Swinburn, portfolio holder for environment and transport.

A direct rail link from Cleethorpes to London would give the local economy and tourism section a massive boost and could see more businesses locating to the local area.

Councillor Stewart Swinburn who said the Cleethorpes to London rail link is taking real shape wants local residents to get behind the plan. He wants all those who want to see the rail link happen complete a LNER online survey to progress proposals which will link the seaside town to the capital city.

LNER is a British train operating company owned by the Department for Transport and provides long-distance inter-city services on the East Coast Main Line from London King’s Cross to Yorkshire, North East England and Scotland.

The train company announced they are looking at the direct rail link from Cleethorpes to London which would include Grimsby. They have announced they are currently consulting on their May 2022 timetable, which could include a seven-day-a-week direct service to London.

The proposed timetable could see trains leave Cleethorpes train station at 6.24am and arrive at Kings Cross at 9.25am. Trains from London Kings Cross to Cleethorpes would leave at 4.10pm and arrive in Grimsby at 7.05pm and Cleethorpes at 7.20pm

Cllr Swinburn said: “I am delighted that years of work by transport officials, elected members and MPs is finally paying off and we are the closest in 20 years to once again achieving a direct rail link between Cleethorpes and London.

“I would like to thank LNER for developing this route and encourage the residents and businesses of North East Lincolnshire to take part in the consultation to demonstrate the clear desire we have for this route. Let’s all see this service back for 2022.

“The benefits of this service to the local area are huge and will have a great impact on both our local economy and the tourism sector, especially as businesses in the area continue to recover from the impacts of Covid-19.

“For local people, it opens up much more opportunity with this direct link to the capital and I hope over the coming weeks we can, as an area, show our support to LNER and their stakeholders on what this route will mean for the area.”

Although Councillor Stewart Swinburn is hopeful that the Cleethorpes to London rail service will finally be announced, many of those living and working in Grimsby and Cleethorpes are not so convinced.

Time will only tell if the Cleethorpes to London rail line will go ahead, or if this is just another false hope as we have seen so many times.

Over 400 Dog Walkers Fined For Ignoring Cleethorpes Beach Rules

cleethorpes beach fines

Over 400 dog walkers have been fined on Cleethorpes beach for ignoring the no dog walking rules between Easter and September.

North East Lincolnshire council have issued a total of £41,000 to those that have ignored the rules where dogs are not allowed o the beach between Wonderland and Cleethorpes Leisure Centre from Good Friday to September 30.

418 people since April 2nd have been issued with a £100 fixed penalty notice. According to a spokesman for North East Lincolnshire Council, 67 of those fixed penalty notices were issued on East Bank Holiday weekend.

The council hopes the crackdown on dog walkers ignoring the rules will send a strong message to other dog owners to keep off the beach.

 

 

Newcastle Mum Says Skegness Butlins Accommodation Was Filthy

A fuming mum who booked a holiday at Skegness Butlins has vowed to never return after she said her accommodation was disgusting.

Clare Mullet who booked a four-night stay as a treat for her 11-year-old son who has battled brain cancer said she was shocked with the state of their accommodation.

The holiday was meant to be a celebration to mark the end of Ethan’s gruelling brain tumour treatment, but instead turned into another nightmare.

When she arrived at the Butlins accommodation there was a seal on the door saying the room had been cleaned, but according to Clare Mullet it was far from clean. According to Clare it was disgusting.

“There was woodlice, dead flies on the floor, and blood stains on the carpets and the sink was rotten too,” according to Clare

Ethan Mullet remarkably and bravely thought medulloblastoma after his sickness was said to have been mistakenly put down to a virus in February last year. It was every parent’s nightmare.

He underwent an eight-hour operation to remove the mass before travelling to Germany for proton beam therapy, followed by nine months of chemotherapy in Newcastle.

Clare explained that it had been a hard year but thankfully Ethan Mullet was given the all-clear in March 2021. To celebrate the news Clare wanted to Ethan to have fun so she booked a holiday at Skegness Butlins, something she now wished she hadn’t have done.

“I explained that Ethan had just been through chemo and there was no way we were staying in that room, even after being cleaned,” Clare explained.

“I just felt dirty being in there. I started getting really itchy.”

When Clare made a complaint, the staff told her that she had checked in more than an hour before the normal allocation time of 4pm. However, Clare was confused why the seal said it had been cleaned when it hadn’t.

The housekeeping team arranged for the apartment to be steam cleaned, but Clare refused to stay in the apartment and instead they were moved to alternative accommodation.

It was not just the state of the apartment that ruined their holiday. Due to the COVID19 pandemic, Butlins like many other holiday resorts have introduced COVID-19 measure which includes guest having to book shows and activities in advance.

Clare says Ethan was left “devastated” after she was only able to book one slot for the St Bede’s Catholic School pupil to enjoy his eagerly anticipated spell in the pool.

“Ethan had been really looking forward to going swimming,” she said.

“He loved the rapids, and he was desperate to go back in. But we couldn’t book another slot for him.

“We were told we’d have to wait in another queue and if someone did not show for their pre-booked slot then Ethan could go back.

“But his mobility isn’t great after his treatment and who knows how long he’d have had to queue for before being allowed in, so I just brought him away.”

The 43-year-old also said customers were forced to walk to the main door of the resort’s entertainment venue to order refreshments on the Butlin’s app due to there not being any phone reception.

“It has been a disaster from start to finish,” Clare said.

“It was very cheap but it’s not about the money. I’d never have expected it to be like this.

“I’d have been absolutely gutted if I’d paid more than £2,000 for the holiday we got.

“Ethan has been doing really well after his treatment. He was really looking forward to it as it was his treat.

“But our holiday was ruined. I was really disappointed. I’ll never go back to a Butlin’s resort again.”

A Butlin’s spokesman said: “We are sorry to hear about Mrs Mullett’s recent break.

“We understand this was a very disappointing experience, however as the guests arrived prior to our 4pm check in time their room was not yet ready.

“As soon as our resort team was contacted, we offered a room change which was accepted.

“To ensure we follow government guidelines, we launched a new app for guests to book entertainment.

“We have increased the capacity of our show venues and extended opening times for our pools. We know demand is high for some of our most popular activities and we aim to let no-one down.

“Any available slots are released each morning and our team will let guests in to enjoy our shows and activities if there’s any availability on the day.

“The safety of our guests and team remains our priority and we’d like to reassure guests that we have a strict cleaning and hygiene policy in place.

“Each room is thoroughly cleaned and sanitised before arrival. We’ll be contacting the guest to discuss the issues raised in more detail.”

The Best Stargazing Spots In The UK

best UK stargazing spots

Whether you’re an avid astronomer or looking for a peaceful getaway, a stargazing staycation could be the perfect choice.

There are currently just 18 recognised Dark Sky Reserves worldwide, and incredibly, the UK is home to seven of them. With unparalleled pristine skies and unspoilt views of the night, these destinations are hotspots for catching a glimpse of the cosmos.

Here are some of the best UK Staycation locations around the UK to help you plan your starry getaway.

Cranborne Chase

best star gazing spots

Where to see the stars With the largest area of darkness of any Dark Sky Reserve in the UK, the Cranborne Chase Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty is a must visit. From Cley Hill car park, head up the trail to the summit of the ancient hill fort and witness unforgettable views.

Where to stay: A 12-minute car journey will take you to The George Inn, where a 7-night stay in this traditional English inn will cost just £938.

 

Exmoor National Park

stargazing spots in UK

Where to see the stars: Offering some of the darkest skies in the country, Exmoor National Park certainly delivers on a stargazing staycation and Molland Moor is an area not to miss. With open moorland and 360-degree views, you can set up for an evening surrounded by the stars with ease.

Where to stay: Extend your trip and head west to Topsham and you will find The Warehouse, from Sweetcombe Cottage Holidays. Stays here start at £949 for a 7-night stay, the perfect sanctuary after a night viewing the stars.

 

Moores Reserve

The Best Stargazing Spots in the UK

Where to see the stars: The Moores reserve, named after famed astrologist Sir Patrick Moore, can be found in the beautiful South Downs National Park and incredibly, is just 100km from the greater London Metropolitan area.

Where to stay: Just a stones throw from the South Downs is The White Horse Pub & Inn where a 7 night stay will cost just £1360. 

 

North York Moors National Park 

best places to see stars uk

Where to see the stars: With dramatic landscapes and unpolluted night skies, the North York Moors is a perfect place to go stargazing, with some even catching a glimpse of the Northern Lights! Only a seven-minute drive from the A174 will you find the sleepy hamlet of Kettleness, a perfect stargazing destination.

Where to stay: The Anchorage Cottage, is one of the few holiday cottages in Kettleness and is based only a two-minute walk from stargazing hotspots, with prices around £1350 for 7 nights. 

 

Snowdonia National Park

Snowdonia stargazing

Where to see the stars: One of the darkest places in southern Britain, Snowdonia is a mountainous and dramatic region in Wales. Head to Llyn Geirionydd on the edge of Gwydyr Forest for striking lakeside views of the night sky.

Where to stay: Take a 14-minute drive to Swallow Falls Hotel where you can stay for 7 nights for two adults and a child for £1540.

 

Yorkshire Dales National Park

best UK stargazing spots

Where to see the stars: With areas completely free from local light pollution and easy access on public roads, the Yorkshire Dales is a must visit for a stargazing staycation. Head up to Richmond just off the Pennine Way, for some truly incredible views.

Where to stay: Tan Hill Inn, the highest pub in England has camping on-site, with a stay under the starry blanket costing you just £10 a night for a tent plot.

 

Brecon Beacons National Park

Best places to see the stars

Where to see the stars:  A secluded spot for an evening stargazing, Usk reservoir flaunts impressive views of the skyline and has a large area perfect for setting up a telescope.

Where to stay: Just an 11-minute drive east, will take you to Ynysfaen Camping site where you can stay in a luxury Shepherds Hut for £630 for 7 nights. 

 

 

 

WIERD FINANCE $WRD successfully finishes private sale and Launches Staking Feature and Affiliate PROGRAM ahead of public sale

The WIERD PROJECT

The WIERD.Finance Presale closed at a successful round, and is set to start the Public sale on 18th July 2021.

A spokesperson for the company said:

“We are thrilled to announce the WIERD Finance staking project alongside the Public Sale.

$WRD Finance holders will have the chance to participate in the program and earn super rewards of up to 1000% APY in just 60, 100 and 300 days respectively. Our holders can now rest easy as they now have the opportunity to bolster their earnings effortlessly, thanks to this new program.

We are always thinking and developing new ways to make $WRD more lucrative for our community. As such, we will also be launching the first of its kind NFT staking pool where users get the opportunity to earn rewards for staking their rare digital collectibles that celebrates the anonymity of crypto Heroes.

Even better, all rewards from our Legendary NFT Staking program will be in the form of other NFTs that are even more unique, rare and highly valuable collectibles”.

STAKING DETAILS

To be able to participate in the staking program someone must have $WRD Finance in the wallet.

ABOUT WIERD Finance

WIERD Finance is a meme Defi project Created by an anonymous Team of developers,

Dedicated to the Anonymity of Satochi Nakamoto and every anonymous Crypto Hero Worldwide.

The main ideology is to celebrate the anonymously of Satoshi nakamoto and every other anonymous persons who has sacrificed to scale the crypto currency eco-system

Importantly, the architecture of WIERD Finance ensures that liquidity is always available for the project.

WIERD Finance project has very attractive tokenomics that is designed to generously reward holders and completely prevent rug pulling. The company analyzes some vital components of tokenomics.

As always, they thank everyone for  continuous support of WIERD Finance, and stay tuned for more major partnerships to be announced soon!

For more information, please visit https://wierd.finance

Army Veteran Chronicles His Journey To Recovery In The Addiction Manifesto

Talented author and army veteran, JR Weaver, shares his experience battling addiction in his soon-to-be-launched book titled The Addiction Manifesto.
 

JR Weaver is an army veteran and person in long-term recovery who is passionate about the health and wellness of others as he is set to release his book titled The Addiction Manifesto. The author is looking to assist millions of people in different parts of the world through their journey to recovery as he details his experience and struggles with the hope of championing a global recovery revolution.

Substance abuse and addiction remain a major plague that has continued to generate a lot of conversation across the globe due to its effect on people as well as its impact on the economies of nations. Unfortunately, recent statistics have shown a worrisome increase in the number of people suffering from addiction. According to a recent report published by the World Health Organization, about 270 million people, approximately 5.5% of the global population aged between 15 and 64, used psychoactive drugs with an estimated 35 million people suffering from drug use disorders and over 180 thousand deaths linked to drug use disorders in 2019. Unfortunately, many of the available addiction recovery resources are seemingly abstract, ultimately failing to yield the desired results. However, JR Weaver aims to change this narrative with the release of The Addiction Manifesto.

The author personifies the recovery process, delivering an immersive experience to readers, as he writes about the trials and tribulations he faced during early recovery. JR Weaver aims to highlight the inherent powers of self-belief and how the personal desire to quit drug abuse remains the biggest obstacle to embracing a healthier, happier life.

Published by Palmetto Publishing, The Addiction Manifesto initially started as a journal to help the author stay sober before he eventually decided to share his journey with the world as a self-help guide for persons in recovery as well as their loved ones. The book contains easy-to-implement yet effective tips that will help readers own their lives and become responsible members of the society.

JR Weaver has already started to receive recognition from different quarters, emerging as a finalist at the 2020 International Book Awards in the Health: Addiction & Recovery category.

The book is available from –

Amazon: https://www.amazon.com/Addiction-Manifesto-Weaver-Jr/dp/1638377634/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=

Barnes & Noble: https://www.barnesandnoble.com/w/the-addiction-manifesto-jerry-weaver/1128596925?ean=9781638377634

Video Link: https://www.youtube.com/embed/2vTYpmV0vPA

New Social Media Platform Wabitz Offers Users Freedom of Speech

business bottom line

4.66 billion people around the world have access to the Internet. That is 65.6 percent of the entire world’s population. 4.28 billion access the internet via their mobile devices, which shows how important the Internet is to our daily lives.

In 2020 more than 2.14 billion people worldwide used the Internet to purchase products and services. However, it seems that more people are more interested to use the Internet to interact with others than go shopping. In 2020, 3.96 billion people were active social media users which is an increase of 10% compared to 2019. But, even though there is an increase in social media users, not everyone is happy with the current social media platforms.

According to a recent report by Edison Research and Triton Digital, Facebook the major player in social media lost an estimated 15 million U.S. users in 2020 compared to 2017. A new report found that other major social media platforms are losing users to their rivals, so what has happened?

One new social media platform believes the huge drop is down freedom of speech being denied. Wabitz.com who have launched a new social media platform that allows people to keep their freedom of speech alive, believe people are fed up with not being allowed to say what they want to say. So, we decided to find out if this was true and what their new social media platform was all about. Here is what they had to say.

  • First of all please introduce yourself?

Sure, I’d be happy to introduce myself. I’ve been building websites for more than 20 years, for major manufacturing companies, ecommerce stores, and media outlets. Those who really dig into my background will find that I’ve been challenging government authority for quite a while in my own way. Once, I even ran for Secretary of State in Missouri. That was back in 2008. I was the youngest person to ever get an established party’s nomination. So, that should tell you I’ve been fighting for liberty for quite some time. So, when people ask who Wes Upchurch is, I tell them I’m a tech savvy freedom fighter. But I don’t consider myself a revolutionary. First and foremost, I’m a father who is concerned about the kind of world I leave behind.

  • You have launched a new social network; can you tell me more about the new network?

Wabitz.com is a different kind of social network. It is one where you can freely speak your mind. You can share the stories and pictures that matter most to you, debate the issues of the day, or form groups. It has the features you have come to expect from social media, but we’ve left one thing out. We’ve eliminated the heavy moderation, that means no filtering of unpopular opinions, no fact checking, and not removing content just because we disagree with it.

  • How is Wabitz different from other social media platforms?

    Well, from the outset it’s been designed as the kind of network to facilitate discussion. Other’s focus on pictures, videos, or short snippets. But, Wabitz was designed with discussions as the focal point. We still have status updates, but discussions are their own unique kind of post. How you engage is also more in your control. There are actually three different feeds, instead of just a single timeline. This lets you quickly find the news that’s most relevant to you, engage in the latest discussions, or see what’s most popular. Other networks may filter out stories they deem irrelevant to you, but we let you see all of your followers’ posts and well as the broader discussion.

  • You say that social media platforms are no longer places where you can use free speech, can you explain what you mean by that?

    I think the last year has shown us that Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube are more than willing to censor information that they disagree with. There is the official version of the day’s events, then there are differing opinions. I think we create a dangerous precedent when we limit minority voices. There is also the issue of shadow bans. That’s where the other networks limit the reach of a particular post or individual because of its content. In some cases, they’ve removed the accounts of people who have controversial opinions. But, the right to free speech wasn’t created to protect the rights of people with popular opinions, it was made to guarantee that even those with controversial opinions would be free to express those.

Wabitz.com social media

  • You say a lot of social media platforms have changed over the years, please explain?

    Originally, social media was a way for people to connect with friends and family. Maybe they would share information about their accomplishments or family outings. But overtime, the platforms have evolved to become a primary source of news. I don’t see a problem with this. The problem is that instead of just being a platform for engagement, the tech giants have begun to curate that news. It could easily be argued that in doing so, they have actually become publishers of that information. When a platform engages in that behavior, it could easily be argued that they lose the liability protections of Section 230. Sure, there is still freedom of press. But to act as though most social networks can still be considered public forums, permitting free speech, is a falsehood. In a true public forum, a person’s right to free speech can’t be infringed.

  • You say there are privacy concerns and attempts to limit free speech, what would you class as free speech which social media platforms are not allowing?

    Well, we don’t have to look back that far to find examples. In 2019, Facebook paid a record $5bn fine to settle privacy concerns, the US Federal Trade Commission (FTC), after it was revealed that personal data was illegally harvested from an online personality quiz and sold to Cambridge Analytica. Likewise, Twitter inappropriately used private contact information to serve up targeted ads to users, without the user’s consent. In a post #metoo era, consent should matter in every aspect of our lives. These apps, and others, are increasingly asking for more private information. You’ve got to ask what are they doing with it?

With regards to the second part of your question, I think it’s pretty obvious that the major social media companies are using various techniques to limit free speech. They label posts they disagree with as false or misleading, they provide links to curated news sources as evidence, and removed thousands of accounts from mostly conservative figures. That’s not ok! It should be up to the people to decide what is an isn’t true. Any attempt to deny access to a message is limiting free speech. Free speech is the ability to criticize public figures, to have opinions on the issues of the day. It doesn’t matter whether it’s a political figure, religious figure, or public health figure. People have the right to question the information they are presented and express their opposition to the popular opinion.

  • If you are saying allow people to use free speech then how do you stand on bullying on social networks and racist behaviour and trolls?

    We want our network to be welcoming of all opinions, but that doesn’t mean that you’ll find every opinion to be one you agree with. The simple fact is that you can’t have both free speech and the right to not be offended. But if someone acts out of line, there are tools in place to block them.

  • So, how will your social media platform which is called Wabitz deal with trolls and racist behaviour?

    We have clearly defined terms of service that define acceptable speech. Those are clearly in line with what constitutes legal speech. Clearly, using speech to facilitate violence or incite hatred against any specific group is clearly illegal. We have reporting tools in place for such behaviors. But it’s not illegal for people to have a specific view. As ugly as some people can be, they have every right to hold their own opinion. We aren’t going to ban anyone just for disagreeing with the opinion of another.

  • Are you not worried that by allowing people to post what they want to post that you could face legal action?

No, Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act expressly provides services like ours with liability protection. And the constitution guarantees every citizen the right to free speech.

  • You say you will never ban an account because their views are unpopular, let me ask you what would it take for a user’s account to be banned?

    Well, not all speech is legal speech. Clearly you can’t stand behind free speech to protect yourself from advertising illegal services. Threats of violence are likewise illegal. Using the network for purposes that aren’t in line with the law could get someone banned. But, simply disagreeing, even strongly, with what someone says won’t. You have the right to disagree with other viewpoints, even if those opinions come from reliable media sources or the government.

  • Do you believe that more people will come over to your platform from the main social media platforms?

    Well, I certainly hope so. We wouldn’t have invested so much in building a platform if we didn’t think it would appeal to a huge market. People are fed up with regulation and control. When they are offered freedom, they’ll almost always choose freedom. Privacy is likely of paramount concern. Users that are worried about what the corporate elite is doing with all the information they are gathering will likewise come over. Wabitz was built with privacy, security, and free speech in mind. I have no doubt that when people discover there is a platform offering all three, they will come over.

To learn more about Wabitz.com, please visit https://wabitz.com/

Author Shares His Story To Recovery From Drug Addiction

The Addiction Manifesto

The UK has the highest drug addition in Europe. According to a recent report, one third of all adults in England and Wales have used drugs at least once in their lifetime. In the USA the problem is much higher with more than 21 million people struggling with addiction.

Over the years we have seen many popular celebrities die from drug addiction around the world. When these celebrities die it makes headline news. What doesn’t make headline news is the 245 000 deaths globally from drug addiction. We don’t know their names, but their lives are just as important as a celebrities life. One life lost to drugs is one life too many.

Drug addiction does not just ruin the lives of those people who struggle to get clean, it also wrecks the lives around them. That can include partners, children, parents, and friends. One person who knows how drug addiction can wreck a person’s future is USA army veteran JR Weaver.

JR Weaver who served his country became addicted to drugs. He saw first hand how a person’s life can go from being great to hitting rock bottom. Not only did he manage to destroy lives around him, he also found himself on the wrong side of the law and behind bars. Now, he is determined to change his life and has even written a book called The Addiction Manifesto.

The author of The Addiction Manifesto has been very honest in his book and hopes to help as many people as possible to overcome their addiction and make a success of their life.

I decided to sit down with JR Weaver and learn more about his addiction and the reasons why he wrote the book. This is what he had to say.

drug addiction story

  1. First of all please introduce yourself? Hi, I’m JR Weaver, author of The Addiction Manifesto, Glad to be here to share part of my story and it’s a helluva comeback story. 
  2. You are an army veteran; can I ask where you served and how long you were in the army for? Yes, I served from 1987 to 1995, my 1st duty station was Berlin, East Germany, I believe I was still 17 at the time, surrounded by a giant wall and communist soldiers, outnumbered & outgunned but never outmanned.
  3. Why did you decide to join the army and what age were you? I graduated from high school early, I was 16 and the youngest person in my class (class of 87!!!)  I really didn’t want to put the financial strain on my mom for college, so I decided to enlist for the college fund.
  4. You have just released a book called The Addiction Manifesto, why did you decide to do that? Couple of reasons, writing about addiction keeps me sober, it helps keep the memories of what my life used to be like fresh in my mind, and that’s a big motivator to never pick up a drink or a drug ever again. 
  5. What is the book about, and who is it aimed at? It’s about my personal journey towards sobriety and the challenges that I had to face, I started writing about 2 months into my sobriety, in jail while facing 4 felony burglary charges.  This was my rock bottom, the moment when I could no longer deny that I had a real problem with drugs. I had started writing while locked up, I had to break down what my addiction was doing to me, and I started seeing the patterns that kept me a prisoner to it.  I spent the next 90 days filling up page after page, and I could not believe the transformation it had made in me.  That time in jail was a blessing for me because it changed me, without it I do not know if I would still be here. 
  6. Do you feel that people understand the power of addiction? I think people don’t truly understand the power of addiction and how it controls somebody, it’s 24/7/365 non-stop misery, you don’t eat or sleep, you end up losing every piece of decency in you. I’ve seen people walk away from their families, they walked away from their kids to chase something that was ruining their life. I’ve done some crazy things while out there running the streets and at the end of the day you’re so miserable that you just want it to end because you can’t handle what your life has become and who you hurt in the process.  It’s a big ugly cycle that takes and takes until you can’t give anymore, and if I can save a few people or plant the recovery seeds early enough…. 
  7. How will your book help people who are struggling with addiction, and is this book for everyone or just those with a military background? It’s aimed at all newcomers in recovery, (anyone with less than a year sobriety), and it can also help family members have a better understanding of the addiction mindset.  Newcomers will find that it’ll help them break down there own addictions and the addictive mind traps that often cause people to relapse, My philosophy is really a combination of several recovery programs, from AA, CBT, RBT, SMART, Mindfulness, Celebrate Recovery to get them sober and then pushing them towards a ‘whole life recovery’ goal.  It’s more than just being sober; I’ve crossed paths with plenty of people that were sober but angry at life because they settled and didn’t pursue life. 
  8. You have been very honest in your book about your journey with substance abuse, was that important to you? It’s about being open, honest and transparent, because our minds are wired differently and if I start taking shortcuts then the system starts to break down. 
  9. Would you say it is a good idea for people to buy the book for someone they are worried about, or do you think the book should be bought by people who know they need help? Absolutely buy it for someone that need’s help, whether they agree with that assessment or not, it’s never too early to start planting the seeds and educating people to the dangers of addiction.  One of my goals is to put my book in libraries all over the country so people can have access, I’ve probably got a list of about 30 libraries from California to Ireland that wanted to review it. recovery from drug addiction
  10. Some people say that substance abuse is self-inflicted and those who take drugs only have themselves to blame, what would you say to that? Tough question, let me ask you this, do we blame Johnny for getting addicted to pain killers when it was prescribed by his doctor?  I do think that some of us are just wired differently, and our bodies reacts differently when introduced to alcohol or drugs.  Somebody could go out drinking for a weekend and call it quits the next day, but if I go out drinking then I’m not stopping until I get arrested. 
  11. You were addicted to drugs for 20-years, how did you get hooked? I started drinking heavily during my army days, and when I got out for college I didn’t really fit back in to ‘real life.’  I felt out of place, and I needed alcohol to feel ‘normal.’  Fast forward a few years and the alcohol wasn’t having the same effect so we started experimenting with drugs. 
  12. Can you remember where you were when you first tried drugs, and why did you try them? Absolutely, I was living in Danbury, CT, and my room mate came home with a bag of cocaine.  And my life was never the same ever again.  Few months later I lost my job, the very same room mate that introduced me to drugs kicked me out of the house, I had to pack up my stuff and move back to Charleston, SC.  I thought I would be safe being home and around family, but things really went sideways, I found the dope spot and I spent the next few years bouncing in and out of jail/prison and running the streets. 
  13. When did you realise that you were addicted to drugs and needed help? Addiction is cunning, baffling and powerful, it blinded me to the truth about my problem and let me believe that I was still in control, it was when I wanted to quit and couldn’t, that’s when I started thinking that I ‘might’ have a problem.  They say that ‘addiction is giving up everything for one thing, and recovery is giving up one thing for everything.’ 
  14. Did it help with your recovery to look at why you got addicted? Yes, the more I learned on ‘why I did what I did’ the better because it allows me to start breaking it down and figuring out the reasons why and take the necessary steps to prevent it from happening again. 
  15. If you didn’t join the army, do you believe you would have still become an addict? One or the other, Addict or Alcoholic, but I have also realized that if I didn’t go thru what I went thru then I wouldn’t have ever found the best version of me.  I had to survive my worst days to get to my best days.
  16. Amy Winehouse, Whitney Houston, Heath Ledger, and Philip Seymour Hoffman are some of the big names who died from their addiction, so what is the secret to you overcoming your addiction and not losing your life? I believe its harder for celebrities to get sober because they are constantly in the spotlight and for me it was about being ‘sick & tired of being sick & tired.’  Plus, I was absolutely miserable out there, I had such a conflict going on inside my head that I couldn’t find any type of escape from my problems, I was faced with really only 3 options, prison, death or get sober.  I chose sobriety, I’ll be celebrating my 4th year sober on 11-10-21. 
  17. I have read so many times that some people cannot be helped with their addiction, would you agree with that? I’d disagree to a point, I believe we can help expedite them to the realization that they do need help, maybe educate them to some things that might give them a push forward, but it’s also up to them to make the effort.  We can plant the seed’s in their mind and hope that’s enough to get them to be mindful of their situation.
  18. What would you say is the first step to recovery? Easy one, let me state for the record that this is my opinion only, but I believe it has to be abstinence.  I know my AA friends just are screaming “HIGHER POWER”, but I do think we need to take the drugs/alcohol out of their system before we can do any type of recovery building.    
  19. Some people believe that the legalisation of drugs in some states in the USA was a huge mistake. There have been many articles that have stated that passing this law has increased the number of addicts in the USA, what is your opinion? Can we just chalk this up next to the imaginary ‘war on drugs?’  I’ve thought about this, watched how states like Oregon are really pushing the boundaries on drugs, I think it’s a mistake, I can see medicinal marijuana to an extent, but they really need to have a better way to monitor it, we’ve seen how well they monitored the pain pills and big pharma. drug addiction and recoveryy
  20. What response have you received by those who have read your book? I was riding in a car with another vet and he mentioned he was in treatment so I told him to ask his counsellor for a book called The Addiction Manifesto, would you believe that he pulled the book out of his bag and handed it to me, I flipped it over to show him the my picture on the back, and his face lit up when he saw it was me.  Another vet that was a participant in our Veteran’s Treatment Court was telling me that he just read a book that was written by a guy with the same name as me.  It’s moments like these that really make me feel grateful that I was able to write something that made somebody feel like they could bounce back.  They will forget what you say but they will never forget how you made them feel.  That’s the goal of my writing to let them know it is ok to not be ok, we all struggle, some of us refuse to quit. 
  21. What regrets do you have about your journey of being addicted to drugs? I have two regrets that I have to live with each day, I lost a daughter when her mom and I couldn’t stop using drugs during her pregnancy, I’ve never had a chance to hold her in my arms or kiss her face, I wasn’t able to attend her funeral either because I was starting a prison bid.  I believe that was the last time I have really cried, and ironically it was in the one place that you don’t want to be seen crying.  The other regret was that my dad passed away before I got sober, we weren’t on speaking terms when he got admitted to the hospice, and I refused to go see him, he passed away a few days later.  I know both are watching over me.
  22. According to a recent report published by the World Health Organization, about 270 million people, approximately 5.5% of the global population aged between 15 and 64, used psychoactive drugs with an estimated 35 million people suffering from drug use disorders and over 180 thousand deaths linked to drug use disorders in 2019. You must agree, these figures are shocking. Why are these figures so high, why are so many people getting addicted? Covid, people being quarantined and isolated, people in recovery are hit harder by being isolated, especially the newcomers.  
  23. What response do you hope to achieve by someone who has read your book who is addicted to drugs and is suffering from substance abuse? I’d love to see them get their life back under control, I’d really like to see them reunite with their family and kids.  My reward will be a few years down the road when some stranger stops me in the street and introduces his new family to me.  Until then I’ll keep planting these recovery seeds to whoever might need to hear it. 
  24. Would you like to see public opinion change towards those who are struggling with substance abuse? Absolutely, sometimes I feel like we are trying to fight two different battles, one against addiction and one against the way society views addiction.  People with Substance Abuse disorder aren’t bad people, we just made some really bad choices.  I don’t think we should hold that against them forever.  I’d love to see people actually being graded on what kind of person they are today rather than what they did in the past.  We all deserve a 2nd 
  25. What has your substance and drug addiction cost you? Time, its my most precious commodity.  Sure, I lost jobs, friendships, money, freedom, but I can get all of those back, it’s the loss of time that really hurts. 
  26. What made you decide that you wanted to seek help and overcome your addiction? Because I was becoming a danger to myself and others, when you don’t value your own life then things really start getting crazy and I really hated who I had become, my addiction really had broken me down to the point to where I didn’t care if I lived or died anymore. I took the chance to ask for help from our local VA Hospital and got into treatment.  It really helped me to clear my mind. 
  27. If someone believe they are beyond help, what would you say to them? I’d sit down with them and share my own story; I would have said the same thing about myself a few years back. 
  28. If someone is suffering from substance abuse and wakes up one morning and says to themselves, they need help, what should their first steps be? Call a friend or a family member that they trust and get into treatment, timing is always critical in these situations because there are only these brief moments of clarity that we can get them to want treatment, and that’s half the battle. 

 

Thank you! I really enjoyed this interview. I know recovery isn’t the sexiest topic to write about but it’s a critical topic that we need to put on the docket because the numbers don’t lie, we are losing this war on addiction.  Each overdose is somebody’s son or daughter, and we are only kidding ourselves if we don’t think that addiction isn’t a family disease, one person may be addicted but the whole family suffers 

To purchase The Addiction Manifesto, please visit https://www.amazon.com/Addiction-Manifesto-Weaver-Jr/dp/1638377634/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=

The 6 Pillars of Brain Health, According to New U Life’s Alexy Goldstein (and Why They Matter)

Health matters more than ever these days, but far too often our brain fails to receive the same kind of attention as the rest of our body. It is quick and easy to simply dump sugar and caffeine into our system to power through the day, but studies clearly show that this strategy is short-sighted and ultimately quite dangerous.

To build anything of substance in life requires first having solid foundations, and this holds equally true with physical and mental undertakings. By following proven methods and practices, one can then more deeply unlock the full potential of the body and mind.

In today’s world, there is now more information available than there is time to consume it, and so it has become necessary to discern the best paths quickly and accurately via industry experts.

One such source of knowledge is Alexy Goldstein, CEO and founder of New U Life. Through years of intensive research and first-hand experience, he has found six pillars of brain health that support healthy cognitive function.

“The human brain is one of the most miraculous constructs in existence,” says Goldstein.

“But we don’t always give its health the attention it deserves. If you want to feel and be at your best, you need to take care to support your brain like it’s your best friend, because in the end, the mind-body relationship dictates so much about our quality of life.”

  1. Focus

It’s easy for our attention to drift due to the overstimulating nature of the digital world these days, and when we fail to focus, our quality of life declines. Missed deadlines, unproductive meetings, or overlooking key details, all threaten to pump stressful cortisol throughout our bodies. While we cannot eliminate all the distractions, we can take steps to help limit their ability to rattle our minds out of focus.

“Our brains do so much for us on a daily basis,” explains Goldstein. “And to return the favor, you need to support it with proper care. This means everything from regular sleep cycles to nutrition designed to bolster the nervous system. We released NeuraVie™ specifically to meet these needs, and our customers find that focus is one of the first benefits that follow regular use.”

Increasing our ability to focus allows us to make the most of our mental resources and time, which is essential to perform at our highest level.

  1. Memory

While focus is pivotal in tackling the task at hand, having the ability to accurately recall memories is of equal importance for long-term cognitive ability.

“As we get older, it’s natural that our brains struggle to remember every little detail of the past,” explains Goldstein. “Yet if we cannot remember the core lessons from what we’ve learned and experienced over the years, we fail to utilize one of our most powerful resources. A sharp sense of memory allows us to draw upon the experiences and accomplishments of life.”

A healthy routine and nutrition lead to full access to your short and long-term memory, which can make all the difference when making important decisions that affect the future.

  1. Learning

The ability to gain new skills and understand complex bodies of knowledge is nothing short of a superpower. Learning is what sets the human brain apart from the rest of the animal kingdom, and allows us to gain abilities and knowledge.

“The brain’s ability to learn is arguably its most important function,” says Goldstein.

“While it’s innate and natural on one level, that doesn’t always mean it’s always necessarily easy. Supplements that support neurotransmitters increase the ability to learn, allowing knowledge to move faster and more efficiently between neurons. By bolstering your brain’s health, your ability to learn can leap to new heights.”

  1. Accuracy

All the previous pillars operate under the assumption that the brain functions with a sense of accuracy. “Accurate cognitive function is an underrated aspect of brain health,” says Goldstein.

“By introducing supplements like carotenoids though, the overall memory retention and recall faculties become more reliable. You need mental consistency and accuracy for healthy brain activity and introducing carotenoid blends in your system reinforces these functions.”

  1. Concentration

True concentration requires not just focus and discipline, but having a brain that is sustainably supplied. Nootropics provide the nutrients that lead to increased energy levels, but not in the short and jittery manner of pure caffeine.

“To support your brain’s ability to concentrate, you don’t necessarily need more energy,” explains Goldstein. “And often finding a sense of calmness leads to better concentration and creativity. By settling the brain down with natural amino acids, the mind then can better function in a prolonged concentrated state.”

  1. Reasoning

The brain’s ability to reason and logically deal with the world allowed humans to create our greatest works. While at times reasoning cuts like a knife to cut through obstacles, over time the edge can dull due to the physiological factors of aging. It’s inevitable to some degree, but not necessarily an unfixable problem.

“Protecting your brain as we get older means so much more than just wearing a helmet,” says Goldstein. “The body follows the brain’s lead, and how well we take care of one directly impacts the performance of the other. If you want to safeguard your mental sharpness throughout all of life, supplements become increasingly important as we age.”

Whether by scientifically backed supplements or by physical practice, taking the necessary steps to ensure a high level of brain health is an investment with endless rewards.

Skegness Premier Hotel Let Down Another Couple

skegness premier hotel

A couple from Mansfield Woodhouse were shocked when they travelled two hours from their home to Skegness to find the hotel they had booked online was closed. This is not the first time that has happened.

The Skegness Premier Hotel at the time of writing this article was still advertised on Hotel.com as being available, even though the hotel is closed.

Michael, 73, and Jaqueline Smith, 70 who were looking forward to a well-earned break said when they booked the hotel online, they thought they were booking with a reputable brand. The couple said the branding of the Premier Hotel is misleading and they thought they were booking the Premier Inn.

The couple arrived at the Premier Inn Hotel on Skegness seafront and went to reception looking forward to their holiday.

Michael explained: “When we got there, I tried to check-in and the woman at the reception told us we’re not booked in here.

“She checked again and then we realised, we were booked into the Premier Hotel.

The couple were shocked and drove to the Premier Hotel.

“We made our way there and the car park was empty. There was a note on the door that said they were closed.”

Michael and Jaqueline who were determined to find out what was going on decided to do some investigation work and decided to visit the care home next to the hotel and see if they knew what was going on.

“There was the owner of the Premier Hotel, Dr J. R. Kodali, who told me that his hotel has been closed for weeks due to a fire safety inspection deeming it unfit for anyone to stay in.”

“I told my wife we didn’t have a holiday after all. She started crying and I was upset too.

“My wife’s diabetic so we needed to get some food. Whilst we were eating my daughter phoned me telling me we could check in at another hotel on the seafront.

“I walked in the pouring rain. It was really windy too. We booked a room, which was more money out my pocket, but we needed somewhere to stay.”

The couple booked into another hotel and shared their experience with another couple who were staying at the same hotel. It turned out that they had also booked into the Premier Hotel and were also shocked that it was not the Premier Inn, and that the hotel was closed, even though they booked online.

A spokesperson from Hotels.com said: “The hotel in question had been managing all inventory and reservations themselves and we stopped selling this property on our site last month to prevent any other customers experiencing the same issue. There have been no bookings since the hotel was put on stop sell”

Local residents and some hotel owners have called on the Skegness hotel to have it’s named changed to stop the confusion.

Better World Resources LLC brings on Stoked Earth as a distributor for examination gloves

betterworld distribution
 
Austin-based company will focus on developing US government contracts with organizations such as Department of Veterans Affairs
 

Stoked Earth, a company leading the fight against COVID-19, has been brought on by Better World Resources LLC as a distributor to meet the ever-growing need for medical PPE. The Austin-based company distributes innovative products and solutions to build a stronger planet; and is helping to solve issues in connection to the COVID-19 pandemic and disruptions to the medical supply chain. Stoked Earth is able to distribute PPE to the frontlines and keep people safe during these times.

Stoked Earth will focus on developing contracts with the United States government. One such organization Stoked Earth aims to work with is the United States Department of Veterans Affairs.

Dre Health examination gloves are one of the key PPE products Stoked Earth will sub-distribute. Examination gloves are the first layer of protection for healthcare workers and patients. Dre Health examination gloves are manufactured to high professional standards and quality. This ensures the safety of healthcare workers each day.

Stoked Earth will sub-distribute products including surgical nitrile, latex, nitrile/vinyl, and vinyl gloves. Each type of examination glove meets a different need in the medical industry. Dre Health’s nitrile gloves are produced for medical professionals to prevent contracting infections. Vinyl gloves are clinically proven effective, affordable, and non-biodegradable. Finally, latex gloves are flexible and comfortable. This makes them ideal for the medical, automotive, and food service sectors.

By partnering with Better World Resources, Stoked Earth is able to meet supply chain needs for clients large and small. The company aims to build new and strengthen existing relationships with organizations as a distributor to Better World Resources LLC’s range of products.

For more information about Better World Health LLC and its products, please visit www.betterworldresourcesllc.com. To learn more about Stoked Earth, please visit https://stoked.earth.

Nafty Token Changes The Adult Industry With Cryptocurrency

NAFTY token

With the rise of cryptocurrency, adult industry driven Nafty Token has stepped up and taken charge. Taking the next generation of token purchasing to the next level, Nafty Token is on the rise and is moving fast.

Since payment providers like Visa and Mastercard have banned the use of their cards on major adult websites, it’s no wonder why Nafty Token with their ecosystem of platforms is so popular. But, Nafty Token’s presale is just the beginning. The presale took place on DxSale where 1000 BNB (Binance) of tokens, worth $300,000 USD, sold in 54 minutes, that equates to 3 Billion Nafty.

“We are so proud and excited to have developed this unique ecosystem of platforms, which, along with the NAFTY token, put the power and earning potential into the hands of the creators,” said Nafty CEO Rob Kemenyfi of the new venture.

Most other adult tokens on the market launch without having any platforms on which to use their tokens, whereas Nafty has four platforms ready to go.

 

Nafty’s four platforms include:

  1. Nafty.tv: A subscription platform of exclusive high-end adult content featuring some of the top Nafty models. All HD 4k premium scenes. Weekly Updates and Affiliate Program.
  1. NaftyArt.com: An NFT marketplace for adult creators and erotic artists. It gives creators access to a long-term revenue stream without the content restrictions of traditional sites which limit the type of content creators can upload.
  1. NaftyFans.com: A blockchain-based fan club platform that offers lower fees, better payment solutions and built-in marketing tools
  2. NaftyPay.com: A state of the art payment solution for the adult industry, offering 4% transaction fees, no chargebacks, no holdback and the ability to withdraw the Nafty token and exchange for any crypto currency.

Platforms in the Nafty ecosystem have built-in marketing tools to help creators generate more followers, give promotional shout-outs and use an affiliate program to attract traffic from external sources; they no longer have to worry about a platform banning or discouraging promotion of adult content.

Two of the platforms on the Nafty ecosystem are already operational and generating revenue, feeding percentages back to the token holders and the content creators. Having already partnered with many of the adult industry’s top creators and with a clear roadmap to future platforms within the ecosystem, Nafty are set to change the landscape of the Adult Industry forever.

NAFTY token holders earn a passive income from transaction fees charged across the ecosystem and can use their tokens to tip the creators, buy NFTs, place advertisements on Nafty platforms, pay for subscriptions to Nafty.tv, and influence the roadmap of Nafty projects.

Adult problems need adult solutions, and by using Nafty token the “middlemen” are removed, meaning heavily reduced fees and no holding of earnings. The power is in the hands of the creators, in an industry that has been dictated to for too long by outsiders telling them how much they can earn, when they can get their money and charging huge percentages for doing so. In knowing this, fans and creators are ready and willing to make the move to Nafty.

Nafty Token will be available to buy on Pancakeswap from 7th July 2021 at 12pm EDT and prices are set to skyrocket. For more information please visit naftytoken.com

Why Use a Mortgage Broker

mortgage broker benefits

As a first-time buyer, there are so many things to consider when trying to get onto the property ladder. The world of mortgages can be incredibly daunting for new buyers, as there are so many varieties and clauses to understand to find the best mortgage for you. Employing the services of a mortgage broker Wolverhampton or West Midlands based can help you find the perfect mortgage for your first home.

A mortgage broker helps you find lenders who will offer you a mortgage to fit your needs and requirements. Mortgage brokers are qualified to provide you with advice. They can recommend mortgages most suitable to you, explaining complicated jargon in layman’s terms and helping you make sense of repayment options and lender’s fees. Reputable mortgage brokers are regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and are qualified to manage and complete your mortgage application on your behalf.

why choose a mortgage brokerPerhaps the most significant benefit of using a mortgage broker to find the right mortgage for you is peace of mind. When you are buying your first home, you are entering an unknown world, and it isn’t easy to know where to begin your research. Mortgage brokers have an intimate knowledge of the lender’s priorities and current offers. They can even bring you deals that are not available to the general public due to their relationships within the market. By employing a mortgage broker’s services, you have an expert working on your behalf, which can save you a significant amount of money in the long run by finding you the best deal at the start.

Moreover, many people seek out the services of a mortgage broker for convenience. First-time buyers are often overwhelmed by the sheer volume of legal documents they have to complete when purchasing their first home. As mortgage brokers are experienced to work on your behalf, they take away a lot of the stress associated with a first-time purchase and complete the complicated paperwork on your behalf. For many, knowing that an experienced broker is looking after their mortgage application is a massive weight off their mind.

mortgage broker benefitsWorking with a mortgage broker will not only help you secure an appropriate mortgage, but they will also offer their expertise in related fields and consider your mortgage alongside other critical aspects of your life. For example, a mortgage broker will advise you on building and contents insurance for your new home, as well as payment protection and other related aspects associated with purchasing a house. Mortgage brokers also recommend insurance that will ensure you are protected in case of illness or redundancy, two fundamental aspects of life that can cause issues in the future for mortgage repayments.

Overall, employing a mortgage broker’s services can help take a lot of the stress away from completing your first house purchase. First-time buyers already face many challenges, and mortgage brokers are industry experts who help match buyers with the most appropriate lenders who will provide them the best mortgage for their needs, considering a vast array of criteria. 

 

The Founder of Yoruba Basics Online School Receives 2021 Distinguished 400 Award for cultural contributions to African diaspora

Yoruba Basics has been acknowledged for its role as a trailblazer for promoting African-American Heritage

 

African Americans constitute the third largest ethnic group and the second largest racial group in the US. Individual’s connections to their African ancestry via DNA genealogy has increased significantly over the last two decades, with more people of African descent tracing their ancestral roots back to a West African tribe or ethnic group. Navigating the African connection is not always intuitive and many don’t know where to start. Coupled with lack of African education in mainstream US schools, and it can really feel daunting. Luckily, thanks to Yoruba Basics Online School, there is change.

Yoruba Basics, a virtual school founded by Lande Sanusi, exists to connect the African Diaspora with the Yoruba heritage. The global school, which is a subsidiary of Culture of Africa for Kids Everywhere Inc, upholds the mission of preservation, promotion and education of Yoruba language and culture.  In recognition of her outstanding work an African Cultural Educator, Lande Sanusi has been honored with the 2021 Distinguished 400 Award for her contributions to African diaspora excellence through cultural education. Yoruba Basics Online School was recognized by the 400 Years of African American History Commission and their efforts in helping to connect African Americans with their ancestry and heritage.

Sanusi started her journey on 2002, when she felt her own Nigerian-American kids needed better cultural connections but couldn’t find any such service. She looked for something similar to Chinese Cultural Schools or Polish Language Schools, but to no avail. Talking to other parents, she soon found out that there was void that needed to be filled. She started out teaching culture classes in her home, before moving to the CAKE African Village, a location that allowed African-infused field trips, cultural school assemblies amongst other activities. CAKE African Village provided a combination of onsite and offsite instructions until 2019 when an increase in demand prompted the birth of Yoruba Basics School and instructions were moved completely online to serve more students globally.

With an educational background in Mathematics and Computer Science, but not directly in education, Sanusi knew she needed guidance to create an exceptional curriculum. She reached out to Indiana University’s National African Language Resource Center where she not only learned curriculum development and design, but also integration of language, culture and content in learning centered class rooms.

Yoruba Basics’ unique curriculum doesn’t just concentrate on language acquisition. It focuses on the big idea, incorporating a unique system of discoveries and experiences that include visuals, performing arts, self-paced learning, and interactive classes led by a growing number of Yoruba instructors. Students not only learn about African culture and history, but they help to preserve it. While Lande Sanusi develops the curriculum, Yoruba Basics’ teachers are native speakers with formal teaching credentials.

When asked about the importance of her school, Sanusi replied: “There’s a renaissance of African descendants around the world, who want to know more about their ancestry and want to discover and connect with their African identities. With many western educational systems eradicating and ignoring many facets of African and African American history, innovation, and influence, it’s incumbent upon cultural educators to create access to educational programs such as Yoruba Basics’ that liaise the diaspora in new ways.”

Yoruba Basics Online School offers language and culture courses and educational resources learners globally. Classes range in age from as young as four-years-old (Jeleosimi) to adults (Agba). The Yoruba Basics’ line of educational resources and toys can be found on Walmart and Amazon.

For more information on Yoruba Basics Online School, please visit its official website

Forex trading can be a frustrating activity, and all too often a losing one. The next big system comes along regularly, people spend thousands of dollars, and still find themselves losing money.

Mr Raychev

Now Toshko Raychev has brought a fresh system to the table. And the thing traders are most excited about right now is that he is offering his own trades to be copied. Toshko is a very successful fulltime trader with a 94% success rate, so this offer sounds too good to be true.

But Mr Raychev’s customers say it might actually be true.

Jennifer Sharp, who has followed Mr Raychev’s career and used his previous systems told us, “This development in the Forex trading world is amazing. Toshko is a pro trader, and actually won three global championships in a row. What he does works.”

Mr Raychev has released other systems in the past, and says that technology is now making trading way easier and far less time consuming. This has made it possible to develop and release Mr Raychev’s Trade Command Centre, in partnership with the respected online trading company Tradeology.

Ms Sharp explained how the signals work. “A trader just places the exact same trades that one of the most successful traders on earth is trading in his own account in real time. You will get the exact same trades, and place the exact same entry and exit points. Toshko tells you exactly where to set your stop loss and take profit. It’s like having him trade for you because you simply copy and paste everything.”

Mr Raychev is holding a free webinar to explain how it all works. Beginners are welcome, as are experienced traders.

Anyone interested in learning more about Toshko and and his trades and systems in the Trade Command Center can register free at https://bit.ly/3g9RWLw

NHS Doctors Want Matt Hancock Sacked Over Affair with Gina Coladangelo

Matt Hancock affair

Top NHS Doctors and Doctors’ Association UK have called on Boris Johnson to sack Matt Hancock after it was reported that he had an affair with Gina Coladangelo and broke Covid Rules.

Matt Hancock has caused uproar after it was revealed he cheated on his wife while at the same time insulting the hard-working NHS team by breaking Covid rules that he helped to implement. After he refused to resign, and after spineless Boris Johnson refused to sack him, the Doctors’ Association UK has called Matt Hancock a hypocrite.

The Doctors’ Association UK which is the voice of frontline doctors has said that Matt Hancock does not appreciate the gravity of the situation that the front line has faced over the last year and a half.

Senior NHS doctors are appealing to Boris Johnson to Sack Matt Hancock and have said the Heath Secretary has shown utter contempt.

Matt Hancock has refused to resign as Health Secretary even though NHS Doctors and Nurses and members of his constituency have called for him to go.

Matt hancock affairThe Health Secretary has said in a statement that he is sorry but denies breaking any rules. He also claims that his relationship with Gina Coladangelo is a private matter.

Dr Rachel Clarke, a palliative care specialist based in Oxford, said: “I think it’s absolutely risible of him to pretend that a) this is a private matter and b) that he has not broken the rules.

“He’s the actual architect of the very rules he’s broken, for heaven’s sake – his hypocrisy is breathtaking. And that’s even before you consider his previous sanctimoniousness in condemning [Imperial College professor] Neil Ferguson for similar rule-breaking.

“If he won’t do the decent thing and resign then the Prime Minister simply has to sack him. It was bad enough to treat the public as fools over Dominic Cummings’ rule-breaking. To do it again now with the actual Health Secretary would be treating the public with utter contempt. None of this is about infidelity per se, it’s about public probity – and Matt Hancock has demonstrated he hasn’t a jot of it.”

Boris Johnson is sticking by Matt Hancock by saying the ‘matter is closed. However, according to NHS Doctors and nurses, the matter is far from closed.

A survey we conducted with our readers also found the matter was far from closed. We asked 1000 of our readers if they felt Matt Hancock should be sacked or should resign. 95% said he should go. When asked if the Conservative Government has lost the trust of the British Public 85% said yes.

Boris Johnson may not be worried about losing at the next General Election, especially if the stories are true that he intends to step down within two years. However, if he does decide to stay on as Prime Minister and lead his party at the next General Election, by not sacking Matt Hancock will put his party in serious danger of becoming the opposition and giving Labour the key of Number 10.

 

 

Man Proposes to 100 Women in Middle of New York Times Square

Man Proposes to women Times Square

Providing an experience of a lifetime, 100 brides-to-be in white wedding gowns exited the New York Marriott Marquis located on Broadway and 45th on Memorial Day. Wearing a tuxedo, actor, and social media influencer, Juhahn Jones led 100 women to the infamous red stairs located in the center of Times Square, swaying to Jagged Edge’s “Let’s Get Married-Remix”. There he dedicated a public speech expressing his sincere gratitude and appreciation towards all women while acknowledging how beautiful and valuable they are. He then went down on one knee and asked all 100 women to marry him.

“Without the women there would be no humans on this earth.” – Juhahn Jones

 

Times Square Man Proposes to 100 WomenStopping traffic and joined by social media influencer and fellow cast mate Tonio Skits, they turned the corner of Broadway and 44th St. where the lit 48- foot billboard of the upcoming film “You Married Dat???,” starring Juhahn Jones, alongside leading castmates Apryl Jones and Audra Lachelle Kinkead. Joining this star-studded cast are LisaRaye McCoy, Michael Colyar, Deshae Frost, Red Grant, Big Jah and more. In the movie, Juhahn finds himself engaged to more than one woman at the same time and has to find a way to get out of the situation in one piece as the entanglement unfolds from Vegas to LA. “You Married Dat???” is the climax from Juhahn’s YouTube series “You Hittin Dat?”, which has over 45 million views to date.

Although this is a parody imitating the comedic film “You Married Dat???,” Juhahn Jones teamed with a diverse selection of women ranging from ages 18-78 years old from various locations to ensure that women from all walks of life are given an opportunity to wear a wedding gown while embracing their confidence and beauty and understanding that marriage has no limits regardless of age, shapes, size, or color.

 

With the help of his marketing team and movie producer Timothy Christian of Motive Movie Group and Clifton Alexander of Brits Marketing, Juhahn used the movie concept to devise an eye-catching “flash mob” for the social media marketing event making it the 1stflash mob to take over the center of Time Square amid pandemic. Teaming up with costume designer Oketo Burks and fashion model Destiny Bess, Juhahn, and event manager Ronda Cox secured 100 gowns from local bridal shops such as Brownstone Bride located in Brooklyn, New York.

Man Proposes  in Times Square

“You Married Dat???” produced by Juhahniverse Films, Motive Movie Group and You Married Dat Productions, LLC, will hit theatres and Clustr.TV streaming service in Summer 2021. If this display by Juhahn and his team in Times Square is any indication of what viewers have to look forward to, this movie should certainly be added to your summer to-do list!

Check out the trailer for “You Married Dat???” at www.YouMarriedDat.com.

 
 

Better World Resources brings in sub-distributor Medx

Better World Resources gloves
Medical PPE company carries up to size XXL niterex medical examination gloves

 

June 22, 2021 – Medx, a sub-distributor for global medical PPE company Better World Resources, is an official supplier of their exam gloves. The company sells high-quality of many brands including the popular Dre Health exam gloves to offer better protection to medical workers. The COVID-19 pandemic has seen the need for medical PPE equipment grow around the world. As a sub-distributor for Better World Resources, Medx is able to get in-demand medically PPE to the frontlines and people that need it the most.

Dre Health gloves are manufactured using stringent professional standards. Gloves are FDA certified and can be used in the medial, janitorial, and food preparation sectors. Medx officially carries up to size XXL in niterex medical gloves. This makes it possible for individuals to get the exam glove sizes needed to complete their work. This also includes vinyl exam gloves.

1118297144b4f21f652fd3c144e3338c

Exam gloves come in different materials to meet the needs of wearers. Nitrile exam gloves offer the best protection for medical professionals against infections from diseases such as COVID-19. Nitrile exam gloves are also ideal for individuals with latex allergies. Vinyl medical gloves are effective, affordable and non-biodegradable. These factors make them excellent for a variety of tasks. Finally, latex gloves are made to be flexible and provide a comfortable fit. A variety of industries use latex gloves including the medical and food service sectors.

Medx carries a number of products from Better World Resources and focuses on the company’s market leading exam gloves. The durable gloves enable professionals from a variety of industries to complete their jobs everyday around the globe. Medx has distributed and sold products to hospitals, healthcare clinics, and other organizations for years. The company continues to grow and expand its operations as a sub-distributor of Better World Resources.

For more information on Better Health Resources and Medx, please visit the company’s official website https://betterworldresourcesllc.com/

 

UK Fashion Brand STIGMA Gains Huge Exposure

STIGMA clothing
STIGMA is a new fashion brand aimed at young men and women who want to wear fashion that helps them to stand out. The brand aims to empower its customers and to give them a real identity.

7e17caf05ab146c298604693f24f6bdd

STIGMA, a new fashion brand in the UK has caused huge exposure in the media. The innovative fashion company that is dedicated to providing customers with high-quality and trendy stylish clothing was founded by Jordan Wilson.

 

Jordan Wilson a lover of fashion launched STIGMA to give people something different in the fashion world. He launched his trendy fashion brand to give young men and women clothing that would not only make them look stylish but also empower them.

Since being launched, STIGMA has caused an explosion on social media with its trendy clothing, and now that explosion is set to erupt even more after the announcement of their summer range.

“Our summer designs focus on giving young men and women upbeat and energizing fashion. Each item of clothing has been designed to give people self-confidence, empowerment, independence, and strength,” explained Jordan Wilson, the founder of STIGMA.

STIGMA has worked hard to not be a follower in fashion and is instead a trendsetter. Their team has defined the next trends before they happen, making them a forward-thinking fashion brand. With a variety of casual and activewear, there is clothing for everyone who wants to look trendy this summer.

Included in the summer fashion range are t-shirts, hoodies, leggings, joggers and so much more. One of the big sellers of the fashion range includes the Gender-Neutral Rainbow Pride Tie-dye, which is priced at just £24.99. The Gender-Neutral Rainbow Pride Tie-dye comes in different sizes from XS to 2XL. The fabric is Pre-shrunk 100% Heavyweight cotton: https://stigmaclothing.co.uk/collections/whats-new/products/gender-neutral-rainbow-pride-tie-dye-t-shirt

Another favourite in the STIGMA summer fashion range is the Premium Cruiser Tie and Dye Hoodie, which is made from 100% Organic ringspun combed cotton. Priced at just £84.99, it has become a huge seller for the STIGMA brand. It is available in different sizes from XS to 2XL.

For more information on one of the most exciting new fashion brands of 2021, please visit https://stigmaclothing.co.uk

 

Founder Of Core de ballet Talks About Helping Dancers Become Better

Core de ballet

A ballet dancer needs to train most days or their body knows it and it can affect their performance. But, as we have learnt with the COVID19 pandemic, not everyone is able to take the classes they want to take or visit the Ballet training schools they need to attend.

Now, thanks to modern technology, and thanks to Ondine D, missing a training class no longer has to be a problem. Ondine D has launched an online platform for dancers called Core de ballet which provides over 900 videos, information, guidance and advice, all supplied by professional and qualified dancers.

The aim of Core de ballet is to provide dancers with a platform which can become part of their daily routine and provide them with an important tool to help them become even better at what they do. With so much information, and professional help, it is fast gaining a reputation for helping those dancers that want to succeed.

We decided to sit down with the founder of Core de ballet and learn more, this is what they had to say.

First of all, please introduce yourself.

My name is Ondine. I go by ‘Ondine D.’ I lived in the UAE for almost ten years and it’s customary there to be called by your first name in a business environment.

You have launched a service and website for pro dancers called Core de ballet, but first of all let’s learn more about you. At what age were you when you became interested in dancing? 

I started dancing at 3yo, I grew up in a family of amateur dancers: my mum, my dad, my brother all took dance lessons at some point in their life. But my mum is the only one who stuck to it and she’s still dancing now at 70+.

What age would you say is the best age for someone to start taking dancing lessons to have a career in Ballet?

Most people will say that we need to start at a young age because it requires so many years of training. I think the truth is a bit less straightforward. If you find your passion at a young age, then go for it! But sometimes we discover it when we are teenagers and we can hear some discouraging talk that it’s too late, especially for girls. From an anatomy standpoint, starting out as a teenager can be an advantage: you are strong enough and your neurological system is developed enough to learn properly quickly. In my experience, I have seen quite a few young dancers who had taken inefficient movement habits because they were not strong enough yet to do what they were asked to do. Unlearning inefficient habits is a difficult and mentally and physically exhausting tasks. So, I would say as soon as you find out that you love ballet, then go for it, and don’t listen to people who are telling you it’s impossible. It will be difficult if you start after you’re 13 but not impossible, there are many examples of such late starters, some more famous than others but all have or had a great career: Misty Copeland, David Zurak, Martha Graham, started late by most standards.

Core de ballet videos

Ashley Banjo from Diversity once said that everyone can be taught to dance, what are your thoughts on that?

I agree 200%, almost everyone dances as a child if we turn music on. It’s as natural as smiling to familiar faces. Dancing, like any skill, can be taught to anyone, and anyone can be a decent dancer with practice and dedication.

Why did you decide to launch Core de ballet and who is it aimed at?

I decided to launch Core de ballet as I was travelling a lot at some point and it was not always possible for me to find ballet classes. I started talking to some pro dancers friends and realised that they also had the problem during long summer breaks or when they were travelling for a gala.

Before settling for Core de ballet I wanted to include the name “café”, I think one of my first idea was “ballet nuts café” as a pun because dancers often have a bag of nuts in their bag for an afternoon snack.  This idea of a meeting point, a gathering place was important to me.

And very quickly I started thinking about a media platform where dancers could find the answers to all their questions. As a kid I was fascinated by the encyclopaedia, I think it shows here. I wanted to go beyond just providing ballet classes, Pilates has taught me so much about how the body actually moves, my ballet technique improved suddenly even though I was approaching 30, and as a certified mental coach and I could see some potential to support the growth of the ballet world. I wanted to create the platform I would have dreamed to have when I was a kid. I started interviewing my pro dancer friends, identifying what could help them have a longer and happier career and that was the genesis of Core de ballet. I started sketching prototypes and business plans during my time off work. I remember taking holidays just to work on planning how Core de ballet could scale and evolve. One day I decided that it was time to decide to quit my job and go full time or shove the plans in a drawer. I booked a plane ticket to see my friend Roxane Stojanov dance in Rubies at Paris Opera and told myself that I’ll know what to do depending on how I feel during this trip. Those three days in Paris were magical, I felt I was making the right decision, I came back to Abu Dhabi, resigned and one month later I was setting up Core de ballet from scratch. It was a bold move!

Core de ballet about

You say that Core de Ballet helps people to become a well-rounded artist-dancer through Videos on Demand and Streaming programs, Live Masterclasses and Online Magazine, can you give me some examples of how you can help people?

As a ballet student you can get access to “Questions and Answers” where a certified ballet teacher answers questions they are often asked in class, they take the time to deep dive into the meaning of their answer, provide a couple of different cues and exercises.

As a pro dancer, maybe you can follow the coaching of a Repertoire role by a Principal dancer who has danced the role in their career. In their coaching, they go beyond explaining the steps one by one, they share with us the meaning of the movements, to ensure you become the part on stage. I remember Florence Clerc, Paris Opera Principal dancer, coaching Giselle variation and asking the dancer “what are you telling him here?” to give sense and artistry to what could be seen as a simple port de bras. This is the detailed level of instruction you get at Core de ballet.

My favourite part is the series of mental coaching videos because it is under looked in the ballet world. And we all know that in high-pressure environment mental preparedness can be more important than physical preparedness. You can learn to be set goals and achieve them, gain more confidence, remain focus on excellence and avoid distractions. All those skills enable you to experience life at a different level and express more emotions in your dance.

We have started a new series with Wiener Staatsballett Principal dancer, Denys Cherevychko, where he shares with our viewers his experience and his views on what it takes to be a professional dancer. The program of what he wants to talk about is rich and varied, showing the depth and breadth of the skills and experience required, in other words to be a well-rounded artist.

Are you saying that Core de ballet can replace dance teachers?

No, never! First of all, even for the classes distributed on Core de ballet, dance teachers are the creators of their classes so we are not replacing any teacher, we work with them. Dance teachers are essential and we value them so much that’ Core de ballet distributes royalties to the artist-creators based on viewing ratings.

Beyond that, we believe that dance remains primarily taught in-person, there needs to be tailored, supervised instruction. It’s a physical activity, there are risks associated with it. It’s also an artistic endeavour and a instructor is key to guiding you and mentoring you based on your individuality. Core de ballet aims at supplementing this instruction. Sometimes, as teachers, we don’t have time to go in depth because we have another class to teach right after, or we get ask the same thing quite often. It is frustrating not to answer all questions as we’d like to, and that’s where Core de ballet can help a teacher, not replace the teacher. If you know the answer is developed on Core de ballet, you can point your students towards it and then tailor made the remainder of their questions at the next class. It’s much more efficient. It’s like recommending to read a brushstroke technique book before the start of a semester long painting training program really.

Core de ballet

Injuries is one of the major problems in a dancer’s career, can your platform help people to understand how they can reduce the chances of getting an injury?

Yes, we are already providing modules created by Paul Thornley and Victoria Roper and we got lots of positive feedback on how valuable their information was at understanding how our body access and create movement, and making sense of contradicting information out there. And the entire platform is geared towards sharpening your critical thinking skills, which will be essential to staying up to date with the latest science to avoid injuries.

 

You have more than 900 videos on your platform, can you give me some examples of the type of videos you have available?

The range is very vast, there’s something for anytime of the day really. As you wake up you can follow along a 25 minutes conditioning class and improve your technique by taking your mind off of ‘ballet mode’, then you move on to eating your breakfast while watching a quick “Question & Answer” on how to have deeper cambrés. If you commute in the morning, you can enjoy the interview of an artist working in the dance world. I love re-watching Jessica Xuan, the winner of the Varna IBC 2018 gold medal, she’s such a funny and uplifting person. Then of course, if you don’t have access to in-person training you can take a follow-along dance class from where you are. We have viewers using them at home, during their travels, or in a dance studio as additional self-taught classes. In the evening, you could also listen to our Masterclasses because we break them down in sections of no more than 10 minutes. I personally enjoyed “When dance meets music”, about understanding the relationship between dance and music, the most. And during the weekend you can watch the Repertoire coaching sessions to prepare for a role, an audition, a competition or just to be ready when your time comes. We currently have Giselle Act 1 taught by Florence Clerc and Ali Act 2 taught by Irek Mukhamedov, and there are plenty more coming up.

What experience do the people have who are part of Core de ballet?

We are focusing on quality instructions so our partners are all hand-picked to ensure they have the necessary background, experience and qualifications, and share our values. Pilates is taught by certified instructors who are current with their CECs, nutrition by sport dieticians, mental coaching by qualified coaches, ballet by experienced certified teachers, Repertoire by Principal dancers who have danced the role.

I think during the pandemic we have all seen lots of people declaring themselves as instructors, but being a practitioner is not the same as teaching, and especially online teaching requires to think ahead which exercise to share. I know I often decide not to choose such and such Pilates exercise for a Program, even if I know it’s extremely efficient but I don’t want unsupervised people to do it.

I see that you offer live classes, can you tell me more about them?

This section was developed during the pandemic to support dancers who suddenly could not train in studios and to support some teachers who did not know how to set up online classes. We have quickly pivoted towards offering Masterclasses/Webinars as the demand for live online dance or Pilates classes is fading.

 

In the future I think we will continue to offer live coaching sessions, career management training, Webinars, Masterclasses and Q&As with experts. It’s a format that’s much appreciated by our viewers: they can watch a “theory” Masterclass on Core de ballet, then sign up for a live Webinar or Q&A session and get to ask their questions to the expert live and they can re-watch the Webinar on Core de ballet at their own time for a refresher.

I know that you help pro dancers to become better dancers, but is your platform also useful for those people who are training to become a dancer?

Absolutely, we actually have a lot of viewers that are dancers in training. The earlier you broaden your horizon and the most successful you can become.

Dance is a very demanding profession, and Core de ballet wants to help all aspiring dancers to have an opportunity to be taught the skills and strategies for success. Once the knowledge is out there for all, it’s up to the individual to apply themselves. As such, we strongly believe that one needs to behave and think like the person they aspire to be. We are not talking about “faking it until you make it”, we are talking about asking yourself “what would a pro dancer do in this situation?” and do the same. When you’re studying to become a dancer, act like a successful pro dancer already: embrace their work ethic and study some of the same resources, the transition from student to active employee will be smoother and more natural.

Core de ballet is also useful for amateur dancers who are not planning to become professional dancer, we have a subscription plan that covers only ballet, floor barre and conditioning classes that is very popular among intermediate and advanced level amateur dancers.

And a lot of balletomanes (ballet lovers) appreciate the quality of the interviews, the coaching sessions and the insight about what it takes to be a dancer.

What would you say Core de ballet biggest selling point is?

Core de ballet offers a complete offering to support the growth and longevity of dancers, not just ballet and conditioning. We strongly believe that great dancers are not reduced to people who can do X numbers of turns or jump very high. Great dancers are sensitive, curious, intelligent human beings who want to share with the rest of the society through their favourite mean of communication: musically choregraphed movement. You can’t touch the heart and soul of your audience with an empty movement.

Core de ballet videos

We have just gone through the COVID19 pandemic, and in some countries, they are still going through it. Many dancers have been out of work and they have struggled with their mental health, does your site tackle this issue and if not, do you intend to add a section to help people who have struggled with their mental health due to being off the stage?

Our partner, Stephanie Bel-lahsen-Duperret, an Olympic coach and mental coach, prepared a masterclass on how to remain motivated in this kind of situation. We have received a lot of positive feedback from dancers who said it helped them remain focused and be ready when audition resumed. Ross Ridenoure, a Master NLP Practitioner and Instructor, is preparing a series of masterclasses on how to deliberately use your mind to achieve your goals. Those are all tools and strategies that can help dancers cope with the situation. Core de ballet would love to develop a section on mental health, we have just not yet found the right partner for that.

Also, if anyone feel like they are really struggling with the current situation, I strongly recommend that they get in-person help from a qualified practitioner. It is not a sign of weakness to ask for help, it is actually quite the opposite, it shows that you care and want to regain control over your life.

For more information on Core de ballet, please visit https://coredeballet.com/

Practice Success: Steps for Building and Maintaining a Successful Mental Health Practice to inspire therapists

Steps for Building and Maintaining a Successful Mental Health Practice

Brightside Counseling a community-based therapeutic service dedicated to helping individuals suffering from behavioral health disabilities, has published an all-new book titled, Practice Success: Steps for Building and Maintaining a Successful Mental Health Practice, and it is available on Amazon.

The book was written by Brightside Counseling mental health professionals Matthew Mark Albright, MS, LPC and Alphonso Nathan, MS, LPC. Practice Success was written for aspiring therapists seeking to open their own private mental health practice. The book is also ideal for professionals wanting to grow their already established practice.

Practice Success teaches readers what they need to know to create a thriving business. Many of the items covered by the authors are not taught in school, but are critical to the success of a private mental health practice. Albright and Nathan use first-hand knowledge to outline the steps aspiring therapists must make and take to achieve financial and professional success.

Brightside Counseling was started by Albright, who worked with one client, one day a week. Today, the practice has a number of therapists and support staff available to work with more than 800 clients a month; and Brightside Counseling is still growing. The authors discuss a variety of topics in Practice Success and readers will discover just how to grow a mental health facility to the level of Brightside Counseling.

The book covers nine important steps therapists must take to open a successful private business. The steps Setting Goals, Educating Yourself Step, Getting Licensed, Understanding Business Management, Choosing Your Space, Marketing Yourself, Handling Billing and Insurance, Protecting Yourself and Your Business, and Growing Your Business. In all, Albright and Nathan give aspiring therapists the tools they need to become successful private practice owners.

For more information or to buy Practice Success: Steps for Building and Maintaining a Successful Mental Health Practice, please visit Amazon. To learn more about the authors of the book, please visit Brightside Counseling.

What To Wear For Summer For Young Women

Trendy summer fashion clothing

For the past twelve months we have been in lockdown thanks to COVID19, but now summer is here, and we are free. So, if you are looking for what to wear for summer for young people then have a look at our summer fashion ideas.

To celebrate our freedom from the COVID19 lockdown we have put together summer casual wear ideas for young men and women that will make them stand out from the crowd. And, as you will see from our summer casual wear, all our items are very affordable.

So, check out our summer casual wear for young people, and get ready to enjoy summer and visit your local boozer, or head out with your family and friends to the seaside and have fun. After all, after the year we have had you have deserved it.

 

Lagoon Tie-dye t-shirt

What To Wear For Summer

If you want to feel relaxed and stand out this summer, then check out the Lagoon Tie-dye t-shirt from Stigma Clothing UK. The Lagoon coloured tie-dye shirt which features a double needle stitched neckline and comes in a range of vibrant colours is priced at £24.99. https://stigmaclothing.co.uk/collections/whats-new/products/laggon-tie-dye-t-shirt

 

Black Blazing Angels Graphic Oversized T Shirt

Summer clothing ideas for teens

A black short sleeve blazing angels graphic t shirt in an oversized fit Currently priced at £5.90 from Missguided.

 

Mesh stripe tee

casual summer clothing for teens

Another great offering from Stigma Clothing UK is their Mesh stripe tee priced at just £24.99.

This is a great summer look for summer. The Mesh Stripe Tee is a classic t-shirt that really does stand out. It provides the perfect fit for summer while standing out in the crowd. It is 100% Polyester and comes in different sizes from XS to XL. https://stigmaclothing.co.uk/collections/whats-new/products/mesh-stripe-tee

 

Jersey Denim Leggings

summer wear for young women

Made from a cotton-rich blend with added stretch for extra comfort. With a high-rise fit in a simple pull-on style. 61% Cotton, 27% Recycled polyester, 12% Elastane. Priced at £22 from NEXT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Organic Sustainable Fringer

teenage fashion wear for women summer

This is a great summer fashion wear for young women which is also PETA – Vegan approved. It comes from the Stigma Clothing UK summer range. Priced at just £39.99 it is a great buy.

The T-Shirt is made from 100% Organic ringspun combed cotton and comes in sizes from XS to 2XL. https://stigmaclothing.co.uk/collections/whats-new/products/organic-sustainable-fringer

There are a lot of exciting new fashion brands out there that have launched their summer fashion range for women. One of those is Stigma Clothing UK. They have managed to catch the attention of what young terndy women want this summer.

So, come on. The sun is out, the heatwave is on, and we are now out of lockdown. What are you waiting for. Get your summer fashion clothing sorted and head out in the sun and have fun.

How To Wash Clothes During Covid-19 Pandemic?

washing uniforms covid19
  • London Laundry expert explains how to make sure children’s uniforms are COVID-19 free.
  • How to wash clothes during the UK coronavirus pandemic
  • Tips on washing work clothes during COVID-19 pandemic

 

With more than 4,00 Coronavirus cases being reported each day and a second wave looming, parents and those going to work are worried about how to wash their clothes and how to make sure children’s uniforms are COVID-19 free.

With experts claiming that coronavirus can stay on fabrics for up to three days, school uniforms, work clothes, and everyday clothes could become a serious threat and a major carrier of COVID. With that information, it is important to introduce a washing routine to protect families from the virus and correctly wash clothes.

When it comes to washing clothes, according to experts it is important to understand the difference between cleaning clothes and disinfecting them. Cleaning means the removal of dirt and germs while disinfecting involves the use of chemicals to avoid the spread of those germs and viruses. By disinfecting, it can kill a high percentage of germs and avoid them from reproducing.

Laundry experts believe parents should disinfect their children’s uniforms while those going out to work in a busy environment should also disinfect their workwear.

Speaking exclusively to In2town Lifestyle Magazine, London Dry Cleaners Laundry Lab said that those parents who can afford it should have more than one school uniform for their children while those that don’t should clean them each day after school.

The spokesman for the London cleaning company also recommended that those going out to work should have a separate uniform and spare set of work clothes.

“If you work in a supermarket or another environment where you are required to wear a uniform then it is important to speak to your manager and request a spare set of uniforms to combat the spread of COVID-19. For those who don’t wear a uniform, it is as important to have a spare set of clothes to wear to avoid the dangers of COVID-19 that can be caused by the virus attaching itself to clothes and fabrics.”

It is important for parents and those going to work to follow the fabric care instructions on the clothes. When it comes to drying clothes, it is important not to hang the clothes on a washing line or over a chair, and instead use a tumble dryer.

 

Tips On Washing Work Uniforms To Stop COVID-19

 

If you can, you should go to work in normal clothes and then change into your uniform while at work. The best way to carry your uniform to work is by using a plastic bag. Once you have finished work you should then change into your normal clothes and take home your uniform in a plastic bag.

 

Washing Working Uniforms During Coronavirus Pandemic

 

Do not wash your work uniform with any other clothing items. It is important that you wash your clothes separately and not with any other washing you may have.

Follow the label to see the temperature that the clothes should be washed at

Do not dry your uniform over a chair. You must use a tumble dryer and not a washing machine.

If you wear shoes for work, then wipe them down with disinfectant.

If you wear trainers to work, then you can either use disinfectant to wipe them down or put your trainers in the washing machine inside a pillow case. To dry them, you can then put the paper in the trainers and leave them to dry in a warm place.

 

Tips On Washing School Uniforms To Remove COVID-19 Germs

how to wash school uniforms covid19Washing School Uniforms

 

It is important to have children get out of their school uniform straight away when they arrive home from school. As soon as they take off their school uniform it is important to follow the instructions on the garments and wash them straight away.

 

Washing a School Blazer

 

The school blazer is part of the school uniform that does not get washed as often as other parts of the uniform. However, during the UK Coronavirus, it is important to change that and to wash it more often and if possible, to also get it dry cleaned.

To wash the school blazer, it is important to wash it using a temperature of 60°C. While washing the clothes at this temperature will remove dirt and stains, the best way to fully remove germs is to use a steam cleaner. If you don’t have a steam cleaner, then an iron is an alternative.

Don’t put the blazer in a tumble dryer as it may shrink.

 

P.E Kits

washing trainers covid19Even though schools have introduced social distancing measures, P.E Kits can be the most at risk of spreading Coronavirus.

As soon as a child comes home with their P.E kit it is important to wash them straight away and do not wash them with other clothing.

It is also important to wash trainers that have been used. You can do this by putting the trainers into a pillowcase which will protect them. When it comes to drying the trainers, it is best to put the newspaper inside of them and then put them in an airing cupboard so they can dry out properly.

 

School Bags

School bags have become the most worrying for parents sending their children back to school during the COVID-19 pandemic. Some parents are using plastic bags which they are throwing away each day. But if you are using leather school bags then you must disinfect them daily. You can do this by using disinfectant spray or wipes and leaving them on one side to fully dry out.

 

Washing General Clothes During The COVID-19 Pandemic

how to wash clothes covid 19If you are washing clothes it is important not to touch your face and to wash your hands afterward.

Avoid shaking the laundry to avoid any germs spreading through the air

Wash the clothes as per label

Wash shared towels often and at 60°C

Wash sports kits at 60°C

Wash baby clothes at 60°C

It is important to wash your work clothes and school uniforms daily to keep the family and others safe from Coronavirus.

Decluttering Expert Marla Stone On Decluttering After Lockdown

declutter during lockdown

The world has been going through some very strange times this year. Some people have said the world has not experienced anything like this since the second world war.

The Covid-19 pandemic has been one of the biggest challenges in recent history. It has costa hundreds of thousands of lives, and it has left others with serious mental health issues. It has basically changed the way we work, and the way we feel, and how we interact with friends and family.

Lockdown has turned our lives upside down. People have been living on top of each other while tens of millions of people have been forced to turn their home into an office. Working from home can be a strain, and working in cramped conditions can result in stress, and not to mention how messy the home can become.

With all the upheaval the Covid19 pandemic has caused, people being forced into lockdown have accumulated more stuff than they had before the chains went on the doors. Now, with lockdown over, the home needs some TLC. It is now time to declutter and turn the home back into a home and the state it is currently in.

We spoke to Marla Stone who is a decluttering and lifestyle expert who is the founder of I-Deal Lifestyle about decluttering after lockdown. The author of The Clutter Remedy: A Guide To Getting Organized For Those Who Love Their Stuff, talks about decluttering and how it helps with our well-being.

Covid19 Pandemic has been a traumatic experience and lockdown has resulted in a huge increase in the number of people who have and are suffering from mental health issues. It was recently reported that a lot of people who were struggling with stress turned to decluttering their home, does that surprise you?

No, it does not surprise me since people all over the world started Decluttering during Covid. Prior to Covid people were moving at a rapid pace. There was a frenzy about working, shopping, going, and going and massive amounts of traffic. Life was a blur. With lockdowns, and many working out of their homes, and kids being home schooled the house could be deemed a haven or a horror story. Depending on the space within the house, the amount of adults and children, furniture placement and the amount of clutter one could be happy at home or living in hell. Everyone in the world finally had an opportunity to declutter. I think they chose my book because of my background as a former psychotherapist, and my strategies are quick, easy and long-lasting.

Can decluttering your home really help with stress and mental health?

declutter lockdownResponsible Decluttering starts with organizing the internal self, healing trauma/wounds, improving communication and being able to share your feelings. Then Decluttering your environment is freeing, and helps you keep up the spirit of a whole self. Stress decreases when there is peace within and in your outer space. When your home is clutter free and starts looking aesthetically pleasing, you look forward to being home.

Talking of stress, tens of millions of people around the world cannot believe how much stuff they have accumulated during lockdown and this has caused them a great deal of stress, how has that happened?

The focus on accumulating so much stuff has been going on for decades. With cheap goods coming in from foreign companies, quickly delivered, and a push by consumer marketing to buy everything imaginable it is easy to end up with more than you can store in your home or office. I believe stress is a trigger for shopping, and then buyer’s remorse kicks in causing even more anxiety. I see people get into the human hamster wheel, going round and round. Lately, I think everyone found out they had way too much stuff, and none of it relieves stress.

Tens of millions of people worked from home during the COVID19 pandemic, but now that they can return to work they are struggling to turn their house from an office into a home with all the mess. What first steps people should they take to declutter their home?

The first step is to figure out what you value in life. You will find that some of your belongings don’t match your current lifestyle. Then categorize all your things into broad categories and ask yourself 1. Will I use it? 2. Does it serve a purpose? 3. Is it sentimental 4. Do I love it? Making good decisions, about what you keep is based on what you actually do in life. Then, storing your stuff based on how often, and where you use it.

One of the most things people collected during lockdown was plastic bags, what should people do with them instead of throwing them away?

You can either recycle plastic bags, or better ideas for plastic bags are using them to donate items you don’t want. Bags can also be used as trash liners, or you can share them with neighbors/friends encouraging them to donate their unwanted items.

Instead of throwing something away, is it possible to give it a new lease of life?

I love helping people upcycle and repurpose everything they want to keep. I don’t believe in throwing anything away that can be used, gifted, sold or donated. The only things that go in the trash are recyclables, toxic and ewaste, and things that are ruined and cannot be salvaged. Always trash things responsibly.

People hate getting rid of things, why is that? Mostly sentiment. Things can symbolize experiences you’ve had, people, places you’ve been. Sometimes it’s about how much money you spent on a particular item. Also, most of us since childhood were taught not to be wasteful, and to appreciate what you have.

Prince Charles recently spoke about how we easily throw things away and he has asked that we stop doing that and find a use for things, what do you think about his statement?

I agree with Prince Charles. These junk trucks picking up perfectly good things is tragic for our dumps and the environment. There are so many deserving charities, and people who will pick things up for free. Stop and think about how much inanimate goods are strewn across our beautiful planet. One person’s junk is someone else’s enchantment.

Decluttering is not just about putting the home in order.  Decluttering can also help people to earn money from the things they no longer want. Where can people sell their unwanted items?

Online marketplaces, consignment stores, garage sales, and auctions. Many people barter with their stuff, and you can also gift your belongings instead of buying a new gift.

A scientist claimed in a recent report on human behaviour that decluttering is less about tidying up and more about focusing on what really matters to you, do you agree with that and can you explain more?

 Yes, I always say matter matters, yet your life, the people you love and that love you are the most important aspects of life. Stuff is just stuff. You can have strong feelings of attachment to your lot in life, yet things will never create or make your life better.

If lockdown happens again, what tips do you have to maintain a better home during lockdown?

With more lockdowns get very, very creative with your space. Move furniture around until there is great energy and flow. Get more shelves, racks in the garage, and cabinets to hold everything you own. Create the best possible space you can imagine.

Your book ‘The Clutter Remedy: A Guide To Getting Organized For Those Who Love Their Stuff’ has become a big hit, can you tell me more about the book?

It is not your ordinary get “neat and tidy” book. It starts with cleansing your inner processes, and learning how to self heal to get clarity. Then it focuses on how you communicate with yourself and others. Next, the actual clutter remedy step by step, and room by room. Also, seasonal organizing and working through anything that will block you from getting and remaining organized.

How will people wishing to declutter their home find your book useful?

I studied people for 17 years as a social worker and psychotherapist. The past 10 years I’ve owned my Decluttering business www.i-deal-lifestyle.com I’ve organized over 2500 properties. I understand clutter, because I had some of the same challenges most of my clients have, prior to understanding how to stop the clutter cycle. I figured out solutions for what I call perpetual organization. I’ve helped 1000’s upon thousands of people in my life. The book is filled with everything to help declutter and then remain organized for good. The book really does replace me as a professional organizer.

declutter after lockdown book

To learn more about Marla Stone, please visit https://www.i-deal-lifestyle.com

Check out her new book The Clutter Remedy: A Guide To Getting Organized For Those Who Love Their Stuff:

https://www.amazon.com/Clutter-Remedy-Guide-Getting-Organized/dp/1608686299

A Russian Lawyer Talks About Her Struggles Living In Russia

Living in Russia

Elena Bobkova, an ex-Russian lawyer and now author who left the harsh reality of Russia and moved to Australia and then to the USA reveals all in her new book.

The author who took the brave step to leave Russia and head to pastures new has written a book to explain her struggles. The book looks at what life was like in Russia and how she left Russia to move to Australia for a new and better life.

There are more than 145,934,462 people live in Russia. According to Rosstat federal statistics agency, they estimated 377,000 Russians left the country in 2017. However, according to The U.S. Department of Homeland Security, six times more Russians arrived in 2017 than Rosstat recorded. Elena Bobkova paints a true picture of what life was like living in Russia, which may explain why so many people are moving to the UK, and to the USA for a new life.

I sat down with Elena Bobkova to learn more about her life and her book Russian Lawyer, Australian Immigrant: A Moscow Mom’s Everyday Struggle for A Better Life.

living in Russia

  1. Why have you decided now is the time to write about your life in Russia? As soon as I continue to open the new world of English language and all the exciting details of etymology of words, similarity of idioms with Russian language, I was eager to translate my books to English. The only problem was to find a translator who will have English as native language and could keep my style of writing. I’ve tried so many translators and 3 years later I found one who was not only clicked as a soul mate but also was willing to go through re-editing through so many details of Russian traditions, idioms and superstitions to make it understandable and still funny for readers.
  2. Your new book which is available on Amazon is called Russian Lawyer, Australian Immigrant: A Moscow Mom’s Everyday Struggle for A Better Life, what is the book about? The book is about one and a half years of my life in Moscow, Russia. The time when we decided to move to another country. It also looks at why we did it and how hard it was to apply for the skilled migration visa. A big part in this book is about my son, he was 3 years old back then, so there are a lot of funny parenting moments.
  3. We hear so many stories about Russia and how some Russian people believe freedom of speech is a luxury they don’t have; can you paint a picture of the real Russia? Unfortunately, it’s true. It was quite bad when we decided to leave the country and now it has become even worse.
  4. So, what was it like growing up in Russia? There are a lot of things that surprised my colleagues which I never thought would be even interesting. I’m from Siberia, so my childhood is very different from those people who grew up at the same time in Moscow. The first time I saw and heard Western music or Hollywood movies was in 1990. But at the same time, I was really lucky to study in the Law School in Russia in 1993-1999. the only time when it was no censorship in the country, and we study the real law and history.
  5. You were a lawyer in Russia, what made you decide to go down that career path? I grew up on the local airfield and wanted to be an astronaut or test pilot. But when I was 12 years old, I was told that “girls are not accepted to any colleges” you can be an astronaut (cosmonaut) in those times only though the army. I did not want to go into the army. So, I decided to go to law school and defend my rights to be an astronaut. Down the road, I became a corporate lawyer and was defending in the court companies and businesses from the government (yes, it’s actually used to happen in Siberia, when you can go to court and win the case against government).

 

  1. In the USA and the UK and most other countries around the world, people appearing in court can get fair justice, but many have said that some Russian lawyers are frustrated that does not happen in Russia.? Unfortunately, it’s true. My mum works as a lawyer in Russia and from her I know that now it’s the common situation when you cannot get a fair trial. Back then I was in Russia, it was mostly true for Moscow and for businesses, if a corrupted official wants to have your business or put you in jail – there is pretty much nothing you can do. I admire people who stay in the country and fight for their rights risking their lives.
  2. You left Russia and moved to Australia, why did you decide to do that? We decided to leave because at some point it became clear that you are on your own, helpless, unprotected by law or by police (from police actually) and all social institutes including medical and education system became corrupted and censored. You can turn the TV off, but you cannot leave without proper medical or education system especially if you have kids. At the same time, the climate in Australia was so appealing.
  3. How hard was it for you to settle into a new life in Australia? Considering that I couldn’t speak and understand English and thought I’d have a full “reset” with my career and spent one month in hospital upon arrival it was… easy comparing to the settling in Moscow after relocation from Siberia. I was shocked how nice and friendly all the people were and the medical system with free translation services and friendly empathic people. It was shockingly different experience after Russia! I felt in love with Australia from first days and it’s still in my heart as my second homeland – just more warming and accepting.
  4. Can you explain how different you found life in Australia compared to Russia? The first thing that come into my mind and don’t take me as the most boring person – it’s taxes! Taxes in Australia is high, but you gladly pay it because you see where all money goes. We traveled a lot across the whole Australia, and it was strange to see nice roads in villages or in the countryside – far away from the city. When I started working as an auditor I was impressed with the reasonable rules towards small businesses, no bureaucracy, no corruption. I absolutely loved the Australian multiculturism: authentic Indian, Chinese, Japanese restaurants, different national community at school – we didn’t have that in Russia.

10. Although your book covers serious topics, you have written it in a humorous way, why did you decide to do that? I guess, I didn’t decide it – it is just my style. I like to make people laugh and I believe that my purpose in life is to motivate and inspire people. If I see comments or reviews where readers are saying that they were laughing on every page – this where I feel that I achieved my goal.

11. In your new book you talk about the struggles that you faced, can you share with me a couple of the topics that you cover? The biggest struggle I’d say is the stress and pressure. You live in the survival mode all the time. If you have a full-time job (I was also a business partner in the consulting company), you have a small child and spend 4-5 hours in traffic each day – there is no energy for anything else. When we decided to move to Australia, we were well aware about that. The hardest part was to pass the English test (IELTS).

12. What was the best thing about being a lawyer in Russia, and what was the hardest? The best thing that I liked about my job in the last year – our consulting company was working for non-profit organizations and this was rewarding. You feel you are helping people and making work a better place. I had a dream to help as many non-profits as we could by organizing educational seminars for lawyers and accountants. Once we had more than 500 attendees on our seminar, I was the coordinator and one of the speakers – it was such an incredible energy when you speak in front of all these peopl

The hardest thing is to not being able to help or to do anything because of a corrupted system. You know the legislation and you are doing everything right, but it doesn’t change the result. It’s hard to see where the best intention of people, great businesses are being ruined by not only absence of government support but also endless obstacles.

what is it like to live in Russia

13. Do you believe we see the rea Russia on TV? Depends on the news channel. There is a lot of censorship in Russia and affiliated by Russian government tv channels. But for example, the BBC and German channels are doing great work to highlight the real news from Russia. Most of uncensored news from Russia now is on Twitter or YouTube.

14. In your book you talk about why people leave Russia for a new life; can you see a time where those people who have left Russia would like to return? I’m trying to be optimistic here, but it became harder and harder. I guess if people who left will see that there is the fair election and true democracy – they will seriously consider returning. But there are so many people who are making the same choice as we are – to leave and start new life abroad.

15. You cover an important topic in your book, and that is how the Russian legal system has many flaws, did it surprise you how different the Australian legal system was to Russia? I was surprised that it was light and not fall as a heavy burden on the businesses. Now, working in America and in with a UK company, I am more impressed how people can influence the legislation system. How it’s open and transparent and all comments or improvements are welcome from anyone. People do not read the primary source of legislative acts because it’s boring, wordy and complicated, for me it’s like an interesting and exciting novel.

16. You left Australia and moved to The United States, why did you do that? My husband always wanted to live in the US. Australia is a beautiful country, but it’s crazy expensive. Especially real estate. We had this idea and my husband’s company where he worked offered him a transfer to USA. I started to work with a company in the UK after relocation and I feel like I know the British culture much better than US. I love the US and happy we moved here. I hope we will have a chance to explore it after the coronavirus and we can travel again.

17. What would it take you to return to Russia? I’m the person of the world, but I don’t think I’ll have enough motivation to return to Russia. My son, Mike (the half of the book is about him) grew up in Australia. He is 16 years old now and he considers himself as an Australian. it would be harder for him to live in Russia. He has a dream to become a NASA engineer and he is doing great at school going through all advanced classes with high marks. He speaks Russian, English and Spanish, so, I guess, we are staying in the US.

18. So now you have left Russia and moved to the USA, what job are you doing now? I was hired as a quality engineer in a British company – BGB Group. We are making slip ring for wind turbine (renewable energy sector). I was promoted almost at the beginning and now I’m working as a QHSE (Quality Health, Safety and Environment) Manager. Don’t be surprised by the name of the position – “engineer”, I’m doing the same job as I did in Russia and in Australia. It’s certification and compliance. I also manage the department which manly resides in Grantham, Lincolnshire. I love my job and have been with BGB for 4 years already, leaving sometimes by UK time, listening to UK news and reading UK legislation. It’s another discovery that I made – how the mentality of two English speaking countries could be so different! Before, I thought, that only language could create barriers, but even with the same language it still a lot of differences and this is really interesting to explore it.

To Check out the new book, please click here

Discover the Outdoor Hidden Gems of Philadelphia’s Walkable Downtown City Centre

Rittenhouse Square Philadelphia

With open-air experiences and wide-open spaces likely to remain popular once international travel returns, Philadelphia CVB has put together a list of outdoor hidden gems that future travellers to the East Coast city can experience when walking around Philadelphia’s Downtown City Centre.

Thanks to its easily walkable streets lined with colourful public art, urban explorers can wander through the city’s open-air gallery of Mural Mile marvelling at mosaics or enjoy exploring the buzz of Philadelphia’s East Market District, home to America’s largest and oldest public market. Philadelphia’s Downtown City Centre also has an abundance of green spaces such as Rittenhouse Square, which is home to a year-round farmers market and many of the city’s most popular outdoor sculptures.

Below are some of the hidden gems of Philadelphia’s walkable Downtown City Centre:

Marvel at Mural Mile

Marvel at Mural Mile Philadelphia
Unknown to many, Philadelphia is home to the US’ largest public art program which gives UK travellers to the city the chance to walk through Downtown Philadelphia’s vibrant commercial district to marvel at the city’s open-air art gallery. Weave through residential streets on foot and be inspired by the extraordinary public art that makes Philadelphia the Mural Capital of the World. A walk along the Mural Mile highlights art both tucked away in unassuming corners and those that act as soaring additions to the cityscape, like the incredible Water Gives Life artwork, by local artists Euhri Jones and David McShane.

Explore Philadelphia’s Buzzing East Market District

Rittenhouse Square Philadelphia
Serving as the gateway to the city’s business, shopping and entertainment district, East Market District has a buzzing atmosphere year-round thanks to attractions such as Reading Terminal Market, one of America’s largest and oldest public markets, City Hall and a number of independently owned boutiques which give the area a distinctly local flavour. Future visitors to this district should consider a stay at the recently opened Canopy by Hilton Philadelphia Center City. The 236-room property is perfectly situated for those keen to explore the city by foot or on one of the hotel’s complimentary Canopy Bikes. Travellers can unwind after a day of sightseeing at the hotel’s 10,000 square foot courtyard compete with swings and café tables or at its brasserie The Wayward which serves American classics complete with notes from French bistros and some of the best oyster and gin offerings in the city.

Take in the Sights, Sounds and Smells of Rittenhouse Square on Foot

Philadelphia's Buzzing East Market District
The perfect spot for a relaxing weekend walk thanks to its location in the heart of Philadelphia’s city centre, Rittenhouse Square is known for its green spaces, charming brownstones, alfresco dining, and the year-round Rittenhouse Square Farmer’s Market, held every Saturday morning on Walnut Street. Travellers can take in the sights of the tree-filled park when strolling alongside its fountains and sculptures before relishing in the sounds and smells of the market. Walkers will soon find themselves lost between stands selling hand-painted chocolates, local wines and spirits and artisan bread, as well as an abundance of other goods from farmers throughout the Philadelphia region. Why not take a moment of peace to rest and feast on a picnic of delicacies purchased from sellers, on one of the parks manicured lawns.

Eco-friendly camping tips for staycations

Eco-friendly camping tips

As hotels, caravans and B&Bs get booked up ahead of the great summer of staycations, holidaymakers are being forced to take to their tents.

Despite feeling at one with nature whilst away, some camping habits aren’t the best for the environment.

The team at money.co.uk have explored how to make a camping trip as eco-friendly as possible.

Observing local wildlife, camp stove cooking, lighting fires, disposing of rubbish and going to the toilet can all cause damage without realising.

Ben Gallizzi, an energy expert at money.co.uk said: “After the year we’ve all had, everyone deserves a holiday. However, lots of accommodation choices are filling up fast, leaving last-minute bookers with fewer options.

“Some British holidaymakers might already be committed to a sustainable, responsible, eco-friendly lifestyle, but it is especially important when camping. Natural beauty spots and countryside spaces are also some of the most fragile in the world and we’ve all got a responsibility to protect them.”

Ten top tips for an eco-friendly camping trip:

1. Use, reuse and recycle

Habits, like recycling, are usually followed at home but are quick to disappear when we go on holiday. However, it’s important to keep up good environmental habits during a camping trip too. Sort rubbish into recyclable and non-recyclable bags and instead of buying single-use cutlery, plates, and washcloths for the trip, bring ones from home that are less treasured. 

2. Don’t be rubbish

When out in the wild, it is important to be mindful of where you are. Even the smallest bit of waste can do a lot of damage to the environment and local wildlife. Take biodegradable bin bags when you’re out and about, to carry around unwanted rubbish. When camping, leave rubbish somewhere safe and out of reach of wildlife. Dispose of your rubbish in designated bins and close the lid to stop animals from getting in and eating anything potentially harmful.

3. Check for chemicals

The products used during a camping trip can have even more of an impact on nature than leaving rubbish behind! Many household products, such as moisturiser, toothpaste, sunscreen, and insect repellent, contain chemicals that may pollute the environment they are used in. Plan ahead and pick sustainable, all-natural products.

4. Go solar

Gadgets are needed in every aspect of life and whilst the idea of forgoing technology during a camping trip might be nice, sometimes gadgets are needed. However, it is easy to make environmentally friendly choices when charging and using these products. Solar technology has advanced a long way and is a great alternative energy supply for almost all electrical appliances. It will require a bit of forward planning and a small investment in solar-powered alternatives.

5. Refill water

Instead of taking a multi-pack of single-use water bottles, reduce plastic waste by finding a safe source of water and packing reusable water butts, boxes, or bottles. Doing this for the duration of the trip will create a big reduction in the amount of waste created whilst camping and reduce the amount of plastic waste ending up in landfills.

6. Equipment

First-time campers with no gear should think twice before picking up their equipment. Tents made of plastic will eventually end up in landfill, so first-time buyers should opt for one made from natural materials like cotton, hemp, or even recycled water bottles. Camping gear can be expensive, so also consider the benefits of buying second-hand tents, mats and air mattresses.

7. Stay sustainable

Getting good grub when hiking, walking and exploring is important when camping. Before doing the big shop ahead of camping, look at greener and more sustainable options. Invest in outside food storage solutions and minimise waste created by food packaging, by cooking from fresh. Shopping local will also reduce campers carbon footprints, as the food will have to travel fewer miles.

8. Getting there

Camping hotspots are quick to fill up, particularly in high season, so it is worth considering the environmental impact of having lots of people in natural spaces at once. Whilst stunning campsites along the coast might be appealing, put some thought into the emissions produced from the petrol used to get there. 

9.  While there

When camping in the wild, and not at a dedicated campsite, it is important to pick a spot that isn’t home to animals – somewhere you can see someone has camped before would be ideal. Avoid moving or damaging vegetation to pitch your tent and consider the local wildlife in the area.

10.  Be prepared

Before heading out of the door, double-check and make sure everything needed for the camping trip is packed. Being overly prepared can reduce waste, as campers won’t need to rush out to make unnecessary purchases that could have been brought from home. Only having to make one trip to the campsite will also reduce air pollution.

The Best Cruise Liners For First Time Cruisers

can I get a refund if my Cruise Itinerary changes

A first cruise holiday can be exciting but booking it can be very confusing. Nearly 2 million people take a cruise holiday each year. However, the cruise industry is missing out on millions of more passengers due to a lack of information for first-time cruisers, and confusing and conflicting information on cruise websites and Facebook.

In 2020 we ran a survey to find out why so many people are ignoring the wonderful adventure of a cruise holiday. Here are those results.

 

25% believed cruise holidays were for rich and posh people

35% said they could not understand what else they would need to pay for while on a cruise holiday

17% could not understand the dining options on some cruise ships

10% Said working out how much to budget for on drinks put them off

5% of people were concerned about Seasickness

5% The lack of information on cruise websites put them off booking a holiday

3% said they did not know the Best Cruises for First-Timers

 

So, with that survey in mind, I decided to put an article together for first-time cruisers so they could see which the best cruise liners are to choose from when booking a cruise holiday.

best cruise liners

Being a first-time cruiser can be overwhelming. The sheer volume of cruise options available can be bewildering. With so many decisions to make like what type of cruise holiday should I take, or what size ship should I choose, and should I go all-inclusive or full board, can cause a headache.

If you are one of those people looking to book a first cruise holiday, then fear not. I have created a guide on the best cruise liners to choose from. No matter if you are looking for a family or romantic cruise holiday, or a fly-cruise round the Med, or cruises from the UK, I have got you covered.

 

First Time Cruisers Best Cruise Options

 

Marella Cruises

best cruise company

Why?

I do love Marella cruises. They are the best cruise line for first-time cruisers. TUI knows how to keep their holidaymakers entertained. The TUI company cruise options available include the Marella Discovery, Marella Discovery 2, Marella Explorer, and Marella Explorer 2. My favourite is Explorer and Marella Explorer 2.

Marella Cruise holidays are all-inclusive, just like their TUI holidays. Once you are onboard there is nothing extra to pay unless you decide to go shopping or want to book a specialty restaurant or want branded drinks.

If you are sticking to a budget, then I would recommend a Marella Cruise Holiday. As mentioned, there is nothing else to pay for once you are onboard. That means not worrying about how much you eat or how much you or your family drinks. You can simply get onboard and enjoy your holiday.

 

Ship Highlights

The Marella ships may not be as new as other cruise liners like P&O but they are all nice cruise ships. They are modern and have everything that you could want onboard a cruise ship including a cinema, things to do for the children, as well as adult activities. And best of all the TUI Company cruises are all-inclusive.

 

Where do they go?

I would recommend first-time cruisers to go on a Mediterranean cruise. This will give a taste of what life is like onboard while visiting some great destinations, which can include some favourites like Barcelona, Lisbon, and Lanzarote.

 

Best for Family Cruises

first cruise holiday

Royal Caribbean

 

Why?

Royal Caribbean International is one of the biggest names in the world of cruising. This company cruises have options to suit all budgets and types of holidays.

One thing I do like about this company cruises is how family0friendly they are. Kids will love Royal Caribbean International. Their ships are designed to keep children and their parents entertained every minute o the day. If their cruise ships don’t have it, then truly you don’t need it.

 

Ship Highlights

Royal Caribbean International has lots of different cruise ships available, including The Jewel of the Seas. Each ship has been designed to give all its passengers the best cruising experience available. They even put on bumper cars on some of their ships. The Anthem, which is one of the popular ships in this company cruise ships fleet offers entertainment and activities that you could only dream of.

This cruise ship offers the largest indoor sports and entertainment complex at sea, which includes bumper cars, video gaming, roller skating, and believe it or not a circus school. With 19 restaurants and 260-degree views from the top of the ship, what is not to like.

 

Where does it go?

If you choose to go on the Anthem, which is recommended, then you can on Mediterranean and Canary Island cruise holidays.

 

Best for River Cruises

 

Viking River Cruises

first cruise

Why?

Viking River Cruises are a great option for people who are new to cruise holidays. They have become one of the big names in river cruise holidays. They have a fleet of more than 60 vessels, all of which provide you with a new cruising experience.

 

Ship Highlights

A river cruise holiday with Viking Cruises, allows you to experience cruising life, as well as allowing you to get your sea legs. One of the biggest reasons why people are scared to try a cruise holiday is due to Seasickness. A river cruise will allow people to get over that fear.

The Viking River cruise holidays allow you to enjoy the luxury of small vessels while allowing you to do as much or as little as you want. If you are not bothered about taking a cruise holiday on a big ship and are a first-time cruiser looking to see if a cruise holiday is for you, then Viking Cruises is a good choice.

 

Where does it go?

Viking cruises offer some great destinations, including Europe, Russia, and many more great destinations.

 

So, if you are looking to go on your first cruise, consider what you are looking for in a cruise ship, as well as your budget and how long you want your holiday to last. It is important when going on a cruise holiday to always add 10% to your spending money for emergencies and to take out cruise insurance.

Young female entrepreneur created trustworthy household name within the surveying industry

mortgage crisis

Chloe Modrekelidze, 25 years old female from London, left school with no GSCE’s as school was difficult being the youngest in the her year, her skills were more creative than academic however she never lost hope and after leaving school always had the mindset to do better. IT and computer skills was an area Chloe developed a real passion for. This was always a platform that helped Chloe express her creativity.

Growing up in a hard working loving family which gave Chloe work ethic to not give up and continuously strive for better.

At the age of 16, Chloe started a Saturday job working at a local estate agents which then progressed to full time position in a surveying practice, starting from the bottom from general admin activities.

Chloe soon knew property was the career for her and took the plunge to go back to education where she obtained Associate member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors at the age of 24, this was a very proud moment for her parents.

6 months after qualifying Chloe then took the plunge to open her own surveying practice as she knew she could bring new method into a dated instrustry, Chloe is now the proud owner of Modrics Chartered Surveyors.

 

Chloe grew Modrics from ground upwards, developing a modern informative website with a unique selling point which set Modrics apart from their competition by launching a 7 day per week interactive service using whatsapp, online webchat and social media messaging services to meet the changing needs of clients who want more than a 9-5 Mon-Friday service.

Modrics Chartered Surveyors has grown from strength to strength, as a result, much of their work is repeat business from existing clients and are continuously introduced to new clients based on excellent recommendations and excellent online reviews.

 

Modrics Chartered Surveyors has been awarded ‘ Most Trusted Building Surveyors of 2020 – South East’ by SME News. Chloe herself has been nominated for Young Entrepreneur of 2020 within the property sector.

Modrics has since expanded with offices across London and strong presence in Costa Blanca Spain, whilst taking on new team of surveyors during a difficult year with covid 19 and looking to expand the team more in 2020.

Statement from Chloe Modrekelidze

‘A relationship of trust with our clients is fundamental to our business, by ensuring our cleints are fully satifisfied and receive value for money, we find that they have no hesitation in using our services again and recommending us to others which we wholeheartly appreciate. My team of qualified professionals have a wealth of expierence gained over many years in both the public and private property industry with our aim to continue providing clients with the very best advice in a timely manner within a highly pressured environment where they are making probably the most important decisions and purchases of their lives. We are grateful to have the opportunity and be involved. Heres to 2021!’

More info:

www.modrics.co.uk
0208 087 2051
Surveying@modrics.co.uk

Media Contact
Company Name: MODRICS Chartered Surveyors
Contact Person: Media Relations
Phone: 0208 087 2051
Country: United Kingdom
Website: www.modrics.co.uk

Why the exclusive Caribbean island of Nevis could be THE Royal honeymoon destination

Following the announcement of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle’s royal engagement, the small Caribbean island of Nevis has been eagerly waiting to hear if the soon-to-be newlyweds will choose the secluded spot as their honeymoon destination.

Prince Harry first visited the exclusive island in 1993 when he stayed with his mother, Diana Princess of Wales, at the Montpelier Plantation and Beach. The former sugar plantation that rests on the historic Montpelier Estate was also where Admiral Lord Nelson married Fanny Nisbet in 1787.

The island welcomed Prince Harry back on 23 November 20161 as part of his official tour on behalf of Her Majesty The Queen. During his one-day visit, His Royal Highness released baby turtles into the sea on the appropriately named Lovers Beach, one of the world’s most secluded beaches.

Officials in Nevis are now anticipating the royal decision.

“As it is one of the most romantic islands in the world, we are quietly confident that Nevis’ guaranteed privacy will attract the royal newlyweds,” says CEO of the Nevis Tourism Authority, Greg Phillip.

 

Read:Days Out In Lincolnshire

 

Remaining largely untouched and unchanged by growing tourism demands, Nevis reflects the Caribbean the way the region used to be. With its pristine beaches, lush greenery and beautiful natural surroundings, it’s an idyllic escape for romance.

The Royal couple could explore Nevis beyond the secluded beaches and have the chance to discover the exotic wildlife enroute to the enchanting rainforest and Nevis Peak – the island’s volcano. If they want something more active then they could partake in watersports, and even spot local marine life such as wild sea turtles and stingrays.

Due to the size of the island, all restaurants on Nevis use locally sourced natural ingredients to create truly unique Nevisian dishes. The deliberate ban on fast food restaurants has helped positioned the island to be one of the world’s healthiest natural retreats.

 

Read:Gilbraltar Best Days Out

 

Without a doubt, Nevis would provide the new royals the privacy and escape needed for an unforgettable honeymoon. The island guarantees all couples superlative service, luxurious accommodations and world-class cuisine.

So, will the royal couple decide to choose the small Caribbean island, or will they choose something totally different

Package Holidays TUI Refunds And Flight Refunds Know Your Refund Rights

TUI refund rights

TUI Refunds – Know Your Rights

 

The coronavirus has sent shockwaves round the world with tens of thousands of people dying the from the virus. It has also affected many business sectors which includes travel. Although we understand how hard the travel industry are having it at the moment, and how they are struggling financially, it is no excuse to treat customers they have been doing and to withhold holiday refunds and force them to accept vouchers.

Many tour operators and travel agents like STA Travel and Loveholidays have told customers to accept vouchers or to rebook their holidays as they are not issuing refunds. Other tour operators like TUI are giving their customers the run around by coming up with lots of excuses why their refunds have not been given.

The following excuses are the most common reasons why people have not received their refunds:

  1. Sorry, there must be a problem with the computer system, it has been actioned
  2. Your refund has been actioned, it will be in the account within seven days (it does not arrive)
  3. We have actioned the refund, I am not sure what has gone wrong, we will action it again
  4. It has been actioned, if you don’t receive it in your account in seven days call back
  5. The refund has been actioned but all the finance department are on furlough so we don’t know when you will receive it

Due to the TUI refunds scandal, the once popular package holiday company have lost their reputation with tens of thousands of people telling In2town Travel Magazine that they will never book with them again. If TUI acted in a more professional manner, and looked after their customers in such a troubling time then maybe they could have kept the respect of their customers.

 

Read:Reviews of Marella Discovery 2

 

Holiday Rights Information by David Bott, Senior Partner at Bott and Co

 

In2town Lifestyle Magazine editor sat down with David Bott, the senior partner at Bott and Co. to find out about the rights of consumers when it comes to getting their money back from TUI refunds and other companies.

Bott and Co is the UK’s leading consumer law firm, known for bringing flight delay law EC Regulation 261/2004 over to the UK and continuing to shape this area of law. The firm also deal with cases where consumers have suffered a mis-sold holiday.

 

  1. When people phone airlines a lot of them are offering vouchers, do customers have to accept the vouchers or can they demand they receive a refund?

Most airlines seem to be offering vouchers. We have much sympathy for the airlines, however the law is clear – the passenger is entitled to a monetary refund within 7 days if an airline cancels a flight, or a free replacement flight at a later date (subject to availability of seats).

  1. We are receiving emails from our readers saying they have contacted the airline they have booked with for a refund and after twenty days have still not received their money, what is the law on refunds if an airline cancels a flight?

Same as the above. A monetary refund should be provided within 7 days or a free replacement flight at a later date. Both are a choice for the passenger to make, and not the airline.

  1. Some airlines are not offering refunds and are only offering vouchers or change of flight, what should a customer do if they are not offered a full refund?

If passengers are not given the option of a refund then they should telephone customer services or alternately put their request in writing, keeping copies. The law is clear that the refund must be provided by the airline that was going to operate the flight and not the company that sold the flight (e.g. a travel agent).

 

Read:Review of APH Manchester Airport Parking

 

In practical terms we’d also suggest that the passenger submits their refund request in writing – they can use the following text:-

I understand that my flight [Flight Number] on [Flight Date] has been cancelled and I therefore request a full refund pursuant to Articles 5(1)(a) and 8(1)(a) of EC Regulation No. 261/2004. You are reminded that the refund must be made within seven days by bank transfer or cheque. For the avoidance of doubt, I do not accept a travel voucher.

If the airline does not respond or does not agree then the passenger can either issue court proceedings or use ADR. A list of the airlines that have signed up to ADR are available here:-

https://www.caa.co.uk/Passengers/Resolving-travel-problems/How-the-CAA-can-help/Alternative-dispute-resolution/

Claiming through ADR is usually free, except if complaining about British Airways, as they use a company called ‘CEDR’, that charge an upfront fee of £25 (Which is repayable if/when CEDR find in favour of the passenger).

  1. TUI have come under fire for not issuing refunds on package holidays, some of our readers have said they are being told to accept vouchers or the option to change their holiday date, is this allowed?

Tour Operators are able to offer vouchers or an option to change a holiday in the event of a termination, however, under the Package Travel Regulations (2018), there is a right of a full refund.

It is important to note that this is only when the Tour Operator has cancelled the package. Travellers asking to cancel a future package would still be classed as a cancellation and therefore subject to potentially heavy cancellation charges.

  1. What is the law with package holiday refunds if TUI have cancelled a holiday because of the coronavirus?

Travellers who have had their holiday packages cancelled as a result of the Coronavirus would be entitled to a full refund of the package. The right to a refund under the PTR (2018) is not subject to any restriction on reasons for the cancellation. 

  1. We have also been told by some TUI customers that they have been waiting more than two weeks for a refund and have still not received their money, what should they do?

Under the Package Travel Regulations (2018) it is outlined that refunds should be processed without undue delay and no later than 14 days after the package has been terminated.

If travellers have not received a refund after this time, we would recommend initiating legal proceedings against the Tour Operator. The first step to do this is to send the Tour Operator a “Letter before Action”.

  1. According to consumer law, if a travel company cancels a package holiday then the travel company should issue the refund within 14 days, is this correct?

Yes this is correct.

  1. TUI seem to be breaking this law, so how come they are getting away with it and who is it down to to take action against them?

We appreciate that the Tour Operators are in a difficult position with the number of cancelations occurring, however, the law is clear on their responsibilities and the rights of travellers in these instances.

As a Consumer Law firm, Bott and Co Solicitors are always keen to help consumers with their issues and we therefore encourage any travellers that are having trouble receiving their refunds to contact us.

  1. We have one reader who spent £8,000 on a cruise holiday with TUI, they have phoned TUI eighteen times now and they keep on getting told that their money is on the way. They have been waiting 26 days now and the money has still not arrived. What should do they do?

In instances such as these, we recommend that travellers write a “Letter before Action” to the relevant Tour Operator, giving them 14 days to provide the refund with the threat that Court Proceedings will be issued should they fail.

  1. Some readers who have booked a cruise holiday with TUI have said they are trying to convince them to change the date of their cruise or accept a voucher when really they want a refund, what can they do to get their refund when TUI customer services are trying to convince them to take an alternative?

 

Read:Know Your Flight Cancellation Rights

 

If the travellers explicitly want a refund for their cancelled cruise they should make this clear to the Tour Operator. Should the Tour Operator continue to pressure the travellers to accept alternatives, we recommend the traveller writes a “Letter before Action” as outlined above.

  1. One of the biggest excuses with TUI at the moment concerning refunds is ‘your refund has been actioned but 99% of TUI staff are on leave due to the coronavirus so we don’t know when the refund will be issued’ is this just a way for TUI to keep hold of the money for longer, and if so what should TUI customers do to get their money back?

In these circumstances, Tour Operators should provide proof that the refund has been actioned and timeframes of when travellers can expect their money back.

Again, should the Tour Operator not adhere to the timeframe or refuse to provide the information, we recommend writing a “Letter before Action”.

  1. Can a TUI customer or any customer from an airline or other travel company claim their money back through Paypal if they paid their holiday that way?

Paypal have a dispute resolution service whereby clients can raise a dispute for transactions made through Paypal.

Paypal will then investigate the matter and if found in favour of the consumer, they can reverse the transaction. This must be done within 180 days of paying for the goods/services.

  1. Customers seeking a refund can action a section 75 through their credit card company if they paid on their credit card, can you explain what a section 75 is?

This refers to section 75 of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 which provides a purchaser with the right to claim a refund or damages from their credit card provider, rather than the supplier that actually provided the goods or services.

This law applies to purchases between £100 and £30,000 that have been made by credit card. This must be ‘per item’, so if you spent £300 on 6 individual chairs that are £50 each then you do not qualify for this protection. However, if the items were sold as a set of 6 for £300 then you would be entitled to make a claim under section 75.

If you use your credit card to make a part payment for a purchase – for instance if you’re paying a deposit now and then the rest later, then the value of the total purchase will still need to be less than £30,000.

The protection gives you the right to claim damages from the credit card company when there has been a breach of contract or misrepresentation by the supplier. This can be particularly handy when the supplier is no longer in business, they’re based abroad or perhaps you just can’t get hold of them – in all these situations you are perfectly entitled to make a claim against the credit card company.

There is no legal requirement to present your claim to the supplier first, however this may be advisable as it can sometimes be the quickest way to get the outcome you want.

If the supplier does not resolve the complaint to your satisfaction then you can bring a claim against the credit card company. This is usually achieved by filling in a specific form or writing to them.

  1. If someone has paid for their holiday with their debit card through their bank, is there a way they can get their money back, or can they only do that with a credit card?

A section 75 claim would not work for transactions made with a debit card. In these instances, some banks have “chargeback” options whereby they can look to reverse the transactions. As this is not a route outlined in law, the rules and timeframes for “chargebacks” are dependent on the bank used.

In these instances, we recommend that travellers contact their bank and see if a chargeback is a viable way to get their money back.

 

Package Holidays TUI Refunds

 

  1. We have heard that some TUI customers are threatening legal action against TUI, would you advise people go down that route if they are fed up of being promising a refund and it never arrives?

Issuing Court Proceedings should always be a last resort but if Tour Operators are refusing to refund money they are legally obliged to return, we are of the opinion that legal action is the best step.

  1. Some customers have been told they cannot have a refund and only have vouchers as per instructions from ABTA, is this correct?

As it currently stands, under the Package Travel Regulations (2018) travellers have a right to a full refund.

  1. We have had people contact us who booked a cruise holiday with TUI and because they had health problems they were too scared to travel, so they cancelled their holiday, is there a chance they could get their money back?

If the package/cruise was cancelled by the travellers and not the Tour Operator, this would be classed as a cancellation and therefore potentially subject to cancellation charges.

Unfortunately, cancellation charges can often be a high percentage, if not all of the cost of the holiday leaving travellers with no refund.

However, the Package Travel Regulation (2018) does state that travellers are able to terminate the package before the start of the holiday, without paying in any termination fees in certain extraordinary circumstances.

  1. One reader said they cancelled their package holiday hours before TUI announced they had cancelled their holiday, what are their rights?

This would be classed as a cancellation as above.

 

David Bott is the Senior Partner of Bott and Co. David is an expert in personal injury law, whiplash reforms, access to justice, claimant rights and flight delay law in the UK. He regularly lectures on business management and the changes in the law and the protocols.

The Best Hip Hop Bars & Clubs In Boston, Massachusetts

We have got together with a rising hip hop star to find out what are the best hip hop clubs in Boston, Massachusetts.

You may not think of Boston as a place for hip hop music and may just think of it as having some of the best universities in the world. But, in reality, there are some incredible clubs and bars in Boston, so we decided to get together with B.T. The Artist. To find out what they are.

The Bostin based artist who has just released his new single ‘Different’ has taken us around Boston, Massachusetts and showed us the best hip=hop bars and clubs to visit. So, here are the best hip hop bars in Boston, Massachusetts.

 

  1. Good Life

boston hip hop clubs

The Good Life, which is located at 28 Kingston St, Boston, MA 02111, United States is known for playing some of the best hip hop and underground tunes. If you are looking to start your night with a bang, then Good Life is to place to be.

The Boston hip hop club has local DJs and underground bands

 

  1. Venu Nightclub

Number two on the list of the best hip hop clubs in Boston is Venu Nightclub. Located at 100 Warrenton St, Boston, MA 02116, United States, Venu Nightclub has a huge reputation as the place to be to listen to some of the best hip hop music in Boston.

Recognised as one of the best Boston nightclubs, its no wonder why people come far and wide to dance the night away. It specialised in hip-hop and also Latin music.

 

  1. Storyville

Storyville is located at 90 Exeter St, Boston, MA 02116, United States. It is one of the oldest bars in Boston and first opened in 1950. It started out as a jazz club but now plays some incredible hip hop music.

 

  1. Guilt

Guilt, which is located at 79 Warrenton St, Boston, MA 02116, United States is another great hip hop club in Boston. If you have visited Boston and never been to Guilt, then you are really missing out. It is a chic nightclub located in the heart of Boston’s Theatre District.

It plays some great hip hop music and attracts people from all over. Not only does it serve some great drinks, but it is also decked out in old Hollywood glamour. So, if you love hip hop, then check out Guilt. And if you spot B.T. The Artist buzzing on the dance floor, then go and say hello and ask him about his new single Different.

 

  1. Lucky’s Lounge

boston hip hop clubs

Lucky’s Lounge is a firm favourite with hip hop lovers. It is located 355 Congress St, Boston, MA 02210, United States. It is a hidden gem when it comes to hip hop music, but it is well worth a visit.

As playing some great hip hop music, it also holds live music, which is guaranteed to get you buzzing all night.

 

  1. Bijou Nightclub

hip hop clubs boston

Bijou Nightclub is recognized as one of the best and premier nightclubs in Boston. It is a trendy nightclub and is known for its heavy party scene. Once you have been to Bijou Nightclub, which is located at 51 Stuart St, Boston, MA 02116, United States, you will want to go again and again.

 

  1. Hong Kong

Hong Kong might seem a strange name for a nightclub, but believe it or not, it is ranked as one of the best places to visit in America. It is a go-to destination if you want a great night out. The locals and those visiting Boston love it.

The Boston club is located at 65 Chatham St, Boston, MA 02109, United States

 

  1. ICON Nightclub

The last on the list for the best Boston clubs for hip hop music goes to 8. ICON Nightclub. The club is located at 100 Warrenton St, Boston, MA 02116, United States.

ICON Nightclub is classed as one of the hottest venues in Boston. Not only do locals love it, and also those who visit Boston, but it is also a firm favourite with celebrities. So, when you are bopping away to hip hop music, don’t be surprised if you see some celebrities dancing on the dance floor or hanging around the bar.

For more information on B.T. The Artist, please visit his official website. To view the music video for “Different”, please watch it on the hip-hop artist’s official YouTube page.

 

Lightwater Valley Making Final Preparations Ahead of Re-Opening

Lightwater Valley opening

Lightwater Valley is making the final preparations before welcoming visitors back for the first time this year on Saturday, 17th April. 

During lockdown staff have been hard at work creating a series of new features and attractions.

Among the brand new attractions for the 2021 season is Go Safari.

Step aboard the Savanna Express on a sightseeing journey to spot dozens of life-sized animals hiding in the grasslands. Leap for joy on Kangaroo Jump before flying high on Elephant Flight and the Monkey Drop rides.

lightwater valley

Other new additions to the park include the Hot Air Balloons. Also new this year is the Treetop Trails, formerly treetops nets. This much-loved attraction provides a net walk through the tree canopy high above the park and will now be included as part of the admission price.

“It’s wonderful to be able to finally start being able to welcome visitors back again and we have put in place a series of new protocols and guidelines to ensure they can have a great day out in a safe and secure outdoor environment,” said manager Colin Bowes.

 “The emphasis is very much on providing a great day out for young families with lots of great new rides and attractions for the under 12s to enjoy,” he added. 

As well as new rides, there’s all of the park’s young family favourites including Little Dipper, Carousel, Skyrider, the Lady Bird rollercoaster, Splash Falls and many more.

Take a peaceful glide around the lake on board a Swan Boat and see the park from a whole other angle on the Lightwater Valley Express train

Get behind the wheel and practice your steering on the Vintage Car ride and flap your arms as you fly through the sky on Pirate Swinger.

lightwater valley opening times

In order to manage numbers, and ensure social distancing guidelines are maintained, the North Yorkshire theme park will initially be operating with reduced capacity and all visitors will need to pre-book tickets online.

Staff will also be continuing to carry out a series of additional cleaning and hygiene measures on site and queue markers will be in place to help visitors keep a safe distance apart. 

A full list of safety measures and guidelines are available to view on the Lightwater Valley website, along with a summary of which rides will be open.

Moments Global’s Moment blockchain platform and MMC token offers cryptocurrency users an alternative to ecosystem for trading

blockchain

Company’s blockchain platform to make transactions easier and more efficient for the estimated 106 million people using cryptocurrency

April 21,2020; Milton Keynes, UK – An estimated 106 million people use cryptocurrency worldwide. The number of users continues to grow and Moments Global has big aims to further grow the cryptocurrency and blockchain platforms. Moments Global’s mission is to build the world’s most comprehensive decentralized financial market and create a complete DeFi ecosystem.

To accomplish its mission, Moments Global plans to take all of the strengths of each generation of blockchain and combine them into one easy to use and efficient platform. By combining blockchain’s strengths, the company will deliver the most powerful DeFi in the world.

The company released the MMC token in March 2021 to promote its Moments blockchain platform. The token can be bought through private sale for $0.1. A supply of 29,000,000 are available to investors. Moments Global’s coin distribution will be made up of 40% private sales, 45% reserve, 7% biz utility, 6% partnership, and 2% bounty.

The MMC token will help fund the Moments Global’s unique ecosystems. Since its release, the company issued the MMC on TronLink Wallet of the MMC Exchange.

Once the Moments Global ecosystem is built, blockchain and cryptocurrency users will have the most powerful platform at their disposal. There are a variety of issues with the current blockchain platform. From high energy consumption to nearly every user needing a copy of the global ledger, there are problems with blockchain that the Moments platform will address.

By taking the best parts of each version of blockchain, users will benefit and more tasks will be completed using the revolutionary ecosystem. Purchasing MMC tokens will help the building of the Moment platform and cryptocurrency users can get in on the ground floor right now.

For more information on Moments Global, please visit https://moments.global/.

 

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MomentEcosystem

Twitter: https://twitter.com/MomentEcosystem

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCUklt3fgjl7T74W7NNkpz5w

Telegram: https://t.me/Moment_Community

 

About MMC

MMC develops a separate blockchain, allowing application

developers to build on the foundation of MMC Chain.

###

Contact details

Company: Moments Global

Website: https://moments.global/

Email: Support@moments.global

Address: Mazars Llp, The Pinnacle, 160 Midsummer

Boulevard, Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire, United Kingdom, MK9 1FF

Providers Digital Marketing, SEO, SEM, Web Design Munkongseo.com In Thailand

Munkong seo

RESEARCH STUDY WHITE DOCUMENTS – TIPS BY.MunkongSEO.com

 

Internet Search Engine as well as Online Marketing Optimization

 

The majority of trustworthy Online Markers, whether they are from multi-million buck e-commerce mega-sites or tiny companies with simply a couple of staff members, know the value of high Internet search engine Rankings by the top internet search engine.

Large firms can afford to commit several full-time personnel to a Seo (SEO) program, or create five-figure checks on a monthly basis to out-source the job to a specialized SEO company. While many small business do not have that high-end, there are companies such as VNS Search Marketing that give fantastic Search Engine Optimization programs at budget-friendly rates, programs that deliver results.

If they adhere to the standards we will cover in this short article, any firm can understand a decent quantity of success in their SEO efforts. Improving your Browse Position can have a really substantial impact on your bottom line. The greater your Internet search engine Rankings, especially if you appear on the very first page of Google, Yahoo as well as MSN strikes, the more web traffic you will certainly see on your website, raising your capacity to turn that website traffic into earnings.

We wish to alert you about very suspicious SEO practices some companies utilize, while these may have short-term advantages, they are ultimately predestined for failing, as well as at a high cost that may consist of de-listing of a website by internet search engine! Methods such as masking, keyword padding, entrance pages, or unseen message or web links are techniques that should never be utilized by your site. VNS suggests that you stay clear of any firm that recommends you utilize any of those methods at any moment.

All of the leading search engines secure their Page Ranking algorithms very carefully. They do this to avoid people from synthetically modifying their sites to obtain wrongly high Browse Engine Rankings.

Respectable Search Engine Optimization firms will constantly advise that you adhere to well-known techniques utilized in maximizing your website design, and also include proper content and also keyword phrases in your pages. This will certainly aid the Search Engine spiders, which the Online search engine utilize to situate as well as review your website material. Trusted SEO firms will certainly additionally encourage you to implement a detailed linking technique, which can dramatically improve your Online search engine Rankings.

In this paper we will review four essential SEO methods that can be applied without great cost, that should boost your web site Internet search engine Ranking in time. (Connecting and reciprocatory connecting techniques will be reviewed at length in one more white paper.).

 

Choosing and also Consisting Of Keyword Phrases for Your Site.

Choosing as well as consisting of the appropriate keyword phrases in your website can make huge improvements in your Internet search engine Rankings, as well as in your website web traffic. Experienced Online marketers frequently have an user-friendly understanding of which key phrases (words or expressions that individuals enter into Internet search engine) are most relevant to the products their business sells. If you desire professional assistance determining suitable key phrases for your website, Online solutions such as Wordtracker.com can aid you with search phrase selection, but do not take too lightly the worth of in-house brainstorming.

Big companies can have 10s of hundreds of search phrases, but even a couple of loads can be invaluable in enhancing your website Ranking. Once you have actually selected what key words you are mosting likely to utilize, you should make certain that those key words (words or phrases) are incorporated right into your web site properly, both in HTML Title and Meta tags, and also within the textual content showed on your site.

Every page on your web site has its very own Title tag in the HTML resource code. It is essential that you consist of as lots of key words as feasible in the 7-10 word Title tag, but just utilize search phrases that pertain to the page content. It is essential to keep in mind that using the exact same Title tag on every web page will reduce your page Position. Consisting of Title tags that are unconnected to the web page web content can reduce your Web page Position as well. Attempt to make your Title tags unique, and also pertinent to the content of the page they are one.

We advise that you include message similar to the Title tag in the page web content. This can help prospective consumers quickly see what the web page is about, and also it can improve your page Position as well. We don’t advise that your pages come to be also long-winded, yet if you can, consist of proper keyword phrases in your web page material if it won’t sidetrack individuals from your advertising and marketing efforts.

 

The Relevance of Appropriate Web Page Web Content.

Content significance is what the Online search engine spiders examine when they evaluate and also find (crawl) your site. If you remain in the business of selling “devices,” the extra material you can consist of regarding “gadgets” in your web pages, the far better your page Position will be. Certainly you don’t desire your pages to read like an encyclopedia, as well as you do not wish to sidetrack prospective clients from your advertising and marketing design, so you will have to experiment to locate the right blend of marketing and also content that fits with the overall style of your website.

We recommend that you include several Hyperlinks on your Products or Services web pages, so prospective customers can have very easy access to information that will help them recognize your Services or Products, such as Press Releases, Customer Feedback, or relevant Sector Research study. We additionally recommend that you create a Directory for your website that consists of keyword-rich descriptions of the your web pages, Providers or Products.

Maintaining an excellent Website Position will likewise depend upon you keeping your site upgraded. Internet search engine crawlers notice when a site’s web content has actually not altered for a few weeks or even more, and also they lower your Ranking when they see this occur. Updating your website with the latest Products or Solutions, or any type of associated information, can protect your Ranking.

 

Submit Your Site to Business Directories.

Business Directories can be really handy in bringing web traffic to your website. Providers that supply mass submission to hundreds of directories and also Internet search engine can be discovered almost everywhere on-line, yet they are mostly all a waste of time and also money. You can accomplish very good results, and a better return on your financial investment, if you send your site to carefully picked Organization Directories and Internet Search Engine.

Most of the big Browse Engines like Google, Yahoo as well as MSN, allow you send your website to them at no cost. Some of them provide you “paid incorporation” programs that guarantee their spiders will certainly locate and review your site quickly. These programs DO NOT have any kind of influence on your Page Rankings, they are just in area to make sure the Search Engine crawlers carry out a fast evaluation of your internet site.

Don’t overlook to send your website to DMOZ.org. They are an Internet directory site company run by volunteers, and are widely utilized and also respected.

Lots of Business Directories can aid you enhance your Website Position. When your site has actually been sent and also approved, they will offer one-way web links to your web site. Hyperlinks of this kind are really crucial in Search Engine Position formulas.

At VNS, we submit our clients’ web sites to a thoroughly researched and thoroughly picked group of 115 Organization Directory sites that have shown to be really beneficial in the Ranking procedure – as a result of the back-links they offer to the approved sites.

 

Browse Engine-Friendly Website Design.

Search Engines have trouble creeping web websites that include certain attributes. Typically, the much easier it is to browse a site, the much less chance there is that the website is harming its Position by being hard to crawl.

All of these issues have one or more services: servers can be used to “reword” inquiry stings, fixed web pages can be used to parallel the content on dynamically generated pages, and alternating kinds of web page navigation can be provided on pages that require help. Additionally, relocating javascript and also CSS from the web page HTML to outside documents is an excellent suggestion.

The best general rule is to keep your site as easy to navigate as feasible, while maintaining an excellent internet searching experience for your potential clients.

We at VNS wish to desire you All the best in your Seo efforts. SEO is a swiftly transforming globe requiring website proprietors to do research study and make adjustments in order to remain present. Please let us understand if we can be of any type of aid your Company in creating or improving your Online Existence.

 

SEO and Advertising And Marketing Services Used by VNA.

Comprehensive Search Engine and Marketing Optimization – We provide small business a thorough Online Marketing as well as Seo program. With our thorough Advertising and marketing and SEO approaches, you will see a rise in web traffic to your web site, and also we will help you transform that website traffic into clients. What we ask you to think about is this: Exactly how beneficial is an internet site if no person can discover it? And just how beneficial is a web site if people come to your site but do not buy anything? VNS has established an excellent track record in the past 8 years in helping Companies Improve their Online Marketing as well as Website Ranking. We can assist your company increase its earnings by bringing even more traffic to your website, and assisting you improve your Advertising and marketing Strategy. Our Comprehensive Service begins at $600/month.

Single Optimization Bundle – We recognize that long term solution agreements are not appropriate to the requirements of every firm. VNA uses an one-time Advertising and Search Engine Optimization plan to give your Online Presence an instantaneous tune-up, to aid you get present with the most recent developments in the Search Engine Optimization world, and also make your Marketing initiatives as efficient and also successful as possible. We offer this solution at $1000.

Selecting and including the proper key words in your site can make extremely large renovations in your Search Engine Rankings, as well as in your site traffic. Maintaining a good Site Position will also depend on you keeping your site upgraded. When your site has actually been submitted as well as authorized, they will give one-way web links to your internet site. Generally, the less complicated it is to navigate a website, the less opportunity there is that the site is harming its Position by being tough to creep. And just how valuable is a web website if individuals come to your website but don’t get anything?

 For more information: https://munkongseo.com/

 

 

The Price Of A Wedding During the COVID-19 Pandemic Has Reduced In The USA

relationship problems after baby born

A recent study found that those living in America were saving on their special during the pandemic. The average cost of a wedding in the USA is around $28,000. However, during the pandemic in 2020 and early 2021, those getting married were saving around $10,000.

The study found that 61 million couples are married in the USA and each year more than 2 million people tie the knott. Although the COVID19 Pandemic has been one of the most traumatic experiences in recent years, it hasn’t stopped happy couples from getting married.

In 2019 2.02 million couples got married in the USA. Experts believed that this number would drop in 2020 due to the Pandemic. However, that was not the case, and the number of people who got married increased.

Couples planning to get married were forced to make alterations to their wedding day, which meant they could reduce the amount of money they spent. Due to the pandemic, less money was spent on wedding parties, transport, and also the wedding venue.

The research also found that due to the pandemic couples were more focused on why they were getting married instead of putting on a big show for other people.  Those getting married said the pandemic made them look at life differently and made them understand they did not need a big event to share their love.

With the cost of a wedding being reduced in the USA, it allowed those couples struggling to save for their big day to get married quicker.

 

BikePark Wales Unveils Re-opening Plans

BikePark Wales opening

BikePark Wales has confirmed it will be re-opening to riders on Monday 26th April.

Located in the heart of Gethin Forest in the foothills of the Brecon Beacons near Merthyr Tydfil, BikePark Wales is the UK’s biggest purpose-built mountain biking resort.

All riders will need to pre-book and daily pedal passes will be limited to control numbers.

Strict Covid control measures will also be in operation across the site including disinfecting all hire equipment after every use, Perspex screens at all payment points, card payments only, one-way systems and hand sanitising stations.

“It has been an incredibly tough winter for everyone, but we have been working tirelessly throughout lockdown to improve the bike park and we are so excited to share what we have done with visitors,” said BikePark Wales’ Martin Astley.

 “The site has been completely transformed and almost every aspect of the operation has been given some love,” he added.

Among the major improvements are four brand new trails, extra parking, faster check-in, a more efficient uplift service and an improved après ride experience. 

A stunning new five-kilometre-long beginners’ downhill mountain bike trail will also open on 26th April and will be running hosted ride experiences from May 2021. 

Ideal for competent bike riders looking for a first taste of off-road excitement, BikePark Wales’ green trail ‘Kermit’ delivers all the thrills and fun of downhill mountain biking with bermed corners, rock slabs, roller coaster sections and tree-lined flow sections.

With a vehicular uplift service to transport riders to the top of the trails, bike and equipment hire, coaching, guiding and on-site café, BikePark Wales has everything for an incredible day on the mountain – suitable for all levels, from beginners to pro mountain bikers.

Pre-booking for pedal passes, bike hire, beginners’ packages and uplift booking will be open from 9am on Friday, 9th April ahead of the site re-opening on Monday 26th April.

62% of Brits in Favour of More Countries Adopting Vaccination Passports

spain entry rules

New data has revealed the extent to which Brits who are thinking about going on holiday abroad are in favour of the idea of vaccine passports.

The research – commissioned by travel insurance provider battleface – shows that 62% of Brits are in favour of more countries adopting vaccination passports. Conversely, just over a quarter (26%) of British holidaymakers would be put off visiting a country if they are required to provide proof of a COVID-19 vaccination.

This data comes as British travellers are eagerly waiting for an explanation on when and how they might be able to travel internationally with some industry experts predicting a traffic light system will be implemented with travel bans continuing for red countries, limited restrictions in place for green countries, and a combination of testing, vaccination passports and quarantines for yellow and amber countries.

The data also showed that 77% of Brits will now ensure they have adequate medical expenses cover prior to travelling, up from 71% prior to the pandemic.

Katie Crowe, Director of Communications, battleface comments:

“There is still a high degree of uncertainty among British travellers regarding vaccination passports and testing to enable international travel. In addition to attitudes towards vaccination passports, the data also showed that whilst 67% would be prepared to pay for a PCR test to enable them to travel internationally, just 4% of Brits are prepared to pay £75 or over for this test.

We feel encouraged that a greater number of people will now take out adequate medical expenses cover prior to travelling however 23% are still prepared to travel without this cover. With fines currently in place in the UK for those that travel without a legal reason to do so, it is increasingly important that holidaymakers check the latest FCDO advice and destination entry requirements before travelling. They should consider buying travel insurance a little closer to their departure date to ensure that they have the adequate cover for the country at the time of their trip.”

Passengers travelling abroad now need to carry a new form stating that their trip is permitted under national lockdown rules. While Brits may not travel abroad to go on holiday, battleface will continue to provide travel insurance cover for essential travel needs.

The study of 2,000 UK adults was carried out between 5 and 9 March by Opinium Research on behalf of travel insurance provider battleface to look at the immediate motivators and barriers to international travel for 2021.

 

Velvet Rose Bloom Into The Flower Industry With Premium Range Of Sustainable Floral Gifts

Velvet Rose luxury boxes

With an estimated £2.2 billion spent at the retail level on flowers in the UK, the global gift retailing market is expected to make £56 billion by 2022; Velvet Rose has launched a premium collection of luxury floral gifts.

Recreating and preserving the magic of a couple’s first kiss to a baby’s first cry, the slow dances in the kitchen, the UK based supplier considers that capturing a special moment should last a lifetime, engrained like a handprint on the heart. Their work is lovingly crafted from luxurious, sustainable materials or hand-selected from only the best roses by their talented flower artists’ team. The team then conserve each product with eco-friendly preservatives and colourants that can maintain a lasting, fresh, colourful bloom for up to three years. This is done without otherwise costly and cold storage techniques, which typically cost £150 to £600 to produce a single freeze-dried bouquet. Each gift is offered with its own complimentary presentation box and distributed in eco-friendly, biodegradable packaging.

velvet rose

Retailers and customers are invited to choose from a wide range of stunning, beautifully prepared bouquets. Each one is specially handmade by their team of flower artists at Velvet Rose in a choice of elegant, timeless colours, which can be further customised, especially for the wedding and events market, interior designers, and window or set dressers. The company aims to provide a growing catalogue of designs throughout the year. They are committed to growth and innovation and have witnessed first-hand an increase in demand for tailored and personalised gifts, which account for £1 billion of the UK gifting market. Many Velvet Rose products can already be made to order, from the seasonal and unique rose colour combinations, gift box colours and sizes and a range of delicious confectionery, and the option to create personalised messages which can be tied to the box.

Velvet Rose believe that the gift of “a lasting smile” is key to retaining and building connections in a world that has become more reliant on social distance and screen restricted conversations. As of March 2021, they have already attracted 18,000 followers on Instagram, with numbers expected to bloom with their partnership ‘Rosette’ Scheme already attracting influencers and celebrity endorsement from Geordie Shore’s Abbie Holborn.

velvet rose

Products are available with next day delivery Monday-Friday, across mainland UK, and across Europe. For further details and to discuss your requirements, contact: support@rosebox.co.uk, call 020 305 15537 or browse from the current collection at www.rosebox.co.uk/ or follow via Instagram at @velvetrosebox

Moonery Cypto Currency Surging in 2021

Moonery Cypto Currency

The Moonery team is very happy to announce that the community-drive, no-loos pool and prize game launchpad based on the Binance smart chain is finally released. The Moonery crypto is the hottest crypto project in 2021 because it’s fully driven by the community and it focuses on growth and success unlike never before. The true commitment is to value and professionalism, and it’s all about making sure that the process is adjusted appropriately.

An incredible project designed to generate passive income

Moonery Cypto Currency

One of the core advantages related to Moonery is the fact that you can easily earn BNB and MNRY just by holding the MNRY tokens. It’s a great, new way to finally make the most out of your tokens and pushing the process to the next level in an engaging and empowering manner. Moonery does a very good job at staking MNRY so you can be eligible for lottery prizes. You will also have automatic pool growth since Moonery invests in a variety of DEFI tokens too.

Outstanding assistance and support

The system is also protected against any pump dump delivered by the existing whales. This way the price is protected and every user can enjoy getting passive income at their own pace. There’s also a burn strategy in the works whose focus is to reward long-term holders. The community is continually helping everyone make the most out of their experience, and they are at the backbone of the Moonery growth.

The core advantages of Moonery MNRY

Moonery does a very good job at bringing in front some incredible benefits. This is a deflationary token, you have less overtime, and that helps boost the value to new heights. The dev team already worked on other successful projects, and it continues to do so here as well. You have a great lossless lottery where you can earn crypto at your own pace. Plus, the tokenomics are some of the best.

If you want to get involved in a great, community drive no loss pool and prize game, avail the opportunity and get your own Moonery tokens today!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lNjuhcgfmq8

https://moonery.io/

https://twitter.com/TheMoonery

https://t.me/moonery_io

instagram.com/moonery.io/

UK Fashion Brand Causes Excitement With Young People

STIGMA clothing

A new fashion brand that was started during the COVID19 pandemic has beaten the odds to become a firm favourite with young fashion lovers. While some fashion brands have struggled to survive, one man decided to take the unusual step to start his fashion business while so many were closing.

Jordan Wilson, the founder of STIGMA not only beat the odds to start a fashion business during an economic meltdown, but he also launched the business against the odds due to his health problems.

His story of how he started his business has caused huge exposure around the UK and the world, and as such he has given inspiration to so many who suffer from mental health issues.

STIGMA is aimed at those young people who love fashion and who want to look trendy and feel confident. The fashion range is flying off the shelves, which is a credit to Jordan Wilson.

I decided to sit down with Jordan Wilson and learn more about his fashion business STIGMA and find out the story behind the business. This is what he had to say.

 

First of all, please introduce yourself?

I’m Jordan Wilson, CEO of STIGMA Clothing,

 

Is it true that you have been diagnosed with bi-polar disorder and ADHD?

YES. I have struggled with my mental health ever since I was a teenager. In 2018, this all took a serious turn for a worse when I couldn’t see a light at the end of the tunnel and I unsuccessfully attempted to take my own life. I had hit rock bottom and I didn’t know which way to go. I was screaming for help but there was nobody who could help me. I’d had enough, I couldn’t go on the way I was living. I made a decision that no matter how long it would take me or how many times I failed I would just keep going. Keep trying, keep make tiny steps. Here I am today still trying, still going still taking small steps.

 

You have started a new fashion, which is one of the hardest industries to break into, why did you decide to start the new brand?

I have not always been into fashion, being quite honest there were times in my life when I didn’t look after myself at all. I decided to start the brand STIGMA not only as a fashion statement but also for a statement of intent. There are millions of people in this world just like me. Not just suffering with mental health issues but also being made to feel outcast, feeling alone and feeling like they will never amount to anything. STIGMA is building a family, a family where nobody will be made to feel like they aren’t good enough.

How did you come up with the name STIGMA?

When I first wanted to start a fashion range, I wanted it to be called ‘Disorder’, however I quickly found out that this was already trademarked and a brand already. Then STIGMA out of nowhere really. I thought what a rubbish word! I’d seen it branded all over the place. “Break the stigma”, “end stigma!” and that’s when I thought, why not just make it a better definition? Why not just turn a negative into a positive? Let’s give STIGMA an attitude, an attitude that won’t be defeated, an attitude that says,” I’m here, this is me!” There are millions of others who want to lead from the front just like me. There are millions of others who feel outcast just like me. That is what STIGMA is all about.

Trendy summer fashion clothing

Before we talk more about the success of STIGMA, lets talk about the steps you started to launch the business. What capital did you start the business with, and what research did you do to make sure that your brand is what the consumer wanted?

I started stigma £8,500 in debt after the pandemic. I didn’t have a penny to my name, I work out of my spare room in my top floor flat. It can be hard getting deliveries up and down the stairs. (haha). I’m nothing special. I’m a working-class man from Preston, Lancashire and I always will be no matter what. The funny thing with research here is that I didn’t do any at all. I just wanted to start adding value into peoples lives through being a good person and doing what I believed to be kind gestures.

 

Your mission statement says STIGMA is designed for the outcasts, the leaders and the game changers. As a brand our mission is to add value into people’s lives through building a family. It also says that STIGMA is designed to show leadership, strength and courage. Can you explain what you mean by that?

When I first started out in business, I asked a man who I knew who had what I’d class as a successful business a question. The question was, how do I do this? He said to me plain and simple, if you base your business around earning as much money as you can you will fail, you will end up with no business. If you base your business around adding value into other peoples lives then you will be far more successful than you can ever imagine. This is what I set out to do and who I wanted to become, we’ve already donated to different charities, we’ve given free clothing to people who need it more than us and I constantly portray my adding value to others lives on social media. I cannot change the world but I can change someone’s world and so can they therefore we have a chain effect. How many people does it take to change the world?

Adding value into peoples lives is the most important thing for me, it will take people to stand up and say I want this too and that’s where the leadership, strength and courage comes into play.

 

So, how is your fashion brand different from the many others on the market?

Clothing wise, we aren’t. How many more brands can say, we are better than X because we have better clothing. There is only so far you can go with that message. We build a family, a network of people. People who want to inspire, we aren’t subject to one industry like gym goers for example. We are open to everything and everyone. STIGMA can give hope into peoples lives though the power of a brand alone.

Your clothing designs really stand out, who are behind the designs of your clothing line?

I do everything right now. Believe me everything, from accounts to design. I couldn’t afford to pay anyone so I have learnt to do everything myself. I designed the website, I run social media, I run a podcast, I run customer service, I print and I package. It’s hard however what an invigorating feeling. 3 years ago, I didn’t want to be here anymore, I didn’t want to live. Now I have so much purpose to live and I want to get across that hope to other people.

How much thought went into the designs?

A lot, I struggle sleeping a lot with my conditions and believe me when I say I have gone nights with no sleep powering through all my negative thoughts and emotions to just get it done. I ask for help off my fiancé every now and then and she’s such a huge help with me mentally however she also has her own career and I try to let her get on with that as much as possible.

One thing I did notice, is that your clothing only goes up to 2XL, do you plan to offer your clothing to people who wear 3XL and even 4XL clothing?

Absolutely, funny really because I’m a 3XL man myself (haha) It’s been down to budgets and time allowance so far, I am one man. I will make mistakes and I wont be able to satisfy everyone always but I promise that I will always improve on anything where I fall short.

You sell women’s clothing, and men’s clothing, but do you intend to move into the teenage market?

Most definitely, once again it’s a matter of resources and time, we plan to take the market by storm as much as we can. I feel like in the teenage market I may need a little input as potentially I’m not as ‘down with the kids’ as I once was.

I have looked at the quality of your clothing line and compared them to other brands, and what does shock me is how affordable your clothing line is, so my question to you is, what is the secret, how have you managed to keep your prices so low?

I started this business skint. I know what it’s like to be skint. I want everyone to feel involved. I want everyone to have a chance at owning a stigma t-shirt or a piece of merchandise. We will always bring out different ranges and maybe sometimes things will be a higher price however like I say moving forward we are always learning, working out our market and hoping to add value where we can.

 

There has been a lot of talk in recent years about what is known as throw away clothing causing damage to the environment, do you plan in looking into producing environmental clothing in the future?

We already do, we have a range of t-shirts and hoodies that are PETA approved made from sustainable and organic material. We also know that sustainable doesn’t have to be expensive and the t-shirts are priced at just £19.99.

You have launched your winter clothing line, so what can we expect from your winter collection?

Layers! There’s nothing more I love than being wrapped up in the winter, big coats, big hoodies…comfort, comfort and more comfort.

 

What are the future plans for STIGMA?

I started this with no plan. I still have no plan. I roll with the punches. I never every thought I would own my own fashion brand but I do and it’s going well. My plan is to become the best person I can be and hopefully the business will always follow that suit.

 

To learn more about STIGMA, please visit https://stigmaclothing.co.uk

 

Viking Announces May 2021 Restart of Limited Operations with Domestic UK Cruises

new viking cruise

Viking® announced today that it will restart limited operations in May 2021 with three special sailings along the coast of England. Available exclusively for UK residents, the new eight-day ocean itinerary—England’s Scenic Shores—will sail roundtrip from Portsmouth, with departures on 22 May, 29 May and 5 June 2021. Guests on the England’s Scenic Shores itinerary will be among the first to sail on board Viking’s newest ocean ship, Viking Venus®, which will be delivered in April. Pre-registration for England’s Scenic Shores is currently open only to Viking’s loyal past guests; more details about the voyages will be released—and reservations will be available to all UK residents—in due course.

Viking was the first cruise line to suspend operations at the beginning of the pandemic, and today’s update about the official restart was triggered because the UK Government recently signalled that it will allow the resumption of domestic cruises beginning in May 2021. All other previously scheduled Viking sailings through to 31 May 2021 remain cancelled.

“We welcome the UK Government’s support for the return of safe domestic cruises as an important component in the travel industry’s recovery. In recognition of this support, and to celebrate the fact we have a British godmotherthe esteemed broadcaster and journalist Anne Diamondwe have chosen to name our new ship, Viking Venus, in the UK on 17 May,” said Torstein Hagen, Chairman of Viking. “We are in a position to restart operations quickly and to start sailing again in May because we have kept our ships crewed during warm lay-up throughout the past 12 months. We have been implementing our additional protocols, including daily quick and easy non-invasive saliva PCR tests for our crew, for almost six months now. With our new protocol enhancements in place, we believe there will be no safer way to travel the world than on a Viking voyage and we look forward to welcoming UK guests back on board very soon.”

Those who sail these new voyages will also experience Viking’s industry-leading health and safety programme. Grounded in scientific research, the Viking Health & Safety Programme was developed in partnership with an international team of medical advisors, including Raquel C. Bono, M.D., Viking‘s Chief Health Officer. Dr. Bono is a board-certified trauma surgeon and retired Vice Admiral of the United States Navy Medical Corps—and most recently led Washington State’s medical and healthcare systems response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Utilising a full-scale laboratory installed on every Viking ocean cruise ship, all guests and crew will receive daily quick and easy non-invasive saliva PCR tests. New air purification technology has also been installed on all Viking ships, which have always featured independent air handling units for all guest staterooms. Additional health checks, sanitisation and physical distancing measures will provide further protection for Viking guests and crew at all points of the journey. A complete overview of the Viking Health & Safety Programme can be found at: www.viking.com/health-safety.

5 Top Underwater Photography and Scuba Dive Destinations Around the World

best water sports in Brighton

Underwater photography is a fun and rewarding way to enhance your diving experience.

 

Among all the various types of photography from Still Life Photography to Architectural Photography, underwater photography is by far the most exciting and challenging. Over the years, underwater photography has become more popular thanks to nature television shows, the advancement in camera technology, and photography equipment becoming more affordable.

Underwater photography is not just fun and rewarding, it is a great way to enhance your diving experience. Not only can you put together memories of your experience under the ocean, buy you can also share with friends what you have seen and encourage them to take up diving.

I have put together of the five best underwater photography and scuba diving destinations around the world. But, before we look at the best underwater photography destinations, let’s look at five tips for underwater photography beginners.

 

Tips For Underwater Photography Beginners

 

  1. Get Comfortable With Your Camera

No matter what camera you are going to use underwater it is important that you are comfortable with it. It doesn’t matter if that is a compact camera or a large DSLR camera, the rules are the same. If you are not comfortable with it out of water, then you will struggle to use it underwater.

 

  1. Be Confident With Your Camera In The Water

It is important to build confidence in the water with your camera. When you are comfortable with your camera, then as a trial run try using it in the bath or purchase a big paddling pool.

Once you have tried using your camera in the bath or in a paddling pool then go to your nearest beach. Underwater photography and diving are totally different. With underwater photography you have equipment you have to take care of, and you have to be comfortable using it.

Some of the best divers struggle with underwater photography, so before you go booking a luxury diving holiday, make sure you can use your camera underwater.

 

  1. Understanding light

Underwater photography is so much different than above water. When you go underwater the light is totally different. The water quickly absorbs the light, and you have to be mindful of that fact.

When you are underwater, to get the best pictures you must be nearer to the subject and take the picture quickly. There are lots of books out there that tackle this subject, and it is important to read them.

One tip to combat the loss of colour and the loss of loss is to stay nearer to the top of the water and slow down your shutter speed.

 

  1. Take A Course in Underwater Photography

I would recommend to anyone thinking of taking up underwater photography to go on a course. They will teach you all the tricks that you need. There are many courses from one evening a week, to weekend courses and even a week’s course.

If you go on a course, then you will be ready for your underwater photography holiday and want come back feeling disappointed with photographs that have not come out correctly.

So, now we have looked at tip for beginners, lets look at the best underwater photography locations.

Chuuk Lagoon, Micronesia (aka Truk Lagoon) Scuba Diving and Underwater Photography

best diving destinationsChuuk Lagoon is my first choice for Underwater Photography. It was previously known as Truk Atoll. It is about 1,800 kilometres (1,100 miles) north-east of New Guinea and has become a first favourite with divers and underwater photography fans.

 

 

Raja Ampat, Indonesia (aka The Four Kings) Scuba Diving and Underwater Photography

Top Underwater Photography destinationsRaja Ampat is a series of Islands in between the west coast of Papua, Indonesia and the Maluku Islands. Raja Ampat scuba diving and underwater photography is a popular attraction for divers and underwater photographers.

 

 

Galapagos Islands, Ecuador Scuba Diving and Underwater Photography

Picture3Galapagos Islands is a popular diving destination for both scuba diving and underwater photography. It has been featured many times in diving publications. The water is great for underwater photography. It is quiet and calm all year around.

 

 

Bimini, Bahamas Scuba Diving and Underwater Photography

best underwater photography destinationsBimini, Bahamas offers exotic coral reefs that are bright and colorful which is just perfect for underwater photography. Aside for the reefs, Bimini has coral reef walls, wide range of wreckages and caves that open up the diving opportunity for all.

 

 

Rivera Maya, Mexico Scuba Diving and Underwater Photography

Tips For Underwater Photography If you are one of those who likes diving but don’t have the ability or energy to dive for too long, Rivera Maya is the perfect destination for you. Lily pad forest, swimming turtles, underwater dead trees of Rivera Maya water make it the most perfect place for underwater photographers.

 

Switzerland Tourism Launches 100% Women Peak Challenge

Women Peak Challenge

Switzerland Tourism has launched a 100% Women Peak Challenge. It lasts from 8 March until 8 September 2021 and has the aim to encourage female mountaineers to climb all 48 4,000m peaks in Switzerland in teams made up exclusively of women. A high-altitude ski tour that covers three 4,000m peaks with the participation of 4x Winter Olympian Chemmy Alcott (UK) marks the kick-off of the 100% Women Peak Challenge and can be followed on social media with #peakchallenge. The initiative aims to motivate women to pursue their dreams and encourage them to achieve their full potential when it comes to outdoor activities and mountain sport.

A lack of female role models prevents other women from starting or even thinking about outdoor activities such as mountaineering or having the confidence to make further progress. The aim of the 100% Women Peak Challenge is to encourage women-only teams to ascend the 48 highest peaks in the Swiss Alps. The challenge will run until 8 September 2021 and the participants will be encouraged to share their achievement on Peakchallenge.myswitzerland.com.

From 8 to 11 March, the three athletes Chemmy Alcott (UK), Johanna Ratschiller (Italy) and Caja Schöpf (Germany), together with mountain guides and Mammut Pro Team Athletes Caro North (Switzerland) and Nadine Wallner (Austria), will climb the three 4000m metre peaks Allalinhorn, Alphubel and Strahlhorn in the canton of Valais. ST is running the challenge together with its partners, the Swiss Alpine Club (SAC), the Swiss Mountain Guide Association and the Swiss outdoor brand Mammut. Less experienced women can profit from the expert advice of these partners or participate in guided climbs. The campaign is not about competing against each other but rather focusing on experiencing the 48 4,000m peaks together.

The Women Peak Challenge

The 100% Women Peak Challenge is set to encourage and motivate women to pursue their dreams. Climbing can mean pushing one’s limits but it requires and trains mindfulness and standing on top of a mountain peak is an extraordinary, even transformational experience. The majority of travel decisions are made by women, no matter who they travel with and women-only travel marks one of the current trends. Especially in the outdoor sector, women seem to feel more relaxed in women-only groups and many participants describe such adventures as a completely new, different and motivating experience when it comes to outdoor sports. Leaving their own comfort zone cannot only be beneficial for their own progress, but women will be influencing their peers while becoming role models for outdoor activities.

It doesn’t necessarily have to be a 4,000m peak though, there are many other activities that can be undertaken by women in order to act as role models. Together with the tourism industry, ST has gathered over 200 offers that are mainly taking place outdoors and are especially geared towards women in order to provide a female perspective of Switzerland MySwitzerland.com/women.

Support The NHS and Ban Boris Johnson And Matt Hancock From Pubs, Restaurants and Entertainment Venues

boris johnson petrol shortage

Since it was announced Boris Johnson was only willing to offer our hard-working NHS workers a 1% pay increase, we have received more than 6,000 emails asking In2town Lifestyle Magazine to back our NHS workers. We have listened to you and we are backing our readers and our NHS workers and have now launched a campaign to show our disgust in Boris Johnson.

We want all pubs, restaurants, and entertainment venues to ban Boris Johnson, Matt Hancock, and all Government Ministers from their venues. In2town wants to unite the entertainment sector and call on them to show Boris Johnson and the Government that the UK will not allow how Nurses to be treated in such a shocking manner.

In2town Wants all venues to put a poster in their window supporting the NHS and making it clear that all Government Ministers and Conservative MPs who support the shocking pay rise that they are not welcome. We also want to go a step further. We want all our readers to get on their Twitter account and repost our story. And it does not stop there. We want you to send a message of support for the NHS workers who put their lives on the line and send the following message to Boris Johnson and Matt Hancock, “Respect Our NHS and Increase The Pay Offer or Resign”

More than 230 NHS workers lost their lives fighting the COVID19 pandemic, millions of NHS workers suffered from high levels of stress. Boris Johnson has shown those NHS workers that their lives mean nothing, and it must stop.

It was not Boris Johnson who helped win the battle against COVID19, it was those NHS workers who thought the battle on a daily basis. Boris Johnson and Matt Hancock are the ones that feel it is right to take the credit. Boris Johnson and Matt Hancock have shown all the way through the pandemic that they were not qualified to deal with such an important issue, and they were out of touch with the public.

Let us all show our support for the NHS and for all those that work within the NHS and force Boris Johnson to either resign or increase the pay offer for NHS workers.

Bamburgh Castle Set To Reopen Grounds

Bamburgh Castle to open

Bamburgh Castle is planning to reopen its grounds later this month in line with the Government’s easing of England’s national lockdown restrictions.

From Monday 29 March the 1400-year-old Northumberland castle’s gates will re-open to visitors once again, when the Government’s planned roadmap gives the green light for heritage sites to reopen their grounds for recreational purposes.

It is also the earliest date when the ‘Stay at Home’ message is set to be lifted, allowing people to meet outside in groups up to a maximum of six, or with one other household.

Bamburgh CastleFrancis Watson-Armstrong, owner of Bamburgh Castle said: “We are excited to be working towards reopening the castle for visitors after being closed for almost 150 days. We are, however, acutely mindful that the lockdown roadmap is subject to change and we will be following Government advice and regulations closely.

“While the castle has been closed for an unprecedented period of time, we’ve been busy behind the scenes carrying out essential maintenance to conserve the fabric of the castle and its collections and making ongoing preparations to welcome visitors and staff back securely.”

Mr Watson-Armstrong added: “Bamburgh Castle was one of the first attractions in the country to be awarded the industry standard ‘We’re Good To Go’ in recognition of our rigorous Covid-secure measures. We’ve bolstered that with the addition of a further quality assurance, the World Travel & Tourism Council’s global Safe Travels stamp.

“The safety of our visitors and staff remains our absolute priority. As before, we’ll be operating enhanced cleaning, social distancing and one-way routes, limiting visitor numbers and installing additional WC facilities and hand sanitiser stations throughout the site. The rule of six or visiting with one other household regulations will also apply.”

Once the Anglo-Saxon capital of Northumberland, Bamburgh Castle is famed for being the real Last Kingdom of Bebbanburg in Bernard Cornwell’s epic television series and historical novel set. Visitors exploring the castle’s grounds will be able to discover why England’s finest coastal fortress has been the ultimate defensive stronghold for thousands of years with guides and outdoor re-enactors narrating its past.

Bamburgh Castle

Mr Watson-Armstrong said: “While the castle’s indoor areas remain temporarily closed, until 17 May, reopening our grounds will give visitors the chance to explore one of the region’s most spectacular open-air locations and experience one of the most unique coastal viewpoints Britain has to offer.

“It will be a tremendous opportunity for people in the region to visit a landmark they’re so familiar with from the outside, but perhaps have never managed to step within its gates and see the views from inside our walls.”

Regular four-legged castle visitor Marley the mini pony will be one of the first to trot into the castle ready to welcome visitors when it re-opens at 10.00am.

Due to current Government restrictions, the castle’s staterooms and Armstrong and Aviation Museum will remain closed until May 17 at the earliest. A takeaway food and drink outlet will temporarily replace the castle’s indoor Clock Tower Tearooms.

As visitor numbers are restricted to allow social distancing on site, visitors are advised to pre-booked advance ground tickets which include fast track entry. Grounds tickets priced at £6.00 for adults / £3.00 children / £16 family (two adults and up to three dependants aged up to 18) are available at www.bamburghcastle.com

Dogs are allowed into the castle grounds free of charge.

Bamburgh Castle grounds will be open from 10.00am until 5.00pm with last admission at 4.00pm.

 

London Ecards are becoming more popular with the UK and International Tourists

Visit London River Thames

More than 30 million people from around the world visit London, making it the third most visited city in the world. Everyone should visit London at least once in their lifetime no matter where they live. However, even though London has so much to offer, according to a recent report, more than 3.5 million people living in the UK have never visited London.

Postcards thanks to modern technology and the damage that they have on the planet, have declined in popularity. A few decades ago, one of the most bought items when people visited London were postcards. However, in recent years postcards have declined in popularity. Twenty years ago, more than 20 million postcards were sold each year around the world, but in 2020 that figure reduced by almost 75% to just 5 million.

Ecards LondonIn 2020 only around 120,000 postcards were sent from people living in and visiting the UK. However, even though postcards have declined, it does not mean that people have stopped sending pictures to family and friends of places they have visited in London. Postcards have now been replaced with Ecards. More people than ever people are now sending Ecards which have many benefits over postcards. They include cost, speed of delivery, and how they don’t damage the planet.

London is not just one of the most visited cities in the world, it is also one of the most popular places to send an Ecard from. More people are sending London Ecards than ever before, and once lockdown is over and London opens its doors to tourists, it is believed that a record number of London Ecards will be sent.

 

So, what are the advantages of Ecards compared to postcards?

 

London Ecards and Ecards in general including birthday cards, Christmas cards, and get-well cards, are more cost-effective, environmentally friendly, and give the sender an increased relationship with the recipient. Those sending the Ecards can put their own stamp on the card instead of the standard message that traditional postcards have.

 

Personalisation

 

One of the biggest advantages of an Ecard over a traditional postcard is how you can make it more personal. You can easily add the message to the card that you want to send.

 

Kinder to the Environment

London Ecards

More than 88% of postcards are thrown away, which means they could end up in a landfill somewhere unless the owner of the postcard puts it in their recycling bin.

We all have an obligation to save the planet and reduce our carbon footprint. By using Ecards instead of traditional postcards, we are all making an important step to save the planet for future generations.

It is not just about when the card gets thrown away that could damage the earth, it is also the many factors that go into making the card. If we look at the petrol that is used to pick up the material for the printing factories and then look at the petrol used to deliver the postcards. Then you have to look at the cardboard boxes the postcards are put into for delivery.

By using Ecards instead of postcards, it reduces our carbon footprint.

 

Ecards are Cost-Effective

 

Another important factor for why people should send Ecards when visiting London or other destinations rather than sending a postcard is the cost. Ecards are more cost-effective than postcards, which is a major benefit.

 

Speed

 

Ecards are much faster than postcards. When you send a postcard, it could take a few days to be received. However, when you send an Ecard it can be received straight away.

With so many benefits with London Ecards compared to postcards, why don’t you send an Ecard the next time you visit London?

 

Award-winning corporate motivational speaker Gordon Tredgold Talks About Executive Coaching

Gordon Tredgold

Award-winning corporate motivational speaker, Gordon Tredgold, who has been officially named No. 6 on Global Gurus Top 100 Leadership Experts and Speakers list for 2021, talks about executive coaching.

Gordon Tredgold knows his stuff. He has been helping people to succeed with his years of experience and professional guidance. The author of three renowned books: FAST – 4 Principles Every Business Needs to Drive Success and Achieve Results, Leadership it’s a Marathon Not a Sprint, and Practitioners Guide to Leadership, talks about the inner voice.

The coaching expert has said people are afraid of failure, and they can overcome that fear to succeed. He also explains who everyone can improve their lifestyle for success. So, we decided to sit down with Gordon Tredgold and find out more.

 

  1. You are a Leadership Consultant and Executive Coach, what does that exactly mean?

Basically, it means that I work with clients to help them achieve the results that they are looking for, it might be setting up a change program for success, helping them improve performance and get the best out of the teams, or helping to define their culture. Having spent 25 years successfully delivering large complex projects, and running teams’ of 1000 people, I know and understand what’s needed deliver success.  Each assignment is different, it might involve coaching where I am helping to develop their skills to deal with a challenge, or consulting where I’m more hands-on involved in delivering the solution or it could be in an advisory capacity helping set the strategy and direction.

  1. There are lots of people who manage to sail through life and succeed, while others fail at business, relationships and careers, why is that?

That’s a great question, and its one I asked myself about 7 years ago that led to a change of direction for myself. I wondered whether I had a repeatable process that I was using, as I had created a strong track record of success in delivering complex projects and turning round failing initiatives, wondering why I was succeeding where others had struggled. What I found was that I did actually have a process, one that was fairly repeatable and could be used in pretty much any in any situation, and that got me to thinking that I’d like to systematize it and teach it to other people to help them with their projects. And I think this is what differentiates those that succeed, they have a process, they know what works. When you look at the reasons for failure, their pretty consistent, and can easily be avoided once you know what they are. But one of the big challenges is that too often we have to just dive in due and start working, due to time pressures, and then we make these mistakes which can make success impossible. Once you have a process that you trust and can rely on things become a whole lot easier.

 

  1. I hear a lot about the voice of self-doubt or lack of believing, what does that mean and how can that stop a person from succeeding?

People are not afraid of hard work, they’re afraid of failure, and lore often it’s this fear of failure that will even stop them from trying a new challenge or taking on a difficult project. And it’s these self-doubts that feed that fear, that can hold us back. For many years I had self-doubts about my ability as an author, and that stopped me from even trying to write, let alone pitching publications. Finally, I decided that. I didn’t care about whether people thought my style as good or bad, I just wanted to share what I’d learned about leadership. And within 3 years my blog was one of the Top Leadership blogs and I was a regular contributor to Inc, Entrepreneur, Huffington Post, and had articles in Forbes, Success, Business Insider, have my articles translated into over 20 languages and had a book that was a finalist in Management book of the year. But my self-doubt created a reluctance to write had effectively stopped me from reaching my full potential for years.

A big part of my coaching is helping people see their full potential, eliminating those self-doubts and set them on the path to realising it.

  1. You help others to grow, but how do you develop yourself and continue to grow?

    One of the biggest surprises for me is just how much you learn yourself from teaching. It actually requires a greater level of understanding to teach something that it does to do it. So just by continuing to teach leadership and train people that forces me to grow and increase my level of understanding. Plus, I have very analytical mind and I am always trying to understand how things work, the cause and effect and then how we can improve them, it’s a bit nerdy but then I am a mathematician by education.

  2. Do you believe that everyone can grow or are there types of people who cannot be helped?

Every single one of us can grow, we can all do better if we want to, we just need to understand how, and have the desire to do it. In my experience it’s a lack of knowing how not a lack of desire that holds people back.  One of the challenges is to help people see it, so a lot of time coaching is about finding the right context and the best way to explain thigs so that people can see the solution. Too often people are only taught one way and if they don’t see it, then a repetition of that teaching isn’t going to help. We have to tailor our approaches for different people, making things context relevant which will help foster their understanding.

  1. Who should seek out an executive coach?

I remember when I was first offered a coach 15 years ago when I worked for DHL 15, at first, I thought what a cheek, but actually it turned out to be a pivotal moment for me. Even though I had been very successful up to that point and as far as I was concerned, I was achieving my full potential, as I was successfully leading a $100m dollar program. But what I didn’t know was that I had some self-limiting beliefs that were holding me back from achieving my true potential, potential that I couldn’t see, which actually allowed me to go onto much bigger and better things.

 

So, for me I think everyone can benefit from having a coach, we all have blind spots, or things that we need help with. It light be about improving a skill, refining an approach or just giving an external perspective onto a situation which can help move us forward.

 

For those of you who might be thing, it’s not for me just remember Usain Bolt has a coach, Steve Jobs used a coach, many very successful people use coaches, as well as those who are on their way up that need a little support on the journey.

 

  1. Can you tell us why coaching is a good investment either for an individual or for a business?

 

For leadership coaching anything that helps improve employee engagement is going to have a direct impact on the top and bottom line of a business. Engaged employees tend to increase revenue and profitability by over 20%, and highly engaged employees are twice as productive which is going to have positive benefits. For individuals I find that the benefits of coaching can be to help then in their career growth, preparing the for promotions or landing new opportunities and giving them the confidence and capability to succeed in them.

 

  1. Can you give an example of typical coaching scenario?

 

Normally there’s a challenge or opportunity that the client has, it might be one that they are struggling to deal with or where they are looking for a fresh perspective, or to get some input from someone who has experienced this before.

First step is to help clarity the desired outcome, understand the challenge and then help create clarity about the way forward. Helping to define the next steps, ideally in way that the client believes and trusts in. The last part is critical because without belief there is no execution, accountability or follow through. Sometimes the changes made are small, or very subtle, but will have a dramatic impact.

 

At one client, my involvement was in helping them to define their strategic goals. There was a reluctance to write down clear goals and commit to them. This was in part due to a lack of confidence in their ability to achieve them and also to a lack of trust that the senior management team would buy into the goals.

 

Over the course of a couple of sessions, working with the senior management team we came up with a set of strategic goals that not only they agreed with, but were excited about and these goals would drive growth by 50% over a 3-year period which was significantly more aggressive than they were previously performing.

 

  1. There are lots of executive coaches out there, so what is the secret to finding a good executive coach?

 

I think there are a couple of things that are important

  • Chemistry, this is critical, how comfortable do you feel with the coach, are they someone that you feel you can trust and be honest and open with.
  • Experience, I think it’s hard to learn to swim from someone who’s never been in the water. That doesn’t mean that they need to have done the exact same job as you, but I do think, especially for leadership they need to have led reasonable sized teams otherwise it’s mostly theory.

 

  1. What makes an effective coach?

 

For me an effective coach is someone who stimulates action, who gets you to implement the things that you have talked about. Part of that requires you to come up with an easy-to-understand plan that your client both agrees with and believes in. Remember, it’s the belief that really stimulates action.

 

  1. How do you measure success?

As someone who is focused on the outcomes, this is simple.
Did you achieve the outcomes the client is looking for?

  1. You have been named 6 on the Global Gurus Top 100 Leadership Experts and Speakers, how did that make you feel?

    Like a lot of people I have a tendency to suffer from imposter syndrome, so the first time I was on the list, I was shocked and wondered if they had made a mistake, even though I was truly honoured. But that’s what self-doubts will do to you at times.

    Now this is my third year on the list, I feel a little more comfortable, but I am still truly humbled to be there with the likes of Ken Blanchard, John Maxwell, Jim Collins and Patrick Lencionni, I have several leadership books from each of them in my library and grew into the leader I was because of them.

  2. Why do you believe you were named in the top ten and what is the secret of your success?

There are criteria that they use to identify the list and it’s about the quality and content of material leadership ideas you produce (books and articles), the impact and the originality, as well as public opinion I think voting makes up about 30% of the ranking.  Which is a great benefit to me as I do produce a lot of content which I share on media. I think part of the attraction of my ideas is that I look to make things as simple as possible, because I am a firm believer that when things are easier to understand it’s easier for people to act on them. A lot of feedback I get from people is them thanking me, for giving them tools that they find easy to use and which help.  So, Simplicity is crucial for me, the simpler I can make things the greater the number of people who will be able to act up on it and benefit from it.

  1. You do a lot of public speaking, what are the benefits of public speaking?

    The benefit for me, is that it forces me to simplify. To try and find ways to get across, what at times can be complex concepts, in ways that are easy to understand and easy to implement. Often a talk might be 20 minutes and you have to find ways to have an impact in that time and this drives you to have a deeper understanding in order to distil the essence and communicate it in such a short time frame.

    I think for the audience it allows them to get some takeaways that they can implement immediately. I also like Q&A sessions as this can allow us to go a little deeper and even tailor some of the concepts to specific situations, some that you might not mention in your books or articles.

 

  1. We are just coming out of the pandemic, what do you see the future for small business owners?

    Wow tough question to finish with. I think that we’re going to see at least 6-12 months of lockdown or this difficult situation. I think for small business owners they are going to have to adapt their business models to be able to deal with this in a permanent way, as I don’t think we will go back to how things were before in many ways, some of these changes are going to be permanent. Those who can adapt will survive, those that can’t won’t. I also think that small businesses are going to need to be able to scale rapidly as their will be a surge for demand once this is over. My sister was telling me that a local restaurant near her took 700 bookings in 3 days when they announced they were re-opening. They were lucky if they got that number in a year previously. Disruption is here to stay and small businesses are going to need to be nimble and flexible and open to different service channels and potentially services.

For more information Gordon Tredgold, please visit https://gordontredgold.com/

Top Holiday Destination Brits Want To Visit This Summer

spain entry rules
  • The most popular holiday destination that Brits want to go to this summer are Spain, followed by Portugal, Greece, the United States, France, United Arab Emirates, and Turkey.

With the news that lockdown is coming to an end, the travel industry jumped up and down for joy. But, not as much as those who have been dreaming of holidays abroad.

According to EasyJet, once Boris Johnson made his announcement their flight bookings jumped by 337%, and package holidays jumped by 630%. 

EasyJet have said their most popular bookings were Málaga, Alicante, and Palma in Spain, Faro in Portugal, and the Greek island of Crete.

If you are like me and grabbed your suitcase and packed it as soon as Boris Johnson announced his roadmap out of lockdown, then you may be wondering where to go for a summer holiday. After I finished packing my suitcase and ordering my new swimming trunks, which I had to do thanks to the see-food diet that I was on during lockdown, I decided to ask our readers where they would like to go on holiday.

It is no secret that holiday prices have gone through the roof, and some travel companies are taking advantage, but it hasn’t stopped people from booking a summer holiday. So, I asked 3,000 In2town Lifestyle Magazine readers where they would like to go on holiday, and if this what they had to say.

7 Top Holiday Destination Brits Want To Visit

Spain

When we had our readers which top holiday destination, they wanted to take a holiday in this summer Spain came out on top. It is an obvious choice with Brits, but where in Spain did they want to go on holiday?

Majorca, which is the largest of the Spanish Balearic Islands came as the number one choice. With its white-sand beaches and clear water, it was no surprise that Majorca was the holiday destination Brits were rushing to book.

So, where else in Spain did our readers want to go on holiday this summer. Benidorm came in as a close second, followed by Ibiza.

6

Portugal

Portugal came second on our list of Top Holiday Destination Brits Want To Visit This Summer. 16.3 million visitors each year visit Portugal, and if you have not been, then you really must.

One of my favourite places in Portugal is Porto, and it seems our readers agree. Porto was the first place our readers would like to go on holiday in Portugal, followed by Albufeira, and Tavira.

5 top holiday destinations brits want to visit

Greece

Greece has always been a top holiday destination for Brits. Greece has amazing beaches, food, weather, and its value for money. When I go to Greece, I like to book my holiday separately. I find you get more for your money if you avoid the travel agents and find your own flights and hotel.

Create was the top holiday destination that Brits visiting Greece wanted to go to, followed by Rhodes.

4

The United States

The United States over the years has become a more affordable destination to visit. Popular TV shows like NCIS LA and Blue Bloods have helped boost tourism.

According to our readers who want to take a holiday in the United States, the destinations they want to visit are New York, California, and Las Vegas.

3 top holiday destinations

France

I do love France, but if you look at the big travel agents, they ignore France which is a shame. France was the country Brits loved to travel to, either by plane or by coach, but now it has become harder to book package holidays. Hopefully, that will change.

The Top Summer Holiday destinations in France that our readers want to visit are Saint-Tropez, and Cap d’Antibes.

2

United Arab Emirates

Thanks to celebrities, United Arab Emirates has become a very popular holiday destination in recent years, and soon could become in the top five places people want to visit.

There was only one place our readers wanted to visit in the United Arab Emirates, and that was Dubai. It is a lovely place to visit, and if you are visiting Australia for a holiday, then I would recommend stopping in Dubai for a couple of days.

1 favourite holiday destinations

Turkey

I have to be honest; I am not a fan of Turkey. I love the food, but the last time I visited Turkey it was too hot. I also found it a bit boring. I know a lot of people will say, what am I talking about, but that is my opinion.

The top holiday destinations in Turkey that our readers wanted to visit this summer are Marmaris, and Antalya.

So, there you have it. The top holiday destinations that Brits want to visit this year are Spain, Portugal, Greece, the United States, France, United Arab Emirates, and Turkey.

 

Liverpool Couple Ordered To Pay £15,000 Over False Sickness Claim

False Sickness Claim

A couple who went on holiday to Benidorm decided to try and make some quick money by making a false holiday sickness claim. However, their idea of making some fast cash has caused them to go into debt after a Liverpool court ruled the couple must pay TUI £15,000.

Chelsea Devine, 21, and Jamie Melling, 22 from Liverpool thought it would be a great idea to pretend they became ill in Benidorm while on holiday and decided to put in a fraudulent holiday sickness claim against TUI.

Jameie Melling and Chelsea claimed they suffered from food poisoning during their holiday which resulted in them having their holiday ruined. They also claimed they suffered for weeks after their all-inclusive holiday but this was later found not to be true.

The couples lies were found through their Facebook page where they posted lots of pictures next to the pool and enjoying their holiday.




Read:Is Marella Discovery 2 A Good Cruise Ship

 

Although there are genuine sickness claims against travel companies, the number of false claims are on the increase.

Judge Sally Hatfield QC said: “I find that they have not proved that they were ill. I cannot accept that they would upload photographs of themselves as a happy couple if the holiday was as they claim.

liverpool couple false sickness claim

“The statements are identical. They say that they did not collude, but it is clear the statements were not written by them. There are inaccuracies in them.

“They did not complain [at the time] despite it being easy to do so. They did not complain when they came home. Have the claimants proved that they were ill?

“I do not accept that they did not raise the fact of their alleged illness with the hotel because they were young and inexperienced. They were young, but they were in contact with their parents, who apparently gave them no advice.

“I find that there is no reason why they did not complain. I do not attribute any illness to the unsatisfactory food. There is no evidence of contamination. I accept the evidence of the hotel, and there is no evidence of any outbreak.”

TUI who has previously said they intend to stamp out on false sickness claims and have started to leave cards in hotel room warning about making false claims released a statement.

“It’s disappointing we have had to go this far to defend our industry and hotel partners, as well as protect honest holidaymakers.

“The court has found they brought claims that are fundamentally dishonest and have been ordered to pay our costs.

“This goes to highlight the penalty you can face if you bring an exaggerated or fraudulent holiday sickness claim.”

Although there has been an increase in false sickness claims, some solicitors are concerned that those who have a genuine case will no longer report it, which means holiday companies can ignore the problems that some hotels have.

Spain Ready To Welcome British Holidaymakers

Spain welcomes british holidaymakers

Spanish Tourism minister Reyes Maroto has said Spain is ready to open its gates for British holidaymakers. The tourism minister said his country and the UK are in advanced talks to develop a travel corridor. This would mean that British holidaymakers could enjoy their summer holidays in Spain.

He said safe links between the two countries were being developed in time for an early rollout of travel with the country’s main tourism markets, such as the UK and Germany.

This is great news for Brits looking to travel to Spain for a much-needed holiday. It is even better news for those businesses who have been struggling to survive in popular Spanish holiday resorts such as Benidorm.

benidorm ready for british holidaymakers

For some ex-pats in Spain who moved to Spain for a new life, this news could be a little late. We have spoken to ex-pats in Benidorm who have welcomed the news. However, some business owners are not convinced this latest news will help them survive.

One ex-pat in Benidorm who did not wish to be named said they have already had to close their doors for good.

“There is no return for us. We were struggling at the start of the pandemic with the reduction of British holidaymakers. But, when the UK went into full lockdown and banned people from travelling abroad, we knew then that we would not survive. Now, we have to decide if to find jobs here instead of working for ourselves or go back to the UK and start afresh.”

An ex-pat from Benidorm who has welcomed the news is still worried. They don’t believe the summer will see as many tourists as in previous years. According to the Manchester ex-pat, this is not down to people being scared of flying abroad.

“I am fearful for the businesses in Benidorm. We have had it really hard here and to be honest, I don’t see a positive future. Travel companies are charging a lot more than in previous years for people to have a holiday in Benidorm.”

Some entertainers in Benidorm were forced to move back to the UK to make ends meet are hoping the Brits will return.

Tui chief executive Fritz Joussen said he was confident travel curbs would be eased during the summer.

He said: “Travelling in Europe will be possible in summer 2021 – safely and responsibly. We are preparing intensively for this. Tui is already in close coordination with Greece, Spain, and Cyprus.

“Talks are to be extended to other holiday destinations in the western and eastern Mediterranean in the coming weeks.”

He added the introduction of a vaccine passport and better testing could help travel resume.

So, with Spain welcoming tourists from the UK, will you be jumping on a plane and have fun in the sun, or will you be staying closer to home?

Skegness Butlins Makes Important Announcement

skegness butlins opens

Skegness Butlins has today announced they will be re-opening on May 17th.

Guests who have booked a holiday at Skegness Butlins from April to May will be contacted over the next few days.

Butlins which also has resorts in Bognor Regis and Minehead has been closed since the locked down rules were introduced.

Now that Boris Johnson has set out his roadmap to open the entertainment industry, Butlins in Skegness and other resorts are preparing to welcome their guests.

Butlins has already started to contact holidaymakers to inform them of the new opening date, where those who have booked to stay at the resort while it has been closed will be provided with options.

In a statement, a spokesperson for Butlin’s said: “We’d like to take this opportunity to thank all of you for your patience during this time.

“We know it’s been frustrating waiting to hear, and our team have been working hard to move dates/process refunds as quickly as possible.

“We look forward to reopening our doors on May 17.

“We can’t wait to welcome you.”

The resort has invested millions of pounds in a new, Covid-secure venue set to open this year.

The new venue has 860 seats, within enough space for social distancing, which will provide a weather-proof venue for the stages and shows.

The opening of Butlins will be a huge boost to the local economy, and a major sign that Skegness is open for business.

Boris Johnson Hints No Summer Holidays For 2021

boris johnson covid crisis

Boris Johnson has hinted that summer holidays abroad and the UK could be off the cards. While Matt Hancock has claimed he has booked his summer holiday, his boss Boris Johnson is refusing to talk about the possibility of people being able to go abroad or take a staycation.

The Prime Minister’s refusal to talk about Summer Holidays for 2021 due to the Coronavirus and some ministers claiming staycations and holidays abroad will not be possible, has sent shockwaves through the travel industry.

When the Transport Secretary was asked on Sky News about people being able to go abroad this summer due to COVID-19, he was less confident than Matt Hancock.

Grants Shapps told Sky News that he could not give a definitive answer on whether people will be able to go abroad or take staycations.

“I don’t want to unnecessarily raise people’s hopes.”

“I’m afraid I can’t give you a definitive ‘will there or will there not be’ the opportunity to take holidays this next year, either at home or abroad.

Thomas Cook chief executive Alan French was more optimistic about the summer holidays. He told Sky News that he believes that people will be able to go abroad.

If summer holidays are cancelled, then it could result in even more job losses in the travel industry with many independent travel agency’s going to the wall.

Oasis of the Seas Review

first cruise holiday

As you will see from our Oasis of the Seas Review, this cruise ship, which is operated by Royal Caribbean International is a much-loved floating palace.

Oasis of the Seas was first constructed in 2007 and completed in 2009. It was delivered to Royal Caribbean in October of that year.  It is one of the biggest in their fleet with 16 decks, 522 inside cabins, and 2,220 outside cabins. It carries 6,780 passengers and 2,100 crew.

One thing that I do like about the cruise ship is its Itinerary. It takes passengers around the Caribbean from her homeport of PortMiami in Miami, Florida. The Caribbean must be one of the best cruising experiences in the world.

The Roya Caribbean Oasis of the Seas reviews have always been some of the best, but since the refit in 2019, you will find it hard to find many negative reviews. It has always been an amazing cruise ship, but the refit took it one step closer to perfection.

Oasis of Seas as many cruisers call it, would drawth most other cruise ships when it first hit the seas. That was until the Symphony of the Seas came along. It is a very impressive ship, and one thing that Royal Caribbean is good at is showing the rest of the cruising world how it should be done. And that is what they have done with this popular cruise ship.

Although the Oasis of the Seas can carry 6,700 passengers, most of the year it only carries 5,606 passengers. It is only in peak season that the ship carries its maximum load. Believe it or not, one-third of the passengers don’t leave the ship during their cruise. To be honest I don’t see the point of going on a cruise ship and never visiting the wonderful destinations on the itinerary.

oasis the seas

When you read the Oasis of the Seas reviews, you will think to yourself, how can a cruise ship receive so many positive reviews? But once you jump on board you will see why so many people are excited by the cruise ship and why families love it.

So, what makes the Oasis of the Seas a hit with people of all ages. Firstly, it caters to everyone. In 2019 Royal Caribbean spent $165 million on the refit of the Oasis of the Seas. No matter if you are a single traveller, to a couple looking for a romantic cruise, to a family looking for fun on the seas.

The secret to the Roya Caribbean Oasis of the Seas success is down to the ship layout, amenities, and its neighbourhood concept. It is a clever idea where public rooms and onboard attractions are grouped into several themed sectors. I do love this idea where each neighbourhood is designed to appeal to different types of passengers. So, no matter what you like and don’t like, there is truly something for everyone.

 

The Oasis Of The Seas Boardwalk

the oasis of the seas I do love the Boardwalk. Families and children will love the Boardwalk. There are two rock climbing walls, and there is also a carousel, the Ultimate Abyss dry slide, AquaTheatre, and the Playmakers Sports Bar & Arcade.

Kids will love the Boardwalk, especially the candy store and the portrait studio, and not forgetting the Pets at Sea store where children can create their own stuffed animals. And if you get hungry and candy is not your thing then how about the donut shop. If you want something more than candy and donuts are not your thing, then there are also three restaurants available.

During the day, you can take scuba lessons or just go for a swim in the largest freshwater pool currently available on a cruise ship. Shows are also put on where passengers can enjoy acrobatics, aerialism, synchronized swimming, and high diving from a pair of 30-foot platforms. Got to admit, it gave me vertigo just watching them. What is also incredible is the two giant screens on either side of the pool where you can see what is happening underwater.

Just looking at the Boardwalk and the effort and money put into this zone helps you understand why kids and families give the Oasis of the Seas the thumbs up.

 

Oasis of the Seas Youth Zone

oasis by the sea

The Oasis of the Seas cruise ship has gone out of its way to provide children with everything they could want from a great holiday.

When you read all the Oasis of the Seas reviews, one part of the ship will always be mentioned, and that is the Youth Zone. Families love this zone, and kids love it more.

The Youth Zone is what it says on the tin. It is designed just for kids. It is one of the best cruise ship’s Youth Zone’s around. TUI cruises could learn a lot about the Oasis of the Seas Youth Zone. Royal Caribbean International has put a lot of thought into this 28,700 square feet zone.

Oasis of the Seas Youth Zone gives kids everything they could want. It provides them with ten great experiences which include an activities area, a gym, and what I love is the theatre where children can put on shows. There is also a workshop for crafts, and there is also an Imagination Studio for art projects. If that is not enough then how about an Adventure Science Lab for kids that love science, and to top it off there is also a video arcade.

The Oasis of the Seas Youth Zone thinks about children of all ages. For children between 6 months and 3 years, there is a Royal Babies & Royal Tots nursery. For older children, there is a disco, living-room-style lounge which is located one deck up.

 

Central Park On Oasis of the Seas

oasis of the sea

When you read the Oasis of the Seas reviews, and please do, there are thousands of them out there, you will read about Central Park. Couples travelling alone love Central Park.

The Central Park Neighbourhood covers 21,000 square-foot and is an open-air tropical garden with a great adult atmosphere. The tiled pathway which runs from one end of Central Park to the other is one of the most photographed parts of the cruise ship. There are 12,000 trees, vines, plants, and flowers, providing a truly remarkable space.

If you love food, then you will love Central Park. There are many great places to eat which include:

 

    150 Central Park serves six- to eight-course menus with wine pairings.

    Chops Grill is a Chicago-style steakhouse.

    Giovanni’s Table is a family-style Italian restaurant. It serves pizza, pasta, and other rustic dishes.

    The Park Cafe serves panini sandwiches, soups, and made-to-order salads.

Central Park is a great place to socialize and meet fellow passengers. There is a Vintage wine bar that serves some of the best wines available. They also hold wine tasting events. There is also the open-air Trellis Bar and Rising Tide.

If you love to shop, and ladies this is for you, Central Park has some great shopping outlets and there is also a portrait studio and even an art gallery. The portrait studio is where you can buy prints from the many events that the Royal Caribbean Oasis of the Seas puts on.

 

The Royal Promenade

royal caribbean oasis of the seas The Royal Promenade acts as a central boulevard for the cruise ship. It is a place to hand out, have fun, meet friends, and have a great time. It is a mixed part of the ship where there are shopping and entertainment venues. There are regular music performances, and this is where you will see the DreamWorks Animation parade where you can get to see Shrek, Penguins, Puss In Boots, and the Madagascar to name a few.

There is also a night club and here is where you will find the popular Atlas Pub and if you like Champagne then the Champagne Bar is just for you. There are also outlets to grab some food and there is also a 24-hour coffee shop.

 

Oasis Of The Seas Entertainment Place

reviews of oasis of the seas I love the Entertainment Place and by the look of all the Oasis of Seas reviews, I think everyone else does as well.

The Entertainment Place is where it all happens. It does not matter what type of entertainment you like; you will love this part of the cruise ship. It features a comedy club, and if you like to have a dance then there is a disco just for you. There is also a jazz club, and if you like to have a gamble and feel lucky, then why not try the huge casino. The casino is one of the biggest I have seen on a cruise ship. If you love Dancing on Ice, then check out Studio B where you can go skating. If you are not on getting on the ice then watch one of the many professional ice-skating shows.

If you love the best in West-End Shows, then the main theatre will be a real treat for you. They put on great shows and they have many visiting guest performers entertain the passengers. Out of all the cruise ships I have been on, the shows on the Oasis of the Seas are the best.

 

Pool Decks & Sports Zone

Oasis of the Seas has one of the most unusual pool decks you will come across. It is split right across both sides of the ship with four different options. You have the main traditional pool, and then you have the beach pool which is lots of fun. You also have a sports pool and the H20 Zone water park. You also have adult pools.

 

Oasis of the Seas Review Conclusion

Everything about the Oasis of the Seas is first class. The designers have thought of everything and made the cruise ship a modern and wonderful floating hotel.

The food on board the ship is amazing, and there is food available for even those children who are fuzzy eaters. No matter what type of food you want, you can find it all on board this magnificent ship.

During my Oasis of the Seas review, the only real negative thing I can say about my cruising experience is the problem of trying to see all the shows. Due to the number of passengers on board, especially during peak season, you will have to be quick if you want to see the great Broadway shows.

The theatres are not big enough. I would have thought they would have been made bigger. If you want to see any of the shows then you must book online in advance, so make sure you do that quickly. Another comment, which is not really a negative comment is the speciality dining options. If you fancy treating yourself then you need to book the speciality dining in advance.

If you are looking for a cruise holiday then the Oasis of the Seas is value for money. It may be a little bit more expensive than some other cruise ships, but if you look at the cabins and everything that is available on board, and the ports you visit, then it is well worth it.

Leicester Start-up Creates Battery Charging Device that Addresses Smartphone Battery Life and Capacity Charging Concerns

blockchain

Inventors, Ashraf Mahomed and Asim Chaudhri, have answered the call for a solution to smartphone battery woes with a charging device that potentially boosts battery health. The Bluebat charging device also reduces the risk of overheating and battery explosions.

Smartphone users who are frustrated with replacing their batteries, may soon have access to a dynamic device that may extend battery life, if Leicester start-up, Bluebat, achieves its Kickstarter campaign goal to fund their BLUEBAT charging device.

Bluebat has turned to Kickstarter to raise funds to create the first device of its kind to address the common battery woes of smartphone users. Whilst most phone accessory brands make phones look good on the outside, Bluebat has decided to take on the challenge to tackle an issue that lies within. Prior to embarking on the journey to create the Bluebat charging device, the inventors conducted a study which revealed that over a third of respondents felt that they were charging their phones for too long. Moreover, about two thirds of the respondents had concerns about battery damage, overheating and overcharging, and only one in ten of them kept their phones at the recommended 40-80% charge.

Ashraf MahomedAs mobile phones and devices become a bigger part of everyday life, the demand for more power, better performance and long lasting batteries is constantly increasing. The truth is that the average lifespan of lithium batteries is between two to three years; however, users can extend their battery life and capacity with simple charging techniques. Although experts recommend no more than 80% charge, monitoring the charging of a phone can be difficult. Sadly, most smartphone users tend to charge their batteries overnight, which leads to overcharging and also increases the risk of overheating and battery explosions.

Developed in the United Kingdom, with the help of a Leicester based design house, Bluefrog Design, the BLUEBAT BB-101 is an innovative charging device designed to help extend the life of smartphone batteries and boost battery performance. The device also mitigates issues such as overheating, overcharging and safety. Users have timing options such as charging duration and when to start charging. As it relates to safety, Bluebat smartphone battery booster boasts a heat sensor that will stop charging when the ambient temperature around the device gets too hot. This feature is especially useful for those who prefer overnight charging.

But Bluebat BB-101 is not just for charging smartphones. This device is also compatible with headsets, Bluetooth speakers, power banks, game controllers, watches and tablets.

Ashraf Mahomed and Asim Chaudhri are the masterminds behind the Bluebat charging technology. The idea for Bluebat stemmed from Ashraf’s own frustration with a poor battery performance of his smartphone. He said: “Asim and I were considering what our next venture could be. We both realised that we had issues with charging our phones and that’s how the idea for BLUEBAT came about.”

Anyone can support the Kickstarter campaign with as small donation, but a pledge for as little as £15 will be rewarded with a Bluebat BB-101 charging device. For further information or to back the campaign, visit: https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/bluebat/bluebat-keeping-you-in-charge.

Learn more about Bluebat at https://www.mybluebat.com

 

Jewel of the Seas Cruise Review

Jewel of the Seas review

Jewel of the Seas Royal Caribbean is a spacious, modern ship with plenty of nightlife and all the trappings of a mega-ship without the huge price tag.

I have been asked for a few years now to provide a Jewel of the Seas Review, so, I gave in, packed my suitcase, grabbed my passport, and jumped on a plane. And what an experience it was.

When I was asked to do the Royal Caribbean Jewel of the Seas review, I was a bit worried and I will explain why. I am not a great lover of these big new modern cruise ships where you don’t get the chance to see the whole ship because it is too big. A lot of the big ships try and get as many people onboard as possible, leaving the cabins smaller. Not knowing much about the Jewel of the Seas, I didn’t know what to expect.

I was happy when I saw the ship close up. As mentioned, I am not a fan of the big cruise ships and prefer smaller ones like the Marella Cruise ships. With the ship being smaller in size, it provides many great benefits. Those benefits include a better onboard experience, a better atmosphere, and more space in your cabins.

What I love about the Jewel of the Seas is the character of the ship and the wide-open public areas. Its impressive glass interiors provide passengers with views across the ocean from almost anywhere on the ship. Talking about views of the ocean, the glass elevators face the sea which gives you some amazing views.

jewel of the sea reviews

There is so much to do on the Jewel of the Seas. It doesn’t matter what age you are, there is something for everyone. During the day you have the normal entertainment you have on most cruise ships that include trivia sessions, and line dancing.

Facilities available include a climbing wall, a basketball court, fitness centre, golf course, golf simulator, 2 swimming pools, and a children’s swimming pool. Internet access is available if you want to keep the children happy or want to surf the net and do some shopping. If you are looking to relax then you can visit the beauty salon or relax in the hot tub or read a book in the library. Like most cruise ships there are also shops available.

One thing that has always puzzled me, why go on holiday and then spend all day in the gym or exercising outside. Me, I like to get a suntan around the pool or have a few drinks in the outside bar. But if you are a fitness fanatic then you are catered for. There is a fitness centre as mentioned, and there is also a running track. The gym is impressive with all the latest fitness equipment.

In the evening, you have an amazing cabaret, live piano music, and after a couple of drinks, you can have fun on the Karaoke. If you fancy a flutter, then you can try the onboard casino. There are 13 bars, clubs, and lounges to choose from. From all the cruise ships I have been on the The Jewel of the Seas three-story theatre is impressive.

As soon as you walk onto the ship you are treated like Royalty. The team cannot do enough for you. It doesn’t matter if you pass one of the chambermaids, or visit one of the many bars, you are welcomed with a big smile.

Out of all the cruise ships I have been on; I must admit that this one is one of my favourites. There are lots of things to do, and it is also a friendly ship, but those on a budget will love the prices on offer. If you are looking for a great cruise holiday, then you must try the Jewel of the Seas Royal Caribbean

 

How Many Passengers Can The Jewel of the Seas Carry?

 

The Jewel of the Seas Royal Caribbean is an incredible cruise ship that can carry 2,112-passengers. It may not be the biggest cruise ship in the fleet, but in my opinion, it is one of the best. It is an elegant and comfortable ship, and for what you get, it is very affordable.

 

When Was The Jewel of the Seas Built?

 

The ship was built in 2004 costing USD 350 million. Measuring 293 m / 961 ft, with 13 Decks and 1072 cabins and carrying a crew of 859. It was christened by Kathy Mellor and has become a much-loved with holidaymakers.

 

Has The Royal Caribbean Jewel of the Seas Been Refurbished?

 

The Jewel of the Seas refurbishment took place in April 2016. It +went through an extensive modernisation program. Several new restaurants were added, and other upgrades included a new wine bar and poolside movie screens. This renovation went down well with cruise lovers as you can see from the many Jewel of the Seas Reviews.

 

The Jewel of the Seas Cabins

the jewel of the seas reviews

The cabins range from 108-square-foot which is great for solo travellers, to 1,107-square-foot suites. Other cabin options include Oceanview and Balcony cabins.

 

Jewel of the Seas Dining Options

jewel of the seas

Guests aboard the Jewel of the Seas can enjoy a variety of dining options. Like most cruise ships, everyone is catered for no matter if you like buffet food or luxury cuisine. There are eight dining options available including five specialty venues which come with an extra fee. My favourite was the Chops Grille steakhouse.

 

Royal Caribbean Jewel of the Seas Dress Code

 

The dress code during the day is like most cruise ships where passengers can dress casually. On formal nights most cruise ship passengers dress to impress. It is more relaxed on the Jewel of the Seas. I would say around one out of every eight men were dressed in full dinner jackets, while others were more casual but still very smart. Women on the other hand were wearing cocktail dresses while some wore ball gowns. I must admit, formal nights are my favourite when I go on cruise holidays.

 

Who is Jewel of the Seas Best For?

 

With so much to do for the whole family, the Royal Caribbean Jewel of the Seas is perfect for families. Adults and children have so much to do on the ship they will never be bored and as you will find on the last day, they won’t want to leave.

The young ones can enjoy the playroom and the kiddie pool that has a slide. For the teens, they have their own disco. Mum’s and dad’s can go for a swim or laze around the pool or catch up on their reading or emails in the many ocean-view lounges. There is even a climbing wall to keep both adults and children entertained, mini-golf, and a basketball court, and not forgetting the poolside movie screen.

 

For Couples:

The Royal Caribbean cruise ship is perfect for families and couples. However, my advice for couples looking for a great cruise holiday is to go when the children are back at school. So, avoid the summer holidays. I have read many Jewel of the Seas Reviews that agree with me.

By going on the Jewel of the Seas when the children are at school, you will be able to appreciate the nightlife and dining options more. And, you will have more chances of getting a sunbed around the pool.

 

Jewel of the Seas ship highlights

 

    Adults-only Solarium

    Adventure Ocean kids’ club for ages 3 to 11

    40-foot-high rock-climbing wall

    Full-service Vitality spa

    Basketball and volleyball courts

    Live bands featuring world-class musicians.

    Interactive game shows like Battle of the Sexes

    After-dark pool party with DJ, drinks, and a midnight buffet

    Mini golf

    Mystery dinner theatre

    3 pools and 3 whirlpools

    Original productions, such as City of Dreams and West End to Broadway

    Adventure Beach kids’ pool and waterslide

    Casino Royale

    Structured activities including culinary classes, dance lessons, and scrapbooking workshops.

    Teen disco

If you have anything to add to our Jewel of the Seas cruise ship review, then please post it on our official Twitter page, and post your images.

The Tram Crash In Benidorm Left Two People Injured

Benidorm train crash

A tram crash that happened near Benidorm was hailed as a miracle after it only left two people injured.

The crash that happened on Saturday morning looked like something out of a Hollywood movie but even though the crash looked like there would be numerous fatal injuries, there was only two people injured and those injuries were classed as minor.

The accident which happened at Villajoyosa near Benidorm happened when a car smashed into a tram, the driver suffered slight neck discomfort and a passenger on the tram suffered minor leg pain.

A spokesman for the local police who are still investigating the accident believe the driver of the car ignored the red traffic lights, the police have said they believe the driver carried on into the path of the tram which struck the car, forcing it on its side.

 

Read:Derren Litten Slams Hull Hotel

 

The spokesman said it was a miracle that no one was seriously injured.

The line which is now back open was closed for two hours while experts recovered the vehicles

Slimwave EMS technology enables you to achieve your desired look

slimwave ems

Great abs and a fit stomach are two of the most sought-after items by health-conscious individuals. Getting great abs has always been difficult. Most people who are not genetically gifted have to spend hours in the gym working their core while cutting calories to ensure they don’t add weight around the midsection. Technology is changing the way people workout, however. Electro muscle stimulation is one of the newest pieces of technology allowing you to get a fit stomach and lose inches off your waist without sacrificing your diet or spending more time working out.

You may be asking yourself, what is EMS? An EMS device attaches to the body or touches specific muscle groups – like the abs. The device sends electrical impulses into the muscles. The impulses make the muscles contract, which works them far more strenuously than exercise alone. Slow twitch and fast twitch muscle fibers contract and expand. Not only can EMS improve your look, but it has benefits for injuries, allowing the muscle to rehab. Developed by NASA, the muscle stimulation method can also:

  • Strengthen muscles
  • Improve physical performance in sports
  • Promote muscle growth
  • Increase blood circulation
  • Relax tight or tired muscles
  • Reduce soreness
  • Cosmetically tone muscles
  • Prevent muscle atrophy
  • Helps bladder control
  • Beneficial for building muscle in the elderly
  • Post-natal strengthening of the abdominal and pelvic floor
  • Reduces cellulite
  • Detoxify the muscles
  • Improve immune system
  • Lowers stress and fatigue
  • There is no downtime from workout fatigue

Toronto’s Slimwave has been using EMS technology to help clients lose inches off their waists and tone core muscle for years. According to the company, the technology safely and effortlessly creates slenderness, inch loss, firmness, and strength in the body. The electrical current’s stimulation also increases the circulation of the skin which improves texture and tone, while reducing the appearance of cellulite. Slimwave combines EMS treatments with an infra-red wrap. Along with toning your muscles during sessions, the body is being detoxified and improvements in circulation, cellulite reduction, and lymph drainage are made.

slimwaveOne of the most common complaints individuals have is that no matter how much exercise they do, inches are not lost around the stomach and waist. Slimwave’s EMS toning sessions have been praised by clients. Individuals do not have to change their diets or exercise routines as the EMS sessions work wonders to the body and muscles. In fact, EMS is its very own workout and can be used on the arms, legs, chest, back, and stomach to improve the overall muscle definition.

Clients at Slimwave have a variety of sessions to choose from to improve their body tone. Based in Montreal, Canada, Slimwave is a leading global non-surgical aesthetic device company. Its technology creates solutions for individuals seeking a cosmetic or physical improvement to their bodies. EMS treatments not only prevent you from spending hours working out, but the treatment sessions are safe. Slimwave’ devices provide a non-surgical option to individuals looking for treatment that meets their aesthetic needs.

Studies show that EMS devices provide the support needed for individuals to achieve their cosmetic goals. In the future, adding muscle stimulation to exercise sessions could become the new norm. Until then, Slimwave offers clients the chance to use EMS technology to reach their goals and look great.

For more information, please visit www.slimwave.ca

Alabama Drexell and Honeybee’s Restaurant Helping Feed The Community During COVID19

Alabama Drexell and Honeybee’s Restaurant

2020 was a strange year and 2021 seems to be going the same way thanks to COVID19. With more than 3.26 million Covid19 cases around the world and over 85,000 deaths, it has become the biggest threat to human life since World War 2.

COVID19 is not just killing people, it is also killing businesses and putting people into debt while leaving millions starving on a daily basis. One business that aims to stop people from starving is Drexell and Honeybee’s Restaurant in Alabama.

The donation’s only restaurant is doing an incredible job of feeding the local community. They want to make sure that no one goes hungry, and everyone no matter who they are, or how much money they have, can have a proper meal.

With 75% of the local Alabama community struggling with the Covid19 pandemic, Drexell and Honeybee’s Restaurant has become a vital community hub. Now, after the local heros have launched a fundraising campaign to continue with their good work.

Owners of Alabama Drexell and Honeybee’s Restaurant Lisa and Freddie McMillan have teamed up with singer songwriter Maximiliano Nealon, to raise money by releasing a song. The song “I was Hungry (and You Fed Me)” which is available for download will raise $1 for the donation’s only restaurant each time it is downloaded.

We wanted to learn more about the good work Lisa and Freddie McMillan are doing in Alabama and how their local community is coping with Covid19.

 

  • You run a popular restaurant called Drexell & Honeybee, how has the COVID19 pandemic affected your business? Since COVID19 we have had to close for a while due to State law and reopen several times depending on the spread of the virus. We are used to having visitors travel from all over the country to visit our restaurant…since COVID19 that has dropped 95%. We are open right now doing ToGo orders only.
  • When did you first open your restaurant? We opened on March 26, 2018.
  • What percentage of the community do you feel are struggling because of COVID19? 75% from either the virus itself or the isolation and restrictions put on them because of the virus.
  • How would you say moral is in Alabama at the moment? Pretty much the same as it is all over…everybody just wants COVID19 to go away. We in the south may be a bit more patient than some in other parts of the country.
  • Your Alabama restaurant is at the centre of the community, has your local community changed since the pandemic began? Yes, it has changed a lot of people who were once very outgoing to staying at home waiting on this to go away. A few other restaurants such as ours have opened back up since the shutdown to take out only.

Drexell and Honeybee’s Restaurant usa

  • Instead of fighting for survival, and making sure you get through the struggles that the COVID19 pandemic has caused, you are instead fighting to feed your community, can you tell me more about that? The main purpose of our restaurant is to be the center point of our community doing good and especially bad times. People are struggling in large numbers and it is our main objective to be there to provide that hot meal that may be needed for them and a perfect stranger that may be travelling through town. We provide our meals as a free service to anyone that comes to our doors.
  • So, let me try and understand this, your restaurant is now a donation only restaurant, how does that work? We opened and have always been a donation’s only restaurant. Anyone can come into our restaurant and get a meal without paying a penny. We have a donation box set up in the corner where people can go and privately leave a donation or not.
  • So, if someone who has been laid off work because of the pandemic came into your restaurant hungry and could not pay, they would still be welcome? Absolutely, they are most welcome…we do not handle money in our restaurant at all. Our restaurant is called: Drexell and Honeybee’s Donations Only Restaurant…All Are Welcome.
  • I have heard people becoming emotional because of the great work you have been doing to feed the community, how does it make you feel knowing that you are making a real difference in Alabama? It makes us feel like we are making a difference in the lives of so many people either through our hot meals or as an example. We get so many people asking how they can do the same thing in their community and as we share our story…we always stress to them that money cannot be their main objective. The needs of the community must be the primary focus and the desire to serve others as humbly and loving as possible.
  • You are launching a fundraising campaign to raise much needed funds; can you tell me more about that? We know so many are struggling right now, and we thought this would be a great way for every one that wanted to contribute this would be a great chance to do so. $1 is all it takes to download this wonderful meaningful song written especially for our restaurant and what we are trying to do.
  • Why did you decide to raise money through releasing a song? We are always trying to come up with fundraisers that many people can participate in…this song is a win win…a $1 donation to us to help us continue to help others and a wonderful song to listen to for the person that downloads it.
  • So, who wrote the song and how did they get involved? Maximiliano Nealon heard about our work at Drexell and Honeybee’s on facebook…he also ordered our book “Living Fulfilled…The Infectious Joy of serving Others and wanted to help us raise funds so he wrote a song especially for us.
  • You are looking to raise $1 for each time the song is downloaded, how much do you hope to raise? We are hoping hundreds of people will download the song…we know they will love the song…it is a beautiful song with a strong positive message to the world. We are hoping it will become everyone’s message of hope and love.
  • Do you believe businesses in Alabama are receiving enough government support? The state of Alabama is in the process now of distributing 200 million dollars…like so many we are hoping to get a share of those funds.
  • Have you looked at your business differently since the pandemic started? The pandemic has made us realize that we are indeed an important part of our community. The pandemic came out of nowhere…took all of us by storm and it has been a struggle and still is, but we are proud to still be standing and able to serve our community.

 

ASDA and Tesco Home Delivery Charges Should Be Scrapped

tesco superstore worst supermarket

While more than 1,000 people are dying daily from COVID19, and millions of vulnerable people are shielding, it seems ASDA and Tesco are laughing all the way to the bank.

ASDA and Tesco have said they are there for their customers, but they are bleeding them dry. COVID19 is killing people, that is a fact. COVID19 has been scared, another fact. COVID19 is putting people into debt, another fact. But it seems supermarkets like ASDA and Tesco do not care. All they care about is the huge profits they are making.

Tesco and ASDA have been the big winners of COVID19. I do not think their profits have ever been as big as they have been since the pandemic. But instead of scrapping their delivery charges, or donating them to buy PPE equipment, they are enjoying the huge windfall that the pandemic has brought them.

After receiving hundreds of emails from shocked customers, we have investigated the delivery fees that ASDA and Tesco are charging. And to be honest, I felt sick. I feel disgusted that Tesco and ASDA feel it is right when people are dying and while people could be forced to lose their homes, that they can continue to charge people who are unable to leave their home, or too scared to go into a supermarket.

Tesco supermarket is raking it in by charging customers £4.50 to have their food delivered. That £4.50 could be used for extra shopping. However, even though I am disgusted with Tesco and how unsafe it is to shop and work there, they are not the only ones raking it in. Asda has some delivery slots available for £5.25, which is shocking. Imagine what an old or vulnerable person could buy with £5.25?

boris johnson supermarkets

We have received hundreds of emails from vulnerable people and NHS workers. Vulnerable people who are being forced to shield have said they are being held to ransom by supermarkets. While NHS workers have said supermarkets should be ashamed of themselves for making money from the pandemic.

Maureen from Manchester contacted In2town Lifestyle Magazine to say how disgusted she was that supermarkets were charging her when she was shielding. She explained that normally she would go to the supermarket herself, but now due to COVID19, she is being held to ransom.

One nurse who did not want to be named, contacted In2town to say that supermarkets should not be making profits from home delivery. She explained that people should be staying at home, but instead they are going into supermarkets to save on the delivery fee.

“I work on the front line and I am angry with supermarkets. They should not be charging for home delivery during the pandemic, and if they are going to charge then how about using it to pay for PPE equipment.”

We have had hundreds of people complaining about ASDA and Tesco, and to be honest both supermarkets should be ashamed of themselves. Instead of looking after their customers as they keep claiming, they are profiting from the pandemic.

Boris Johnson should be looking into Tesco and ASDA and tell them to stop charging for delivery during the pandemic.

90% of those people who contacted In2town said once the pandemic is over, they will boycott them.

So, our message for ASDA and Tesco is, stop making profits fro the pandemic and do what is right.

Metropolitan Police Fine Boris Johnson For Breaking COVID19 Rules

boris johnson breaks covid rules

Boris Johnson Fined by Metropolitan Police or Metropolitan Police Fine Boris Johnson For Breaking COVID19 Rules should be the headline of every newspaper tomorrow. But like the slippery fish Boris Johnson is, he won’t get fined.

It seems Boris Johnson who easily won the General Election to become Prime Minister has now become one of the most if not the most hated Prime Minister in history. Not only has he become one of the most hated Prime Ministers that has ever been elected, but he has also managed to overtake Donald Trump as the most hated world leader.

People do not hate Boris Johnson because he has mishandled the COVID19 pandemic. Let us be honest, he has made some seriously stupid mistakes. One minute he tells people to keep their distance, and the next minute he is paying for half their meals and cramming them in restaurants so the virus can multiply like it is having a party. People have turned against him because he floats the COVID19 rules when he feels like it and lets his family and other MPs do the same.

Believe it or not, people understand that running the country during a pandemic is hard. It is easy to speak out about the mistakes he has made because the COVID19 pandemic is new. But when the idiot refused to sacked Dominic Cummings for breaking the rules, and then he refuses to speak out against his dad for breaking the rules, then people become angry.

Boris Johnson lost the confidence of a lot of people when he refused to sack Dominic Cummings. Now, he has lost the respect of most people due to his breaking the COVID19 rules by going for a bike ride. As a result of him breaking the rules, the police were forced to backtrack and rip up a fine they gave to two women.

It is not just the people who are angry with Boris Johnson, some of his own MPs are angry. Publicly his MPs are backing him. Privately, we have spoken to some MPs who are angry. One MP who does not wish to be named told me that Boris Johnson has insulted all those working on the front line when he broke the COVID19 rules. Another MP has said if Boris Johnson does not resign before the next general election then a lot of Conservative MPs will be looking for new jobs when Labour becomes the next ruling party.

The big question is. Why has the Metropolitan Police ignored Boris Johnson’s rule-breaking? The simple answer is they are scared. If it was someone else like me or you who did the same, then we would have got a £200 fine. But it seems Boris Johnson can tell people to do things while he does the opposite.

Since Boris Johnson broke the COVID19 rules, we have had over 1,000 NHS workers contact our magazine to say how angry they are. Some of them have said Boris Johnson breaking the rules has sent a clear message that they are wasting their time.

What we need to see is for MPs to tell Boris Johnson to apologize for breaking the rules. We need the police to issue Boris Johnson with a fine. However, Boris Johnson never says sorry, and we do not have a police force that has the bottle to do what is right and issue the Prime Minister with a fine.

Is My London House Haunted

london haunted houses
  • London’s famous ghosts include Father Benedictus, The Red Lady, William Terris, and Arbella Stuart.
  • Are ghosts real? According to tens of thousands of people who live in London the answer is yes.

Do you have a famous London Ghost In Your Home?

Have you ever thought to yourself, help my house is haunted? Or been told by a friend ‘my house is haunted’. If the answer is yes and you want to know how to spot the signs of a haunted house, then please read on.

Are ghosts real is a question that people want the answers to. Over the years there have been many London ghost stories in the media, and there is no denying there are lots of London ghost stories and places in London that people claim to be haunted, but are ghosts real?

To be honest, as someone who has never seen a ghost or experience that a ghost is nearby, I am the wrong person to ask. However, I have spoken to several paranormal investigators who claim ghosts are real and the London ghost stories that have become famous are also real.

London ghosts

There are lots of famous London ghosts if you believe the stories and they include Father Benedictus, The Red Lady, William Terris, and of course Arbella Stuart. People come far and wide to visit spooky places in London, bringing in much-needed tourism. No matter what you believe, the London ghost stories create jobs, but what should you do if you think you have a ghost in your home?

If you think your London home is haunted then you need to get paranormal investigators out, but before you do that, you need to keep a log and check out our list of signs your house is haunted.

Before we look at the complete list, has your home ever felt cod even when you have the thermostat turned up. This is the most common sign that your home is haunted.

When you have a ghost in your house and paranormal activity takes place, the temperature will not gradually reduce in temperature. Instead, it will dramatically drop within seconds. You may then experience different smells from a pleasant scent like a bunch of flowers to an unpleasant smell like strong tobacco or rotting meat.

When investigating to have a haunted house, you need to keep a log before you call in any paranormal experts. You need to record any strange activity in your home like strange smells and try to record any strange behaviour including audio and visual.

If you do have a haunted house in London, then that means the spirit has been unable to move over to the other side.

So, if you are asking if there are any ghosts in my house then check out our tips below, and if you have experienced any of the following then maybe you need to contact a paranormal investigator to confirm if your home is haunted.

is my house haunted

10 Signs That Your House Is Haunted

 

  1. The temperature drops without explanation in a confined to specific areas.
  2. You feel you are being watched when alone.
  3. You hear unexplained noises like crashes, bangs, or footsteps with no logical explanation.
  4. Unusual smells like perfume, flowers, tobacco, flowers, burning, or rotten meat.
  5. You experience electrical disturbances that affect lights, TVs, radios, or cookers.
  6. Objects disappear and reappear in different parts of your home.
  7. You get a glimpse of a person-shaped object.
  8. You feel sudden static discharge or can sense the ‘smell’ of electricity.
  9. You may experience objects that move on their own.
  10. You may feel like someone has touched you and there is no one near you.

 

So if you want to know if my house is haunted, all you need to do keep a log and see if you experience any of the strange behaviour on our list. And, if your London home is haunted, then do get in touch so we can share your story.

Should I book a holiday in 2021?

Should I book a holiday in 2021
  • 22 per cent of adults are planning to spend more money on travelling this year
  • Travel agents want you to book your summer holiday now
  • People are worried about booking a summer holiday for 2021

Should I book a summer holiday in 2021 is a question on everyone’s minds. Let us face it, after a year we have had with the Coronavirus pandemic who is not thinking about jumping on a plane and getting away from it all?

2020 was a year that we would all like to forget. It was a year where dreams were shattered, lives were lost, and the future looked uncertain.  Instead of flying abroad and enjoying the sun, we were put on lockdown and forced to watch repeats of Benidorm and listen to Boris Johnson’s confusing speech.

“So, we are saying do not go to work, go to work. Don’t take public transport, go to work, don’t go to work.”

“Stay indoors. If you can’t work from home go to work, don’t go to work, go outside, don’t go outside. And then we will or won’t, something or other.”

don't book a summer 2021 holiday

Now we are in 2021, although we are in our third lockdown, we now have hope. And that hope is not just felt by the tens of millions of people who want a normal life, it is also felt by the travel industry who are desperate to get passengers back on planes and abroad.

The likes of Ryanair and TUI are trying to tempt us to book our summer holidays. They are claiming the deals they are offering are great deals, and we should all be rushing to our computers to book. But before you rush to your computer and start spending your money on a 2021 summer holiday, ask yourself, should I book a summer holiday in 2021?

Although the answer to can I go on a summer holiday in 2021 seems more hopeful than in 2020, I wouldn’t spend your money just yet. Yes, we have COVID19 vaccines available, but with some days where more than six hundred people are dying, we don’t know if a summer holiday abroad will be safe.

If we book a summer 2021 holiday now, there are chances that it could be cancelled, and you may not be covered for a refund. Even if you do get a refund, you may be waiting for months to get your money back. When TUI cancelled their holidays, some people were waiting nearly five months for their money back. I personally waited for four months, so, do you really want to book a summer holiday now and waste all that money?

Life style

Should I book a holiday in 2021?

If you are thinking of booking a summer holiday now, then don’t. It is important to be cautious. Even if it does look like the Government will allow people to fly abroad in the summer, that can change daily. And, if you do manage to jump on a plane and get to Spain, with the constantly changing landscape of the COVID19 rules, there is no guarantee you will be able to return to the UK.

Out Lifestyle Magazine Travel Expert Geoff Tims said: “At the moment it is not safe to book a summer holiday abroad. If people do manage to go abroad then due to the changing rules and regulations and how unpredictable the Coronavirus is, they may be unable to return to the UK.”

Geoff Tims said that booking a holiday now is very risky and could be an expensive mistake.

“For people wishing to book a summer holiday, it is important to wait nearer to the time to see if there are any restrictions in place,” Geoff Tims explained

For those people wishing to book a holiday now, it is important to read the terms and conditions. Refunds are not compulsory and travel insurance providers may not pay out if a holiday is cancelled due to COVID19.

Although people are desperate to travel abroad and get away from the stress of COVID19, the general opinion is, do not book a summer holiday now. Wait until we see how the Vaccine is helping to beat the pandemic.

Have you won the lottery of £1 Million? Now, What to Wear?

lottoland

Lottoland is a company that was founded by David Rosen, based in Gibraltar. It is an online platform that enables players from all around the globe to bet on the official, national as well as international lotteries. This company provides a vast assortment of slot games, lotteries, and gambling with fantastic bonuses and promotions.

Procedure to earn the lottery:

When you visit the official site of Lottoland, you need to follow these elementary and effortless steps to get into the match.

  1. Signup
  2. Fund your account
  3. Fill in the tickets by choosing your lottery.
  4. The DoubleJackpot Feature
  5. The NumberShield Feature
  6. Stow Your Draw & Duration Options
  7. Stow your participation options

 

Now, you are done!

Oh! Are you the one who has already won the lottery jackpot of £1 million and wants to know how you can spend your winnings on wearing?

Ok, you are on the right article.

 

How to dress if you won a £1 million lottery:

According to research, 92% of Americans have claimed that money makes them strong and more confident. If you’ve recently won the lottery, then you need to be managing your winnings properly. It is essential to spend your worth wisely on wearings.

Dress To Impress

lottoland fashion

The first thing you should do is to go shopping. Buy yourself some graceful and elegant clothes. Women look amazing when they wear new clothes. Grab some ideas on how you can look dignified. It is all about High heels, playful accessories, tasteful dressing, stylish hats, and sunglasses in your wardrobe.

●      Sky High Heels:

For gaining exclusive Self-confidence, having good posture is essential. The first thing people notice about you is your footwear. By wearing high heels, you are better aware of your stature, which amazes your movement. Get yourself some stunning heels that can include Loafer Heel, Cone Heel, High Block Heel, Cuban Heel, or Stiletto. And the brands you can follow to get these significant heels are Boohoo, River Island, Love Culture, Lulu’s, etc.

 

  • Dresses

By following the trend, you can have up to date, and modish clothes that will enhance your looks and look alluring.

Have you ever seen these beauties Kiernan Shipka, Kaia Gerber, and Camila Morrone? They always wear such adorable and comfortable expensive clothes. These queens are correctly showing their confidence by wearing impressive color mixture with such natural gleaming skin all the time.

Think to wear expensive sunglasses, dark party dresses, and statement outerwear. It would be best if you bought clothes that fit your body well. The expensive brands you can follow for your expensive self can be Chanel, Dolce & Gabbana, Louis Vuitton, Gucci, Dior, Burberry, and Fendi.

 

  • Accessories

No look can be correctly completed without accessories. Women should have some playful accessories with their outfits. So, invest your money wisely and buy lavish accessories. Accessories compliment your looks, and they have the power to enhance your beauty within seconds. So, women should have some necessary accessories.

  • Bags: This is something that every lady carries, whether she is going to a party, dinner, shopping, almost everywhere. So go for a classy bag that is able to contain your stuff and looks elegant when you wear it. You can follow these brands to get purses and bags to complete your daily look, Bennett Winch, Zoe Darling, Billy Tannery, River Island, Gucci, and Ottely.
  • Watches: An expensive watch can beautifully enhance your appearance. You look so punctual when you wear a wristwatch as it is the most portable thing a person can have. Women look so decent and respectful while wearing costly wristwatches. So, invest in watches that go with many of your outfits. You can invest in these brands Pinion, Graham, Arnold & Son, Bremont, and Speake-Marin.
  • Jewelry: Wearing a piece of good quality jewelry can make women feel elegant, wise, pretty, and self-assured. Wearing stones(diamonds, pearls, rubies, platinum)also makes a lady feel comfortable and close to nature. Wearing bracelets makes you feel slim and amazing. They have a positive impact. It’s a great idea to invest in a good pair of gold and diamond earring sets. Invest in good quality stuff so that you may look incredible. Here are some unique brands you can go to for jewelry Taylor & Hart, Tatty Devine, Monica Vinader, Pandora, Harry Winston, and Tiffany & Co.
  • Hats and Sunglasses: Hats and sunglasses together make a gun combo. Women look so adoring when they wear hats, especially in summers. They accentuate your face’s shape as hats are closer to your face, so you need to pick some perfect hats that look perfect with your face and face tone. And sunglasses also riches your look. The brand that will make you classy is Goorin, New Era, and Barbour. And for sunglasses, you should spend your money on brands like Bvlgari, Giorgio Armani, Oakley, Oakley, and Prada.

Sponsored Post

 

 

7 Things A Family Should Consider While Renting A Property

renting a property in London

Rental rooms have always been one of the basic requirements while someone makes the plan of changing city, shifting place, while starting a new journey.

If you’re moving to London, along with your visa or work permit, you have to also focus on the kind of rental property you and your family would want to move in to. The accommodation you look for should be compatible with your needs and offer you the comfort of a home.

If your family has been living in london for quite sometime or looking for a flat to rent in London, there are several factors that needs to be considered.

For many people, living in a rental property seems more feasible. It saves them from the massive deposits needed to buy a home, continuing maintenance costs and monthly payments, and allowing them to move much freely when they want to change jobs. To put simply, if you rent a home, you have more flexibility and freedom.

We have put together 7 things to check when renting a flat in London.

  1. Research the Area

Digging details about a neighborhood before moving in can save you future complications. That is why checking the locality and surroundings of your new home is of the essence. 

  • Travelling Time

Flat hunting? You might want to SearchSmartly to save your travelling cost & time. A location where you can commute to a particular address without the need for a drive. There are several factors to consider, and the walkability score is among the first things to look out for. 

  • Affordability

Another critical aspect to look out for before renting an apartment or a house is the lifestyle’s affordability. Your budget will determine how comfortable you can survive in any state or neighborhood. 

City centers are more expensive compared to the countryside with London leading. Opt for a community where the house rent compares to the average earnings for that area.

  • Family Safety

Also, digging up crime statistics should be on your bucket list while house hunting. The safety of you and your family should always come first. Because real estate agents are not allowed to disclose such intimate details by law enforcement, you should take it upon yourself to conduct thorough research and make inquiries on the neighborhood’s crime rates.

  1. Age of Propertyhow to rent in London

If you want to avoid the hassle of frequent repairs, always insist on the property’s age. Renting old apartments can be stressful and appalling. Anything from drafty windows and plumbing issues, you will undoubtedly have a hard time getting comfortable. 

While most home buyers and renters usually focus on the price and location, a property’s age is a fundamental aspect to look out for. 

-Who manages the property?

It is necessary to ask for information about the house before handing out a security deposit. Since most old houses and apartments will have old water heaters, get ready for a high cost of utility bills (if they are not included in the rent). Old heaters are not energy saving compared to other modern appliances.

However, it all depends on your preference; if you love an old house’s vintage and charm, you can opt to upgrade the amenities. If you are a retro-rental enthusiast, there are few things to consider before renting a home. Ensure you check the flat for efficiency of the utilities and appliances. Also, watch out for peeling paint and water damages. This may cost you in the long run.

  1. Set a budget

Before you start looking at places and find your perfect home, you must set a budget. You should know how much it will cost you to live in that property and area.

One principle you must follow is that your rent should not be more than one-third of your monthly income.

Contemplate the following costs that you will incur when you rent a place. To be on the safer side, you should overestimate these costs.

  • Property’s deposit
  • Letting agent’s fee (this will vary between different agents)
  • First month’s rent
  • Maintenance charges
  • Utility bills such as electricity, water, gas, and WIFI (ask the letting or landlord, how much were the average bills for previous tenants)
  • Council tax
  • Food
  • Cleaning supplies
  • Gym membership
  • Entertainment
  • Parking charges
  • Public transport charges
  • Moving costs such as packers and movers or van hire
  • If the property isn’t furnished, you’ll need kitchen supplies, utensils, and crockery.
  • You might have to invest in furniture if the property isn’t furnished and you don’t own any furniture.
  • One-off expenses such as towels, sheets, and lamps, among others.
  1. Pet Policies renting property in london advice

Most property owners issue their tenants a lease that dictates the rules and regulations around pet ownership. Countless rental units across the UK do not allow pets, and if they do, they are accompanied by a lot of rules and regulations depending on the type of breed and size.

If you are a pet owner, you understand that they are also part of the family; hence getting a suitable welcoming home is vital. Avoid signing any lease that is against ownership of pets.  

Always read through the policies and make sure they are pet friendly before renting an apartment. Also, do thorough research on animal-friendly listings and realtors.

You can also put together a pet resume to create a favorable profile for your pet. Include records for vaccination and proof that your pet has undergone proper behavioral training.

  1. Availability of Social Amenities

While choosing your new home, you should always consider a variety of factors per social amenities beforehand. Ensure your new home location is close to your workplace, a reliable shopping center, and a good school. 

If you are a parent, you want to make sure your kids have access to the best schools and playgrounds.

Moving into a new neighborhood is always a new adventure. On the other hand, your home also provides you with comfort and sanctuary. This is why you need to look out for the best social amenity that is easily accessible for you to spend time with friends and family.

 

  1. Look for the Right Home

The foremost step to find the right home is to find the best area. See how well-connected it is to your office, nearby train station, shops, parks, or gym. If you are going to use public transport to work, check how long your daily commute will be and the cost. 

Check the locality and get a feel for the surrounding area. You can ask the current tenants about the neighbours and locality. Your letting agent will also be able to give you information about the locality.

Try using the following checklist to cover off key questions about the area:

  • Is it a quiet or noisy area?
  • How is parking?
  • Are neighbouring properties appropriately maintained?
  • Is the area safe to walk in the evening or dark?
  • Is the street lighting good?
  • Are CCTV cameras covering the area?
  • How safe is it? a good way to check this is by checking the crime rate here
  1. View Properties

Once you are out viewing the properties consider this checklist as a great starting point:

  • Check with your agent and landlord about the annual gas safety check and Gas Safety Certificate.
  • Ask for the property’s Energy Performance Certificate (EPC). The rating from A-G will help you understand how efficient the property is energy-wise and estimate the costs.
  • Legally, landlords have to make sure that the electrical systems and appliances are safe. The appliances must have a PAT (portable appliance test) sticker on plugs.
  • Check the condition of the furniture.
  • Check all the details in your contract so that you have all the necessary information.
  • Check if all doors and windows lock properly.
  • Look for a working burglar alarm.

Following that you might want to use some or all of the following questions/tips to help make a better informed decision:

Questions to ask the current tenant

  • Why are they moving out?
  • How is the landlord?
  • How are neighbours?
  • Are there any red flags to watch out for?
  • How much is the council tax on the property?

Checking the condition of the house

  • Look for damp patches such as mould, smells, and peeling wallpapers.
  • Check the plumbing: water pressure, taps, and drains.
  • Check the central heating and cooling.
  • Look for any cracks in walls or tiles.

 

Questions for the landlord or agent

  • How long is the tenancy?
  • Why are the current tenants vacating?
  • Can you change the decor?
  • Are pets allowed?
  • Is the property furnished? If yes, what is included?
  • Which bills do you have to take care of?
  • For which conditions, the deposit will not be refunded?
  • By which date of the month, should you deposit the rent?
  • Is there a break agreement for the lease?
  • What is the policy for subletting?
  • How do you report a problem in the house?
  • Will they clean the place before you move in?
  • Are there any house rules?
  • Is there any penalty if you pay rent late?

The suggestions mentioned above should be the complete guide before you and your loved ones move into a rented home.

SearchSmartlyBy Taha Dar – The founder of SearchSmartly. SearchSmartly is a property matchmaking platform making renting faster and easier for tenants 

Sponsored Post.

Relationship Advice Expert Says Your Marriage Can Be Saved

save your marriage

Are you in a relationship and things are going wrong, are you thinking about looking for a cheap divorce lawyer for divorce advice and to put an end to your marriage, before you start divorce proceedings and throw away your marriage, stop and think what you are doing.

Too many people in a marriage look for a quick divorce when things go wrong and look for cheap divorce lawyers to help them end their marriage, but according to our own Relationship Advice editor, you can put your Quick Divorce ideas on hold and work together to see if you can save your marriage.

Every marriage goes through problems just like any relationship, if we all ran at the first hurdle then over 70% of married people in the UK would be looking at getting a divorce.

Divorce should not be your first option, you should think about the reasons why you got married and then imagine yourself without that person for the rest of your life before you start thinking about ending your marriage.

There are lots of help out there when you marriage becomes problematic, divorce is not the only solution because there are lots of ways you can rescue your marriage from that dreaded and costly divorce.

A marriage expert said: “To many people think that divorce is the only option, if more people understand the value of their marriage and the wide range of help there is out there then more people would stay marriage and turn their broken marriage into a happy marriage.”

Divorce is painful and it become a very difficult time and even more difficult when you have children. When a parent separates from their partner they are bringing out a negative message to their children about commitment as well as bringing sadness into the child’s life.

Is it possible to rescue a failing marriage? The answer is definitely yes! It maybe hard to deal with marital problems but there are couples that were able to survive and keep their marriage despite of all the problems they went through. With the right mindset and approach, it is possible to rescue a marriage from divorce. Here are some tips to rescue a marriage from divorce:

Agree or compromise. Although you are united as one in the matrimony of marriage, you still have different opinion about a lot of things. It is important to respect and consult your spouse before making decisions to avoid conflicts. If you cannot agree with the decision then you both have to compromise. Marriage is a partnership and you both have to respect each other’s point of view.  It will be hard to rescue a marriage from divorce if you will keep arguing and trying to control each other.

Take a break. Sometimes the stress of everyday life, work and responsibilities with the kids can add pressure and problems in your marriage. To rescue a marriage from divorce, you have to take a break and focus on your failing relationship.  You can put things in perspective if you and your spouse will spend quality time together. Take a vacation or a retreat to rekindle your relationship. If you need the help of a marriage counsellor, then do not hesitate to seek help. You will be surprised what spending quality time with each other can do to your marriage.

Recognize the problems in your marriage and talk about the possible solution. It will be hard to rescue a marriage from divorce if the problems in the marriage are ignored. You both have to sit down and talk about it. Is there a money issue? Is lack of time with each other always an issue? There are issues in your marriage that needs to be solved and you both have to figure out the problems and talk about the solutions to keep your marriage back on track again. This is not the time for blaming each other but it is better to find solutions and be committed to save your marriage.

If you both cannot resolve the problems on your own, seek professional help. Experts know how to deal with marital problems and it is best to ask for advice. Do you want to rescue a marriage from divorce using a step-by-step proven strategy?

2. Try dressing up for your husband, choose some sexy lingerie and if your husband is one of those dull blokes who wears underpants to bed then buy him some nice underwear that will turn you on.

3. Instead of having sex in your bedroom try a different part of the house, maybe the kitchen or the lounge, bring new excitement into your sexual relationship and make love making exciting again.

4. Go away for the weekend to a nice hotel, spend quality time together and have a nice romantic weekend where the weekend is just about the both of you without children, family and friends being in the way.

5. Try not to rush sex, enjoy touching and feeling each other and gently kissing each other showing one another how you really feel about them.

6. Hug each other. It sounds simple but it is amazing how many couples can go weeks or even months without hugging each other.

7. Communicate more. Mobile phones are great so use them. Send each other nice text messages, they can be loving or even of a sexual nature, but communicate more.

8. Leave letters around the house for each other, with just simple message of how much you love them.

9. Surprise each other. This can be anything from taking your partner out for a meal to going to the pictures or even waiting for them to come home and dragging them off to the bedroom. Do it on impulse, do not arrange it with your partner.

Sex is a very important aspect of married life. It should never be ignored or taken for granted. Sexual needs are real needs and they have to be satisfied. It is not wrong to admit to your partner that either one of you lacks passion in bed. By being open with your sexual needs, you are actually opening the possibility of making your marriage work again.

Blogging Tips For Beginners

beginner blogging tips

When blogging, it is important to understand what your potential reader wants. In the old days, it was a case of setting up a blog and it being successful with little work. But now, with tens of millions of bloggers out there, and with the increasing celebrity bloggers, it has become much harder.

A lot of people make the mistake of starting a blog to increase revenue. When you start a blog it should be about providing the best blogging experience for you and your readers, earning money comes later.

I have put together some blogging tips for beginner bloggers to avoid common mistakes and learn the basic tricks of the trade.

 

Tips For Blogging Beginners

 

Niche down

There are more than 31.7 million bloggers in the world and that means you need to come up with a blog that stands out.

Don’t worry too much about how many bloggers are out there because it is not just about the topic, it’s also about your style of writing and what you bring to the table.

One very important blogging tip is, you need to make sure your blog is the best blog out there. Make it stand out, and make it unique.

 

So, what do we mean by go niche?

If we look at business blogs, you will see there are millions of them out there. However, if you look at writing a business blog about people working from home, or freelancing, then you could stand out from the crowd. You could even start a blog about stay-at-home parents earning money in their spare time.

Once you have gained a following, you can then move into other business topics using the same blog.

 

Write about topics people are interested in and searching for

blogging where to start

According to recent figures, 51% of all website traffic comes from people searching the Internet (organic search). So, to attract organic traffic you need to write about things people are searching for. On 31st December 2020, that topic could be Boris Johnson Brexit Deal.

 

So, how do you find topics that people are searching for?

It may sound like hard work to find what people are searching for, but by using some popular tools out there, it can be easy.

One of the best blogging tips for beginners I can offer you is to use a keyword research tool and search for keywords such as staycations in the uk to see how popular it is. A good tool to use to find out what people are looking for is AnswerThePublic, which is a free tool. It will show you when you enter keyword related questions that people are searching for in Google.

There are plenty of other keyword tools out there, but AnswerThePublic is one of my favourites

Some advice. When looking for keyword research tools, always look for free tools. The paid tools do nearly the same as the free ones, so there is no point in wasting money.

 

Have a look at your competitors’ best-performing topics

A good way to attract traffic to your blog is to look at what the competition is doing. Have a look at what topics they are writing about and see what article and topic attract the most traffic. One way of doing this, and sadly it is a paid tool is SERANKING. This paid tool is expensive, but it is also popular. It allows you to spy on the competition and see what their best ranking pages are.

 

Write content that people will share and provide a backlink to.

Content is King and has always been King. If you can write great content, then you are on your way to becoming a successful blogger. You should be writing content that people will share on Twitter and on Facebook, and content that people will reference and provide a backlink to.

You can do this by using some of the tips above and providing facts and figures in your article.

 

Make your content easy to read

Another great blogging tips for beginner is to make sure your content is easy to read. One of the biggest mistakes some bloggers make is writing content that some people can’t follow. Some bloggers like to write to show how intelligent they are and use words that a lot of people don’t understand. It is vital that you write content that is easy to understand by all.

 

Here are some beginnger blogging tips to write great content

 

Use short paragraphs.

Break up long sentences.

Insert multimedia.

Use formatting.

 

Make your headlines stand out

Headlines can make all the difference to a blog post. A lot of people discover your latest blog post via Google search or social media. If they like the headline, then they will click the link to your blog. However, if they don’t like your headline then it will be ignored.

Some tips on a great headline:

Have a look at some of the best bloggers out there and see how they write their headlines. You will see how they design headlines that grab attention.

 

Write a great introduction to your blog post

It is vital that you write a grabbing introduction for your blog post. If people don’t like the first paragraph of your post, then the chances are they will leave your blog. It is so important to grab the reader within the first paragraph, so they carry on reading your article.

On-page SEO is very important, and you should always practice optimizing your content to rank higher in Google. You can use tools like Yoast to write the perfect optimized content.

The best practices for optimizing your content are as follows

Placing your target keyword in the title, meta description, and H1 tags.

 Using short, descriptive URLs.

 

Build an email list

blogging tips

Out of all the beginner blogging tips I can offer an email list is one of the most important. An email list is a vital tool for driving traffic to your blog and promoting it.

There are lots of tools out there that provide you with subscription tools. Using these tools will help you collect email addresses and allow you to send them your latest blog posts.

 

Write a guest post for other bloggers

This might sound easy, but bloggers receive hundreds of emails each week asking if they can write for the blog. It is important that you write to them in a personal way instead of a bog-standard example you find on the Internet. Share with them the type of article you would love to write and explain to them why their readers will enjoy reading it.

 

Update older content

A good way to increase traffic to your blog is by updating older content on your blog. By updating the content, it will send signals to Google that you have made changes.

Update content is also important for the reader of your blog. You may have new information to share which makes the post more relevant.

 

Write a blog post at least once a day

The more blog posts that you write the better. It will allow readers of your blog to see that you are always updating it and giving them a reason to return. Updating your blog on a daily basis is a great way to increase ranking in Google. When you write a new post each day, it will send signals to Google that they need to visit your site more often.

I hope you enjoyed these beginner blogging tips, and hopefully you have a wonderful blogging experience.

Things To Do In The Netherlands

best things to do in the netherlands

The Netherlands which is a country in North-Western Europe is one of the most historic and beautiful European places to visit. There are so many things to do in the Netherlands, so we have put together our favourite places to visit.

The Netherlands has 20 amazing National Parks including De Hoge Veluwe National Park. The Netherlands also has 8 amazing castles, and some of the best countryside in the world. As well as being rich in culture, you can experience some of the best restaurants that Europe has to offer, as well as some of the best places to stay.

Have a look at our choice of the best things to do in the Netherlands.

 

Giethoorn

Things to do in the Netherlands

If you are vising the Netherlands and looking for things to do then you must visit Giethoorn which is known as the “Venice of the Netherlands.”

The mostly car-free Dutch village which is known for its boat-filled waterways, hence being known as the Venice of the Netherlands is situated in the North-Eastern Dutch Province of Overijssel.

The tiny village with its thatched rood farmhouses and wooden arch bridges is one of the most beautiful places on earth.

Giethoorn has miles of canals to explore with over 100 bridges. There are plenty of boat trips available to explore the Dutch village and waterways.

 

De Hoge Veluwe National Park

visiting the Netherlands

One of the best things to do in the Netherlands, especially if you love wildlife and an animal lover is De Hoge Veluwe National Park.

De Hoge Veluwe National Park is one of the largest parks in Holland. It was built between 1909 to 1923 as a hunting park and is now the Netherlands’ largest nature reserve. You will be amazed when you see the deer, wild boar, birds, and other wildlife including a rare breed of wild sheep.

As well as having rare wildlife within its 13,343 acres, you can also see and visit some iconic buildings such as the Kröller-Müller museum.

When you visit De Hoge Veluwe National Park you will be so surprised at how big it is. The best way to get around the park is by using one of the free white bikes which you can find at each entrance. Or if you prefer you could go hiking but be warned, if you want to explore the whole of the Netherlands National Park then it will take you several days.

 

Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam

Netherlands things to do

The Rijksmuseum (the National Museum) located in Amsterdam is dedicated to the arts and the history of Amsterdam. It was established on 19 November 1798 and has become the pride of joy of the Netherlands.

It has nearly seven million works of art, which includes 5,000 paintings in 250 rooms. As well as magnificent works of art it also has a library with more than 35,000 books. It may sound a lot and it is, but they have been collecting antiques and rare art since 1809.

The Rijksmuseum is one of the best things to do in the Netherlands for culture and history lovers. But be warned, if you are visiting the Netherlands National Museum you will need to spend the whole day there to explore everything it has to offer.

 

Volendam

things to see in the Netherlands

When visiting the Netherlands, a great choice to have on your itinerary is a visit to Volendam. The Dutch town on the Markermeer Lake, northeast of Amsterdam is a picturesque fishing village. It is one of the most colourful fishing villages you will ever come across.

Not only is Volendam filled with colourful wooden houses, but you also get to see all the wonderful fishing boats that go out on a daily basis to catch fish and seafood which can be purchased from the many local seafood stalls.

 

Anne Frank House

visiting the netherlands

Anne Frank House is a must thing to do when visiting the Netherlands. I do not know anyone who does not know the Anne Frank Story and visiting Anne Frank House will allow you to see where the remarkable young girl lived while hiding from the Germans in World War Two.

Tragically, Anne Frank died just two months before the end of the war, but her legacy lives on through her diary’s which has been translated into 51 languages.

When visiting the Netherlands most important piece of history, don’t be surprised if you leave the house which has been full-restored feeling emotional.

 

 

 

Boris Johnson Betrays The Fishing Industry

Brois johnson face masks

Boris Johnson celebrated like a little child scoring their first goal when he announced he had struck a Brexit deal with the EU. In reality, it wasn’t a great deal, it wasn’t even a good deal, it was just a deal that will leave the rest of us counting the cost for many years while the bumbling Prime Minister counts his millions.

The bumbling Prime Minister proved yet again that he is not fit for the top job of looking after the people of the UK. He has done as much good with the Brexit deal as he has with the COVID19 pandemic. Let’s face it, a Prime Minister who gave a lockdown speech that left people even more confused was bound to make a mess of the Brexit deal.

Do you remember that speech that left us all scratching our heads?

“So, we are saying don’t go to work, go to work. Don’t take public transport, go to work, don’t go to work.”

“Stay indoors. If you can work from home go to work, don’t go to work, go outside, don’t go outside. And then we will or won’t, something or other.”

fishing industry betrayed by boris johnson

Boris Johnson who promised leaving the EU would be good for us all and will make the UK a strong company was a complete joke, nearly as bad a joke as his hairstyle. He said he would fight for the UK Fishing Industry and would rejuvenate it, but instead the Prime Minister who could not organise a piss up in a brewery threw the fishing industry to the wolves.

The bumbling Prime Minister’s new trade deal leaves trawlers ‘still tied to the EU’s apron strings. Instead of bringing our fishing industry to life, he has handed over the keys to our waters and fish to the EU.

In 1970 a deal was struck that killed off the UK fishing industry. The deal was to give all EU fishing fleet equal access to European waters. The fishing industry believed Boris when he said he would fight for them, but again like the day after he was voted Prime Minister, he betrayed people.

All those fishermen who believed Boris hoped their industry was going to bloom and would create jobs for their children, but they were shocked with the broken promises. The deal basically means that the fishing industry is no better off than they were before the deal.

Brown nose Cabinet Office minister, Michael Gove, said the agreement the UK had struck with the EU was the “best possible deal” for the fishing industry as a whole. When Michael Gove gets kicked out of his cushy job, he should become a comedian.

The NFFO said that for now the UK’s share of some stocks was only increasing slightly – 10% to 20% for Celtic Sea haddock, for example, while North Sea saithe (coley) was rising from 23% to 26%. It is no wonder the fishing industry isn’t celebrating.

Scotland’s first minister, Nicola Sturgeon, also complained about broken promises. She said promises made by the bumbling Boris Johnson to her country’s fishing sector had been broken.

In reality, the hardworking men and women who work in the fishing industry face immediate hardship and long-lasting damage under the new Brexit deal. So, well done Boris Johnson, what are you going to do for your next trick?

Gary Hollywood Suing Mrs. Brown Boys Brendan O’Carroll

When news broke out that Mrs. Brown Boys’ favourite Gary Hollywood had left the show, fans of the popular BBC 1 show were shocked. At the time the show’s creator Brenan O’Carroll kept quiet. Newspapers and media outlets including In2Town Lifestyle Magazine contacted Brendan O’Carroll for a comment, but he refused to answer.

Now, Gary Hollywood who played Dino has blown the lid off the scandal and has claimed the stories are true and he was being paid less than other Mrs. Brown Boys actors. Gary Hollywood, 41, announced at the weekend that he was suing Brendan, 65, for constructive dismissal and workplace discrimination.

With all the stories surrounding the reason why Gary Hollywood departure from Mrs. Brown Boys, fans of the show threatened to boycott the Christmas special. With the Mrs. Brown Boys Christmas special receiving just 3.8 million viewers, it is clear the fans were sending a message to Brendan O’Carroll.

WiGary Hollywood Mrs Brown Boysth all the bad press Brendan O’Carroll received, and a tweet by our publication supporting Gary Hollywood which appeared in National newspapers, Brendan O’Carroll finally released a statement to claim that Gary left on good terms. However, sources contacted In2town Lifestyle Magazine shortly after that statement to claim the atmosphere was toxic. It was also claimed that some people who worked on the show were too afraid to speak out in case they lost their jobs.

Gary Hollywood has bravely come forward and revealed the truth. He said: “I feel I wasn’t being paid equally and I wasn’t being given an explanation for decisions.”

‘When I tried to resolve it, nothing was done. I was just disregarded. But I won’t put up with it anymore. I won’t be treated like that. This has gone too far. They shouldn’t do this to people.

Gary hollywood leaves mrs brown boys
Gary Hollywood Loves LIfe in Lanzarotte with his wife and child

The popular actor who claims he was paid less than his co-stars explained he had now logged legal action and the tribunal process has now started.

Gary Hollywood who has received support from his fans added he was shocked that Brendan recently claimed their relationship was ‘amicable’ following his departure.

He said: ‘I was absolutely gobsmacked. I would have stayed quiet about all of this. Does he expect me to crawl into a corner and shut my mouth?

The action being taken by Gary Hollywood could cost Brendan O’Carroll a lot of money, but experts have said this would be a drop in the ocean compared to what he could lose. It is claimed with fans turning their backs on Mrs. Brown Boy’s creator, he could lose tens of millions of pounds in lost stage show tickets.

Many fans of Mrs. Brown Boys have said they will boycott the stage shows. If they follow through and take the same action as they did with the Mrs. Brown Boys Christmas special, then Brendan O’Carroll could see his fortune dwindle.

 

Keto Diet Interview Couple Lose Weight And Become Experts

Joseph and Latoya keto diet

The Keto Diet is helping people to lose weight. In 2016 the World Health Organization announced that there were 2 billion adults who were overweight. 650 of those adults were considered to be obese. This shocking figure equates to 39% of men and 40% of women with 13% of the world population being obese.

The number of people who are overweight in 2019 is increasing at an uncontrollable rate. Sadly, 2.8 million people die each year due to being overweight or obese. One couple who didn’t want to die young, and who in their own words were overweight is Joseph and Latoya from Las Vegas.

Joseph and Latoya were overweight and were worried about their health. They tried lots of different diets which didn’t really work for them. However, one diet that did work for them was the Keto diet. The couple managed to lose a lot of weight and unlike other diets kept the weight off.

Thanks to the success of the Keto diet the couple are now leading a much happier and healthier lifestyle. They don’t have to worry about the health issues that come with being overweight and can look forward to the future.

They were so impressed with the Keto diet that they wanted to share their success with others. To help other people lose weight with the Keto diet that have launched their own Keto diet magazine. Their aim is not glory or profit, they simply want to help other people to lose weight.

We decided to sit down with Joseph and Latoya and learn more about the Keto diet and their new Keto magazine. Here is what they had to say.

 

Before we talk about your new magazine, can I ask what you both did for a living before you decided to become magazine publishers? JOSEPH- Sure thing! My wife and I are full-time freelancers and have the pleasure of working from the comfort of our home. My wife previously helped moms and women find legit work from home jobs and managed her own virtual assistant team where they provided one-stop shop administrative services to clients globally. We are simply a couple with a passion to spread hope through all we do (and a bit of laughter) while challenging folks to put their health as a first priority.

You are launching a new online Keto Magazine, can you tell me the name of the Magazine and how you came up with that name? LATOYA- The name of our upcoming digital magazine is called “KHD’s Digital Keto Magazine” (which means Keto Hope Dealers). We came up with this name after doing our own research and wanting to stand out from other health/wellness magazines. We wanted our magazine to give people hope that it’s never too late to make small changes which could result in permanent and major health improvements.

You went on the Keto diet and lost 156 lbs. which is incredible, how much did you both weigh before the diet? JOSEPH- Thanks so much! We appreciate that. Before starting keto, I weighed 357. I am now sitting around 293. My wife started keto weighing 253.6 and currently weighs 169.

Was the Keto diet the first diet you have ever been on? LATOYA- Oh heck no. My husband and I both tried different diets to include: WW, Green Smoothie cleanses, taking fat loss supplements and lost the weight. However, once we tried to maintain it, the weight piled right back on. It was both discouraging and disappointing but at the same time we were determined to try something that worked for us and more so a lifestyle change not just a “diet”.

Why do you think the Keto diet worked better for you than other diets on the market? LATOYA- The Ketogenic lifestyle has allowed us to continue enjoying the foods we love but using alternatives in place of the starch and sugar that are often times found in your food. My husband was diabetic and struggles with high blood pressure. We both knew he needed to make some changes and soon or he may not have another chance to turn things around. Doing keto helped teach us the right way to read labels and how being in ketosis (if done correctly) is more than just eating eggs, bacon and avocado. We have the flexibility to try new foods and experiment with new recipes to share with our readers.

So, what is the Keto diet? JOSEPH- Well, the ketogenic lifestyle is a high-fat, low-carb diet. This goes beyond just eating butter, eggs and bacon. Your macros typically would like: Fat 70%   Protein 25% and Net Carbs. 5%. These numbers could change depending on your weight loss goals. You are training your body to burn fat instead of carbs and energy. You want your body to use fat as its energy source.

When was the Keto Diet Created? LATOYA- The ketogenic lifestyle has been around since the 1920’s and 30’s when physicians treated their patients who were diagnosed with epilepsy. It was developed to also assist with intermittent fasting.

Is the Keto Diet safe? JOSEPH- In our opinion, yes, we believe the keto lifestyle is safe if done right. It has worked for us. Since we are not medical professionals, we cannot say it’s safe for everyone. We would recommend consulting with a medical professional before starting any new lifestyle change.

What foods can I eat on the Keto diet? LATOYA- The sky is the limit to what you can eat on the ketogenic lifestyle. For protein, we would suggest fish, chicken, beef and steak. For fats, we would suggest butter,

What is the difference between a low carb diet and a keto diet? JOSEPH- The difference between the low-carb and the keto diet is the carb and protein intake. Usually low-carb you might eat anywhere between 50 – 150 grams of daily carbs, while on keto, you would eat up to 50 grams of daily carbs. For your protein, on low-carb, you might eat more protein than you would on keto. Keto you typically eat a moderate level or protein while increasing your fat (essential fatty acids) intake.

keto diet interview

Who would benefit from following Keto? JOSEPH- If you have any of these healthy conditions, keto may be an option for you after consulting with your primary care physician. Epilepsy, Metabolic Syndrome, Autism, Parkinson’s Disease, Obesity, Glycogen Storage Disease, PCOS or Polycystic Ovary Syndrome, Migraine Headaches, Alzheimer’s Disease, Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease, Diabetes, Some Cancers, GLUT1 Deficiency Syndrome, Traumatic Brain Injury, and Multiple Sclerosis.

Who shouldn’t follow keto? JOSEPH- Those that have these following health concerns should be cautious before starting keto. Kidney damage, at risk heart disease, pregnant or nursing women, type-1 diabetes, pre-existing liver or pancreatic condition and anyone without a gallbladder. Many people with these symptoms do fairly well on keto and for others it seems to cause more problems than help. Always consult with your primary care physician and follow up with them regularly especially within the first few months. Treat this as if you were to start a new medicine check in every 2 weeks, then spread it out by 1 month, then 2, then 3. And check in every 6 months to make sure you are alright.

What are common misconceptions of the ketogenic diet? JOSEPH- While there are quite a few, we will cover three of them:

  1. Keto is the best way to lose weight. As great as that sounds, it is not for everyone. No matter what lifestyle(diet) you choose, it all relates to 1 variable, calorie deficit. Burn more calories than you are eating/drinking.
  2. It is not sustainable. Eating highly processed foods, poor nutrition, or low nutritional value. Processed foods are designed to taste fantastic, however, it is not sustainable either, but people still eat that unhealthy lifestyle. Your bloodwork never lies. If the results work for you, it works. If it does not work for you, find something that does, just put your health as a number 1 priority.
  3. You can eat all the bacon, butter and cheese you want. While you can enjoy a good helping of bacon, butter and cheese. You want to focus on EFAs or essential fatty acids versus saturated fats. Too much dairy can have an adverse reaction (allergies, bloating, weight gain) and then you’ll feel like keto does not work. No lifestyle(diet) will work if you are eating too much of a good/bad thing. Tracking and moderation is key to having a successful keto journey.

What problems did you come across when you were on the Keto diet? LATOYA- The problems that we face had nothing to do with the food that we ate but more so dealing with the lack of knowledge we had about the ketogenic lifestyle. We had no idea what we were doing. We followed lots of big keto influencers but soon found ourselves overwhelmed with all of this information! In December 2019, we joined a 30-day keto challenge and learned so much about how to do keto the right way. In the beginning, we were just eating anything that had the words “keto-friendly” on it.

Some people believe the Keto diet is just a fad, what would you say to that? LATOYA- We get it. We understand and that’s all we can say. We realized that it’s not really worth trying to explain why the ketogenic lifestyle really does work if you do the work and stick to it. With any diet, you have to do your part. If you do not, then of course it won’t work. Thus, making it look as if it’s a “fad diet”. Do your research. Talk to your doctor to make sure the keto diet will work for your body and health.

A lot of people who are overweight believe they cannot become slimmer, what would you say to those people? LATOYA – Oh, we have all been there before. I have dealt with health issues since I was a teenager and started losing hope because the weight kept fluctuating and the numbers on the scale seemed to never change or go down. We chose to share our weight loss journey with our audience in hopes that they would stay focused and see that they aren’t the only ones wanting to make a change and get healthier. Do not give up. Look for a great mentor that can guide you through the ketogenic lifestyle and who will hold you accountable when things get tough. You got this.

What made you go on a diet? LATOYA- Well, we do not look at it as being on a diet. We chose to consider it a lifestyle change. If you start any lifestyle change with that mindset then it will always just be a diet and not an important decision to take your health back.

So, were you worried about your life being shortened by being overweight? LATOYA- Yes, for sure! We knew that if we did not make a major shift with our eating habits and be the example for our children, we would not be here much longer. My husband’s struggle with diabetes and high blood pressure has been a huge eye opener for me. I do not want to see him in the hospital with tubes hooked up to him because he was not serious about his health. We control what we eat and what goes in our bodies. We want to live healthy and long lives but we had to first do our part and do the work.

How did your lifestyle change when you lost weight with Keto? JOSEPH- It opened up so many doors for us that we would have never imagined we would have access to. Not only are we down 159 ISH lbs., but we feel the best we have felt in a very long time. We do not crave a lot of sugar anymore and our bodies have become fat adapted which simply means that your body has gotten use to your new lifestyle change and will take a bit longer to knock you out of ketosis.

What would you tell someone who is thinking about losing weight with keto? BOTH- Take it slow. Do not try to do everything all at once. We would recommend speaking with a medical professional before starting any lifestyle change to see if it’s the best fit for you and your body. If all is well, then we would recommend connecting with a keto coach or keto mentor who can help guide you on how to get started, what foods to eat and the proper way to be successful on the ketogenic lifestyle.

So, lets imagine I am 22 stone, and I want to lose weight, what instructions would you give me for the next 30 days? BOTH- We would say the same thing here as well. Take it slow. Consult with a medical professional to see if it’s the right fit for you and your body. Avoid using search engines at first since it will most certainly overwhelm you. Try to find a credible keto coach who can help guide you in the right direction while helping you reach your weight loss goals.

So, would people with diabetes benefit from the Keto diet? BOTH- Since we are not medical professionals, we can only share our personal experience as proof that it does work for people who struggle with diabetes. I was diabetic myself. I had to take insulin every night. I absolutely hated it! It was painful and something I knew I had to get under control before more damage was done to my body. If you are diabetic, please speak with your doctor to see if the ketogenic lifestyle would be a great option for you to try as it helps lowers your insulin levels (if done right).

keto diet results

Once you are on the Keto diet is that the diet you have to follow for the rest of your life or can you come off it once you have lost your desired weight? JOSEPH- Not at all! Folks like ourselves enjoy keto. Will we do keto for the rest of our lives. We are not sure just yet. We are taking it one day at a time. Once we reach our ideal weight, then we may switch over to low carb but that’s all-in due time. We are just enjoying each other as we lose weight together and set a good example to our 5 kiddos. Do what works for you.

What surprised you most about the Keto diet? LATOYA- That it really isn’t as hard as folks said it was. If you do your research, you can see that knowing how to read nutrition labels is extremely important. I think what surprises us the most was how much information was out there. How much we still did not know. That’s why it’s so important to connect with a credible keto coach who can help guide you in the right direction so you are not feeling overwhelmed.

What vegetables would you recommend eating on the keto diet? JOSEPH- We would recommend you consume any leafy greens, cabbage, onions, zuchinni, (limit this as it can cause gassiness and has is a bit more carbs than other vegetables.)

Are there any vegetables you should avoid completely? LATOYA- Sweet Potatoes, Corn, Carrots, Peas, and anything that has a lot of sugar in that which could possibly spike your insulin levels. We also have a free food list that you can download for free on our website simply by joining our mailing list. Go check it out.

Would you recommend taking supplements on the Keto diet? JOSEPH- Yes! We would recommend taking an adult multivitamin so you are making sure that you are not deficient in minerals and electrolytes. We would also recommend taking Potassium, Calcium and Magnesium separately since not all multivitamins have enough to cover your daily intake.

Is the ketogenic diet really healthy in the long term? LATOYA- It really depends. We would recommend consulting with a medical professional and discussing your weight loss goals to see if doing keto long-term is the best option for you.

What recipes would you recommend to someone just starting the ketogenic diet? BOTH- We would recommend keeping it simple. Start out with recipes that have only 3-4 ingredients. If you are not a cook like myself then you purchase a crockpot and put together several meals and have it cook during the day. We tell people to not overthink it. Do what works for you. If you prefer more advanced recipes then we recommend using Pinterest to find delicious recipes that even your entire family can enjoy.

There are a lot of diet bloggers out there and there are a lot of online diet magazines, so what makes your magazine different? JOSEPH- Honestly, my wife and I do not view anyone who is on a journey to being healthy competition. We are not in this for a race or who will lose the most. We are just trying to spread hope and share our weight loss journey in hopes to encourage others to put their health as a first priority in their lives. Our magazine focuses on giving hope and sharing keto success stories from folks who have tried, lost weight and are going strong with taking their health back. We are real people, a real couple who were once severely obese and are working hard to reach our weight loss goals. By sharing our journey, we are hopeful that our readers will be able to relate with our story and be challenged to make the small steps to use long-term results. There won’t be a bunch of cluttered articles and content in our magazine. We want to make this simple, to the point and as clear as possible. We were tired of buying magazines with nothing but pictures and irrelevant articles that really did not help us much. We wanted something that was not only positive and informative but also relevant, valuable and something that our readers can use as a guide to help hold them accountable.

What advice will you be offering in your magazine? JOSEPH- My wife and I along with our awesome magazine launch team will be offering valuable keto tips, relevant articles that will go into how the ketogenic lifestyle works, how to do keto the right way, the benefits of adding intermittent fasting into your lifestyle and much more.

One question I would like to ask, and be honest here. Did going on a diet cause arguments between you both. Did you find yourself becoming hungrier and angrier? LATOYA- It was not really arguments per say. It was more so us having to get on the same page with where we were health wise. Our bodies are not the same. Our hormones do not work in the same capacity. My husband struggled with diabetes and high blood pressure and I struggled with anxiety, depression, hypothyroidism, anemia and asthma. Something had to change. We both knew we were unhealthy. We both knew that we needed to lose weight. It was just us needing to align our values and goals together so we knew how to encourage one another to keep pushing forward. A healthy lifestyle doesn’t have to be all about competition. We support each other. We even joke when one of us loses a few pounds than the other and we do it in love.

What is your opinion of the gastric band and surgery to lose weight? BOTH- We have heard about the gastric band and surgery and even entertained the thought of possibly giving it a try. However, my wife previously had a traumatic experience and health scare back in 2009 after getting her gallbladder removed that caused the fear of being cut open again. We chose to try the ketogenic lifestyle after all the other diets we tried failed and it’s truly been a blessing to us. We believe that having gastric band surgery may be the best option for some folks and we understand and support whoever chooses to do so. You have to do what works for you. If having the surgery will help jumpstart your weight loss goals then by all means go right ahead. You got this.

Are you going to be asking readers to share their stories in your magazine? LATOYA- Yes, of course we are! We want our magazine to stand out and give folks hope. We will be asking our readers to submit their keto success stories and will be choosing a few to feature in our next issues. This isn’t all about my wife and I. This is a movement and we want to help spread the word about how the ketogenic lifestyle has changed not only our lives but the lives of folks across the world who are on this journey alongside us.

What type of articles can we expect in your Keto magazine? JOSEPH- The Benefits of Intermittent Fasting

How to start the ketogenic lifestyle

What foods should you avoid on the ketogenic lifestyle

The struggles of autoimmune disorders and how the ketogenic lifestyle has helped improve or reverse certain health disorders.

So, when will the magazine go live and how can people read it? BOTH- Our Digital Keto Magazine will be available online on our website www.ketohopedealers.com  on January 7th 2021. You can preorder the magazine up until December 23rd. The folks who preorder will get access to their advance copy 7 days before it launches to the public.

Cardiff Airport expecting busiest summer holiday season in a decade

Busy summer for cardiff airport

Wales’ national airport is gearing up for a busy six weeks ahead, as 296,000 customers prepare to jet off with little ones for a summer holiday or to visit family and friends while the kids are off school.

Over the six week summer holidays between July and September, Cardiff Airport is expecting an increase in passengers of 11% compared to last year, making 2018’s Summer holidays the busiest in ten years.

Customers can fly to long haul destinations including Thailand, Pakistan, Sri Lanka and Bali on Qatar Airways with just one easy connection via Doha. This 5* airline provides a world-class passenger experience between Wales and the Middle East daily on board a stunning Boeing 787 Dreamliner, which features  22 seats in Business Class and 232 seats in Economy class.

Dutch airline KLM also offers a wealth of connections to destinations including Dubai, New York and Orlando which are all accessible with up to three flights a day to Amsterdam Schiphol, a popular international hub.

 

Read:Windsor Things To Do

 

Customers flying long haul this Summer are advised to plan ahead before they fly, by allowing four hours to check in before their departure time.

To ensure a stress free, smooth experience, customers should also prepare by packing hand luggage and suitcases carefully, following national security advice and guidance: https://www.cardiff-airport.com/airport-security/.      

Flybe, Europe’s largest regional airline which now has three aircraft based at Cardiff, continues to fly customers to 21 destinations including Faro, Rome, Paris, Jersey and new for Summer 2018, Venice. For customers wishing to stay closer to home there are regular flights to Dublin, Belfast, Edinburgh and many more.  

TUI, having recently announced 100,000 extra seats and new destinations (Dubrovnik, Naples and Hurghada) for Summer 2019, continues to thrive this year by offering excellent flight and accommodation packages to destinations including Turkey and Greece.  

Additionally, customers are taking advantage of low cost holidays offered by Balkan Holidays to resorts like Nessebar, Pomorie and Sunny Beach in Bulgaria with 7 or 10 night options available.

 

Read:Day Trips From Manchester

 

Deb Barber, CEO of Cardiff Airport, said: “The start of the Summer holidays is always an exciting time here at Cardiff Airport., and even more so this year with all of the fantastic developments. We welcome families heading off on well-earned holidays in the sun, customers taking the opportunity to visit friends and family and, of course, visitors to Wales who choose Cardiff as their gateway to the UK.

“As activity across the terminal ramps up, we encourage customers to pack hand luggage items and suitcases wisely and to arrive at the Airport in plenty of time to check in and process through security. We’ve made a number of improvements to the Departure Lounge recently and hope that passengers really enjoy our facilities and relax before take-off.”

The top ten most popular routes this summer are:

 

  • Palma Majorca, with TUI, Thomas Cook and Vueling
  • Amsterdam, with KLM
  • Doha, with Qatar Airways
  • Alicante, with TUI and Vueling
  • Malaga, with TUI and Vueling
  • Edinburgh, with Flybe
  • Dublin, with Flybe
  • Faro, with Flybe, TUI and Ryanair
  • Tenerife, with TUI, Thomas Cook and Ryanair
  • Dalaman, with TUI and Thomas Cook

Deion Campbell Talks About COVID, And Podcast King Legend Talks

Deion Campbell podcast

When I interview people, it is very rare to come across someone who inspires me, but that is what happened when I interviewed Deion Campbell.

The 27-year-old professional photographer, author and host better known online as King Legend 757 has interviewed many celebrities and influencers on his all new podcast. Although there were many positive things that happened for Campbell in 2020, ultimately this will be one of the most challenging year of his life. The successful photographer had to adapt to a new life after contracting COVID19. After spending a long period of time in the hospital fighting for his life and surviving 12 days on a ventilator machine to keep him alive, he managed to overcome COVID19, unlike tens of thousands of other people around the world.

When he left hospital, he was thankful that he survived, but COVID19 had left its mark. The dreaded virus had caused the young man nerve damage to his right arm which meant he could no longer hold a camera and take the stunning pictures he is known for. Instead of throwing in the towel, and getting down beat, Deion decided he would grab his new life with both hands and now runs The King Legend Talks Podcast available to listeners on the iheartradio app.

King Legend Talks has become a very popular and successful podcast, so we decided to find out more about the Podcast and Deion Campbell, to see what motives him and his life as a professional photographer/influencer.

 

First of all, please introduce yourself to our readers, and tell us a little bit about yourself? My name is Deion Campbell, and I was born October 28, 1993 in Hampton, Virginia. I have always had the heart of an entrepreneur and started my own photography brand known as King Legend Photography. As a photographer I would become well respected and known online as King Legend 757. I have taken photos of celebrities, weddings, events and I also do videography as well. Besides my career, I am a huge fan of the Philadelphia Eagles and I love to travel. 

Deion Campbell, you have many bows to your strings, like you are a podcast host of King Legend Talks, Photographer, and an author, wow, where do you get time to sleep? Well believe it or not, before the pandemic I actually had less time on my hand. I was on the go seven days per week and still had to try and balance work with time with family. Due to my encounter with covid-19 my life has changed tremendously because of nerve damage to my right arm. I am currently not taking photos or video until further notice. That’s where I get the time to do stuff now.

King Legend Talks podcastJust looking around the room and it is just me and you, social distancing of course, so while there is no one here, tell me something that only your mother knows about you? Something nobody knows about me; I have always wished to have that one childhood friend that grew up with me all the way from diapers to graduating high school. I never had that in my life and thought how cool it must be to have a brother or sister that is actually not family but feel like real family because of how far the timeline dates back to when you first met.

Before we touch on your many accomplishments, and I am dying to talk about your podcast and who you have photographed, is it true you caught COVID19? In short, duh lol. If I hadn’t caught covid-19 I wouldn’t have wrote a book on it.

You went through a very traumatic time with COVID19 back in March, and you ended up on a ventilator in hospital for 12 days, and a total 40 days in hospital, has that experience changed the way you look at life? It forced me to realize that all the dreams in the world don’t matter at all if you are able to be alive to make them come true. Health is wealth and without it, nothing else matters but your faith in God and family.

How does it make you feel seeing the tens of thousands of people around the world claim COVID19 is not real? It irritates me to my core. I understand ideas may be different from a person mind who has not directly had a impact in their live other than the lockdown due to COVID-19, but to say the virus is not real is completely disregarding everyone who had a bad encounter with the virus and almost in a sense, calling us a liar or trying to tell us we are the ones who have been lied to.

Donald Trump claimed he had COVID19, but a lot of people have questioned that and believe it was a political stunt. Even when the doctors on the steps of the hospital where he was treated seemed a bit nervous when talking about him, do you think he had COVID19? I wouldn’t know if it was a political stunt or not because I am not a part of those conversations with the president.

Sadly, with the complications with COVID19 it has caused nerve damage to your right arm, so you can no longer pick up a camera, do you see a future where you can do what you love and continue taking pictures? For the record, I will be taking pictures and video again once my nerve damage cease to exist. I am not giving up hope that one day it will be back to normal, and when that day comes, so will my business. In fact, my arm is healing more each month. 

Talking of taking pictures, you are a very successful photographer who has taken pictures of lots of celebrities, who is your favourite celebrity that you have photographed and who was the most famous? My favourite celebrity I ever took pictures of was rapper Dave East. That was because he was my first celebrity I ever had the opportunity to snap photos of. I would say the most famous would be DaBaby. He just recently received the #1 New Hip Hop Artist Award

Your friends told you that you had a voice for radio, sorry for laughing, but in the UK if we say you have a face for radio it means you are unlucky in love and you could do with a bit of cosmetic surgery. Looking at you, I’m sure you have no problems with the ladies, so when your friends told you that you had a voice for radio, what were your immediate thoughts? My only thoughts were, I agree with them and I thought it would be cool to do that as a career if it was for the right platform.

So, you started a podcast “King Legend Talks”, can you tell me more about the podcast? On the podcast I discuss with celebrity special guest or influencers about their journey to success. We to often see the end result of people we look up to, but don’t know enough about the path they took to separate them from the crowd. What about them mad them unique from everyone else that was doing it? The reason I came up with the question is because I know so many talented people that try hard to pursue their dream but eventually give up because they don’t make it. On my show hopefully we can get the answers that so many people need to know regardless of their walk in life about making their dreams come true. 

Your podcast “King Legend Talks” has become a huge success, what do you put that down to? I must be doing something right and people are truly benefiting from the show and the content is providing good value to their life.

What celebrities/influencers have you had on your podcast? Fat Joe, JrSportBrief, Mohamed Elzomor, Cupid, Boston Scott and more.

You must do a lot of research when you have celebrities on “King Legend Talks”, but has any celebrity on your show said something that made you think, wow, I never knew that? Fat Joe explained to me how one time he almost passed out from his body overheating from the heat while riding his bike. He told me, in that moment he was on the ground looking up at the clouds thinking to himself, all the money and material things in the world didn’t matter because the only thing that mattered in that moment was his health. Health is wealth, if you don’t have good health, you don’t have nothing.

You want through your podcast to encourage people and motivate them and show them that they can achieve their dreams; do you really think that everyone with the right mindset and tools can achieve their goals? Yes, I believe if you work hard enough and put your mind to it, all your dreams can come true. All success comes with sacrifice, what are you willing to lose to gain what you want? That’s the true question. That could be time with family, it could be money, it could be friends or even family.

King Legend TalksIf you had the choice to invite any celebrity in the world on your show who would it be and why? I would love to have Jay-Z on the show. Not sure there is one person on this planet who wouldn’t be interested in picking his mind.

For people who want to listen to your podcast, what do they need to do? My podcast is easily available on many platforms, but I only promote iheartradio because it’s a way to track my audience better.

Lets get back to COVID19 again for a minute, you have just written a book about your experience, why did you do that? Honestly, after my encounter with Covid-19 my perspective of the virus had changed. Like, I knew the virus was bad, but I had no clue it was THAT bad. I was used to seeing it blasted on the news and think as long as I stay out of the way, I would be fine. Mentally I asked myself, what are the chances of me catching the virus? I thought, slim to none just like everyone else out still partying having a good time. Whenever a crisis happens in another country, we always think subconsciously that it won’t affect us here in the USA the way it did to them.  I was wrong, and I even took minor precautions to prevent myself from catching the virus. If that wasn’t enough to stop me from catching the virus, then the youth was in trouble. Even after I caught the virus, I kept hearing people saying the virus is not real. The world was in need of a wake up call from the perspective of someone who could speak from experience. That was the motivation I needed to write my book Ventilator. I refuse to let people think that I almost died on a ventilator to a fake virus. The virus felt very real to me.

How emotional was it writing your book? There were moments when I was writing where I had to ask myself, do I really want to include that detail? Or is this too much information? I would always bring myself to the conclusion. The whole truth, and nothing other than the truth. No sugar coating the reality of the situation to make it sound good. I also knew people truly respect ones ability to become vulnerable. There are many details in my book where I become completely vulnerable to the reader with my thoughts and emotions.

Your book Ventilator has gained a lot of exposure, is there going to be a follow up? I believe the purpose of the book is being fulfilled and at this time there is no need for a sequel to it. I simply wanted to raise awareness to a virus that has changed my life forever, to enlighten people on the reality of it not being a fake virus.

 

For more information on the Podcast, check out www.iheart.com/podcast/269-king-legend-talks-73262104/

 

Master Mindset Life Coach Talks About Toxic Effects of Negative Self-Talk

negative self talk likfecoach

A typical person has between 50,000 and 70,000 thoughts per day, this is approximately 35 – 48 thoughts per minute. As many as 98% of these thoughts are exactly the same as the day before and it is believed that 80% of these thoughts are negative.

Negative self-talk is a powerful and constant running commentary in our mind. While we go about our daily lives, we are always thinking about what we are going to do and about the situations we are in. We have this internal voice that is there in the background perceiving every situation. If that little voice is providing us with positive thoughts and encouraging us, then that is great. But what happens when we have that same little voice which is constantly negative?

Having a negative voice in our minds is like having a friend who is always doubting you and your ability. If you have someone always telling you that you cannot do this, or you will not be successful at that, you are going to start to believe them. If your friend shows you no encouragement then you are not going to achieve the goals you want to achieve or go for that job you really want. That negative friend is the same as self-negative talk.

It is not something we talk about much, but according to Shanesha Scott, a Master Mindset Life Coach who helps people overcome Negative Self-Talk; we should do. According to Shanesha Scott that little negative voice can have toxic effect on our life.

In life you have successful people and then you have those people who are not successful. You also have people who have brilliant ideas but fail to progress them and make them a reality. Those people who are successful have managed to overcome their negative self-talk and remove the obstacles in their life, and those who fail are struggling on a daily basis.

Self-negative talk can be overcome. Those annoying negative thoughts can be sent packing with the right help. One of the those people who helps people to become more successful in their life and remove those annoying obstacles is  Shanesha Scott, so I wanted to catch up with her and find out how the Master Mindset Life Coach can help people remove those obstacles from their life.

Shanesha Scott negative self talk lifecoachHere is what Shanesha Scott had to say

 

  1. First of all, can you please introduce yourself? Greetings! My name is Shanesha Scott. I am the owner of Beauty 4RM Ashes, LLC.  I am a Master Mindset Life Coach.
  2. You are a licensed Master Mindset Life Coach; can you explain what that means? As a Master Mindset Coach, I focus on my client’s eliminating negative self-talk using Cognitive Behavioural Techniques (CBT). I also focus on shifting my client’s root beliefs using Rational Emotive Behavioural Techniques (REBT).  The end goal for me is for my clients to come out seeing the glass as half full instead of half empty.
  3. So, as a Life Coach what areas to you specialize in? My main speciality is Master Mindset; However, I am certified in multiple areas including Emotional Intelligence, Confidence, Cognitive Behavioural, Goal Success, Life Purpose, and Happiness.
  4. You are the founder of Beauty 4RM Ashes, why did you decide to start your own business? Prior to Beauty 4RM Ashes, I was a Makeup Artist for 10 years with my company Beauty By SMAQ. In 2017, I tragically loss my Nephew and did not have the passion to do makeup anymore.  My soul had a different calling.  I wanted to help people. That’s when I created Beauty 4RM Ashes.  I went to get my certification as a Life Coach in 2020.  This is my soul’s purpose.
  5. There are some people in life that sail through life and achieve all the dreams they want to achieve, and then there are people who struggle on a daily basis and fail at every hurdle, why is that? I think there are multiple factors. For some they can already have a head start.  What I mean by that is they come from a supportive family, financially stable, etc.  Now, with that being said, any person can overcome adversity.  I am a living example.  I did not have the best childhood or even early adulthood, but I didn’t let that stop me from accomplishing my dreams and goals. It is all in us- we just have to have the ‘can do’ attitude. Even if there are obstacles.  This question is kind of explaining what a Master Mindset Coach does.  It’s about eliminating the negative thought process. We can do anything we put our mind to…good or bad.
  6. Can you explain what is meant by negative self-talk and how that can impact a person? A person that may have negative self-talk has the mindset that the thing they want to accomplish or do will not happen. People aren’t born like that.  I believe it’s the environment they have been around.  Unfortunately, many people often fall victim to toxic relationships which can ultimately lead to that defeated mentality. Example if a child brings home a report card with All A’s and maybe one B and the parents scold them and say they will never be smart enough to bring home all As- that child will start thinking that they are not good enough or smart enough.
  7. I have to be honest, before I met you, I did not even think about negative thoughts and how it does impact people’s lives. However, after reading a report I found that we have around 70,000 thoughts a day and 80% of them are negative thoughts, to be honest that does not sound good. To be it seems like a lot of obstacles to try and overcome, can you help with that? Wow- those statistics are alarming. I think that we are all human and will experience all emotions, however when negativity consumes a person that’s where I will be able to assist. I want people to live their best life.  Yes, there will be times where there will be trials and tribulations, but ideally, I want people to ‘be happy’ and content 80% of the time.
  8. When a person is knocked down time and time again for a promotion or even a job interview, the negative thoughts start to rear their ugly heads resulting in negative self-talk, how can a person combat that? I have been that person. Where I felt I deserved the promotion but got looked over time and time again. Yes, I was disappointed, however the thing I always tell myself is what’s for me I will have.  Fast-forward years later I got an even better promotion. Things will happen in due time, try to remain positive.
  9. So, positive self-talk can have a real impact and allow a person to overcome obstacles in their life and achieve their goals? Yes- I believe positive self-talk really can change one’s outlook on life and even manifest a person dreams and desires. Again- that does not mean everyday will be perfect but rewiring what you say will have a positive impact.
  10. 85% of people in the world have low esteem, are you shocked at that figure? I am not shocked- especially with social media. everyone is comparing themselves to each other instead of focusing on their own life.  People have to realize social media is a façade.  People can create the personality they want online, and when they log off it is totally different.  As the rapper J. Cole says, “No such thing as a life that’s better than yours.”
  11. Is it true to say, if a person suffers from negative self-talk and they have a job interview then the chances of success is low? In my opinion yes. If a person’s energy is off, I think that will display in the interview. Now with that being said I know everyone has different personality types. Some people are bubbly and cheerful all the time, some are laid back, and some are somewhere in-between.  I recognize that, but again think of the glass as half full.
  12. So, basically, if a person knows they have a problem with negative thoughts and they have an important job interview lined up, it stands to reason they should come and seek your help? Yes! If they have a big job that they are going for and they are ready for a change I recommend them seeking out my assistance. I offer a free 30-minute consultation.  Even in that 30 minutes I may be able to jump start them to a positive mindset.
  13. Would you say, low esteem could be the reason why so many women hook up and marry the wrong man and end up in an abusive relationship? I think that plays a huge part in it. Or if it’s not low self-esteem it can again be the environment, they were brought up in.  That may be all they know.
  14. What type of people come to you and use your services? The everyday person that is looking for a positive change in their lives. As a Life Coach, we will focus on moving forward and not so much the past. I like to say keep it moving forward.
  15. When a client comes to you looking for help to overcome obstacles in their life and overcome their negative self-talk, what is your first approach? I first like to get to know them on a high-level basis. So, I will have them fill out a questionnaire.  That is the starting point. We unpack the questionnaire in the 30- minute consultation. Usually after the 30-minute consultation I can see what direction we need to go.  Again, overall, this will be about changing the client’s mindset.
  16. What does success mean to you? I feel that I am successful when I can look at my vision board or journal and mark off each one as completed. I would also like to add that even if I don’t actually accomplish it, I have peace in knowing that I tried.

For more information, please visit https://www.beauty4rmashes.org

Susie Perez Fernandez Talks About Her New Audio Book Vida Blue

Vida Blue audio book

Vida Blue is the recent novel by Susie Perez Fernandez, an author with a new career in romantic literature with a gripping story labeled a romantic thriller by some reviewers.

Unlike her other books, in Vida Blue love and passion are bound by action and adventure, a rare mix that keeps you wanting to know what is next in each riveting chapter. Each page is filled with suspense and excitement; its prose only accelerates the feeling of living an extraordinary adventure along with Ariadne, a strong woman who plays the starring role.

Vida Blue has been received positively by readers close to Perez Fernandez’s work, but also by critics who are approaching her books for the first time. In short, they have all agreed on its unpredictable plot, its intriguing characters, and its smooth narrative in tune with the fast-paced action, subtle sensuality and dangerous, intriguing, and exciting scenes play out like a movie. There is no doubt why Vida Blue has been highlighted as one of the best novels of its genre in 2020.

Perez Fernandez is a prolific writer who has recently gone from book format to launch her books to audio format. It is the first time she has heard her characters speak live, which contributes to the exciting atmosphere of the Italian coast, where Ariadne, in the first chapters begins her adventure. Hearing an audio book is, of course, a different experience than having the book in page format. For those who prefer to read, you can purchase Vida Blue in both formats.

It was a pleasure to meet Perez Fernandez, who has brought a new twist to romantic novels. Her novel Via Blue has caused huge excitement in the literature world, so it was nice to put some questions to her.

1. Hi, Susie Perez Fernandez, first, can you introduce yourself to our readers? Hello and thank you for the questions. It is my pleasure to tell you about Vida Blue and I hope what follows in the Q&A will inspire you to read it.

2. You have released a new book called Vida Blue, which is available on Amazon and all good bookstores, can you tell me more about the book? Vida Blue is a suspenseful blend of romance and adventure with vivid and exciting settings. This romance adventure sweeps readers across the globe with a narrative and plot that crosses borders nearly as much as the story itself steers up the heart rate. This is an action romance, something you don’t come across often enough in this genre, and the scheming that is drawn out in each chapter will leave you wanting more.

Susie Perez Fernandez,3. Your book is filled with danger, romance, and trauma, we don’t normally come across stories like that unless they are on the big screen, how did you come up with the storyline? I am an avid traveller and came up with the idea for the story while working as a destination wedding planner in Italy’s Amalfi Coast. It was here that the initial idea began for me to write about a love affair that would be any woman’s dream, but at what price? When I thought I knew what was going to happen in the writing process, the story line would take me in another direction. I love romance novels that have a gritty realism.

4. A lot of authors know what the ending will be when they start writing a book, is that the case with you or did you just let the storyline lead the way? I literally had no idea what the ending would be, of course, I wanted it to be gripping and more importantly, I wanted the reader to want more. For me, writing is like a journey, some of it has a road map and some of it is totally off course. Experimenting with a story is fascinating for a writer. I find that though I see the story play in my mind like a movie, I need to allow my characters to speak and show me how the story will develop.

5. Vida Blue has received many positive reviews, with one reviewer calling it an action romance, how do you feel about all the great reviews you have received? Extremely honoured and humbled by the experience. I wrote the book because I had something I wanted to say, and my wish was that everyone that read Vida Blue would find something they could use or experience from the story. I never write for reviews, but I must admit, they help an author stay relevant and for this reason, I appreciate and value each one.

6. Ariadne is a very strong character; did you base the character on anyone you know? Many people have asked if Ariadne is me, but I think every writer leaves a piece of themselves in every story they produce. All the experiences in life are like breadcrumbs that leave a trail. I like writing strong stories about woman, especially those that have a treasure trove of experience. Women in their forties, fifties and beyond. We have a lot to say, and we need to be heard.

7. Is Ariadne someone you would like in your life and does she have any of your attributes? I do not think I am like Ariadne; she is someone I strive to be, my Avatar, the good and the bad parts make her a wonderful protagonist. Perhaps she has my thirst for life and for learning about different cultures. She has a background from Spain as I do, she loves to travel… those are the things we have in common.

8. If you could describe your book in six words or less what would you say? A tapestry of love and adventure.

9. Since being released as a paperback you have now released it as an audio book, why did you decide to do it? Many of my readers asked me for an audio book. The story reads like a movie and when it is told to you in the brilliant voice of Melanie Carey, you fall in love with the prose immediately. Vida Blue is also available in a Spanish language format as a soft cover.

10. How did you find transforming the book into audio format and do you believe audio books are the future? Once Melanie recorded a chapter, I would review it carefully and give her my views of her voice. Not a completely easy process but if you know your characters, they translate well in the audio format. You will always have a group that says they love to read books, and I include myself in that group. You will have those that don’t have time to read and prefer to be read to. Are audio books the future? I think there is room for both book readers and audio format.

11. Your characters have distinct personalities, so how did you transfer that from a book into the audio version? I thought Melanie needed to see those characters like I see them, after all, they are like my children. I created them. I send her a short biography on each character and included pictures of how I felt they looked. This gave her a strong foundation for her voice and the intonation, pitch and timbre needed for each character.

12. You have been credited in writing your book in a style that makes the reader feel that are there in the story, was that intentional? Absolutely! I wrote Vida Blue like a movie with fascinating and enchanting characters, in locales that swept the world. I used Positano as the canvas and let my characters tell the story.

13. A lot of people having different styles when it comes to writing, some authors dress up as their main character, other authors like to write in a park. JK Rowling visited different Edinburgh cafés to write her first book, what is your technique when you write? I must have a face to build a character, for me, the research to find that face is of great importance. Once I have a face, I build their mini-bio’s with all their likes and dislikes, quirks, dreams and frustrations. I do not have a particular place that I love to write, my home is in front of the ocean and the sound of the waves helps me to concentrate.

14. You have self-published your book which many authors including some celebrity authors are now doing, was this a straight-forward decision for you? It was not an easy decision for me. Would I have preferred to have a mega book deal from a famous publisher, of course, who wouldn’t? I just felt that it was taking too long, and my story was ready to go. I hired a professional editor and book designer, and the process took about 3 years from start to finish. Using social media and building a professional web page has helped immensely.

15. They say everyone has one book in them, would you agree with that? I believe everyone has a story to tell. Believing that others want to hear your story is the clincher. You must believe your story is worth telling and then everyone else will listen to you.

16. You have gained a huge following, if someone asked you for advice on self-publishing a book what would you say to them? Promotion, promotion, promotion. They won’t come knocking on your door to buy your book, you have to get it out there to the public. Hire a good promoter or be your own best promoter. Use social media platforms, build an author’s webpage, and launch your book with small retail bookstores. Have your friends and family tell others about your book and never lose faith.

17. What can we expect next from you? I really wanted to write about how this pandemic has affected us. Within that story, making it into a romance is challenging but fascinating. I have several somethings brewing and I won’t stop until my stories are told. Thank you for reading Vida Blue.

For more information on the new audio book, please visit here

Relationship Coach Katie Lucantonio Helps Women Attract The Ideal Man

Katie Lucantonio relationship coach

In 2019 there were 782,038 divorces in the USA, and 90,871 in the UK. According to recent reports, the divorce rate is continuing to rise and in the UK the divorce rate has increased by more than 18%. That is the highest increase in 50 years. One person who is not surprised by the increase in divorce rates is Katie Lucantonio, who is a Relationship and Transformational Coach.

Katie Lucantonio who has launched a Soul Mate Attraction program, which is a one-on-one coaching program for women who want to attract a high quality man and transform their lives, said she is not surprised about the high divorce rate According to the Relationship and Transformational Coach, some women are attracting the wrong men.

There are many reasons why women choose the wrong man to live with or to marry. One of those reasons is down to low self-esteem. According to a report in 2016, 4 out of 5 women suffer from low self-esteem. This does not just affect relationships; it can also affect careers.

In the USA 1 in 3 women are in an abusive relationship, in the UK that figure stands at 1 in 4. Sadly, low self-esteem has been linked to abuse within a relationship, which is why it is so important for women to overcome obstacles in their lives and gain the confidence they need to be happy.

Katie Lucantonio is trying to reduce the divorce rate by working with women to become more confident and help them find Mr Right, instead of Mr Wrong, or Mr Maybe. She has become very successful in changing people’s lives, so we decided to sit down with Katie and find out more about how she helps women overcome obstacles for true happiness.white 12509781

  1. Katie Lucantonio, for people who don’t know you, can you introduce yourself? Sure, so I’m a rapid transformational therapy practitioner, spiritual counsellor and energy healer. I help women from all over the world to transform their lives using my unique gifts and healing tools to clear old belief patterns and attract the life they desire – my speciality is helping women to attract their soul mate but my work spans to money, career, weight loss and self-esteem.
  2. So, you are a life coach, what aspect of coaching gives you the most satisfaction? I love it when my clients email me out of nowhere telling me they have attracted the perfect guy or have lost the excess weight they have been carrying for decades that has affected their self-confidence. Women come to me when they are at their lowest point in life, sometimes suicidal and after our work together they completely transform their lives, gain confidence, go after the career they want and find love- I never get tired of the success stories my work brings.
  1. What is a Relationship and transformational coach and what type of people do you help? So, I help women specifically, although men do come to me from time to time. But I mainly help women to overcome where they are blocked in their relationship patterns so they can stop attracting the wrong types of men and toxic relationships or even undo narcissistic abuse. Many of the women come to me desperate to find the “one” but are attracting completely emotionally unavailable men that lie, cheat and use them, which leaves them feeling used, tired, with low self-esteem and blaming themselves. I help them to clear their old relationship patterns and raise their energetic blueprint to be able to attract exactly the type of guy they want. I also get clients that come to me when they are stuck in business or around attracting money to help them get the success they want. I use a lot of esoteric and shaman techniques to help my clients get extraordinary results.
  1. Is there a difference between a life coach and a therapist? Yes, coaching is tailored more toward goal orientated strategies and is unregulated. So, there are a lot of techniques available to a coach to get the results the client wants. A therapist uses structured techniques to help a person work through layers of trauma, using specific tools. Both are great, but its important to know when to use what, in what you are trying to achieve.
  1. You have just announced your new Soul Mate Attraction program, can you explain more about the program? I’d love to- so the new program spans over three months of intensive healing and coaching to help you heal your old relationship wounds and patterns, reprogram your subconscious beliefs and raise your energetic vibration so you are magnetic to a high-vibe, high-value man. Each woman is different so there is no set “curriculum” I follow, it’s very bespoke to each individual. I have a huge tool box that I use in my own life and on my clients which get unprecedented results, I use Rapid Transformational Therapy, coaching, Quantum Energy Healing, Theta Healing and more to clear out your blockages. I provide a high touch, on-going support for my clients so they have me in their back pocket every step of the way. The results are phenomenal.
  1. Who is the program aimed at? Its aimed at women who have low self-esteem who are struggling to attract love or have been attracting the wrong guy over and over again and are ready to attract their soul mate. It’s also for the woman who is stuck and unhappy with where she is in her career/relationship/business/money and wants to shift things so she can have the life she dreams of. I find that no matter what area of life we work on, there is a flow on effect that improves every area, its extraordinary.

Relationship Coach Katie Lucantonio 7. So, your program helps women attract a high-quality man, what do you mean by that, and what would you describe as a high-quality man? Men and women complement each other beautifully when both are right for each other. A high-quality man is a man that is loving and a strong support for his partner. He has integrity, his word is worth more than his signature on paper, he is generous and forgiving, he provides a calm stability to a woman’s life. Women are like storms and it takes an emotionally matured man to be calm through a storm.

  1. You say that your program helps women overcome emotional issues, does some of those emotional issues include a woman being cheated on? Yes, absolutely. Unfortunately, cheating is so common now in relationships and leaves a lot of damage if its not healed. A lot of my clients come to me when they have tried “everything”. Sadly talk therapy can only take you so far and that’s where you need to employ more powerful techniques to help overcome and heal emotional issues so you don’t get stuck in the same relationship patterns as before or attracting the same guy with a different name.
  1. Talking of cheating, why do you think some men continue to cheat on their partners? I find there is no one size fits all with cheating, every case is different-but the majority of cheating occurs because men feel that the relationship is stale and that the grass is greener on the other side. Emotional intimacy is the glue that holds a relationship together. Men need to feel needed and wanted, not in a needy desperate way but in a way that he can support his partner and is valued for it. That he is able to be her rock and protector. Men need to feel in their own masculine power in order to grow and feel loved. I always use the analogy that the man is the boat, and the woman is the rudder. If a man does not get his emotional needs met, he will look to other ways or another to fulfil him.
  1. I read an article that claimed some women attract men who cheat, would you agree with that statement? This is a loaded question (laughs). Some women definitely have a pattern of attracting the wrong guy that cheats yes. This is only because subconsciously she is attracting a certain type based of her conditioning. She may have had a critical parent growing up and felt unloved and not worthy of being treated in a loving way, so if that’s the case when these parental wounds are not healed she will fulfil her own limiting belief patterns that she is unworthy and unlovable by attracting the wrong guy. You see what we believe internally on a subconscious level is projected out into our outer world. Until we change it of course!
  1. You help women to overcome obstacles in their lives, so are you saying that by not being able to overcome the negative problems they have it could result in a relationship not working out or finding the wrong partner? Yes – negative relationship and self esteem patterns keeps you stuck in the same loops that replay over and over again until they are broken and healed once and for all. That is why you keep attracting the same person or the same relationship issues. I had a teacher once say to me “have you ever noticed that when ever there is a problem your always there?” Its funny, but very true. Until we break out of our negative subconscious pattern’s we can’t change our lives.
  1. Sadly, a lot of women with low esteem end up in abusive and violent relationships, can you explain why that is? Sadly, this is all too true, and I see this in my practice far too often. It’s because these women don’t feel good enough and worthy of a high-value man that treats them right. Low self-esteem is learned in childhood from parents or caregivers and childhood experiences. Our beliefs are formed by the time we are seven and we carry these beliefs into adulthood. If we aren’t praised as children or are constantly criticized, ridiculed or teased this forms the belief within us that “I am not good enough” so “I don’t deserve a good man or someone that treats me right”. Often children who witness abuse in the home grow up to attract the same kind of partner as the abusive parent. This is due to unresolved parental wounding, when a pattern is unresolved you repeat it until you break the negative loop. This isn’t because they are attracted to their parent, its because the parent treated them so badly and made them feel so unloved that they want to somehow prove to their abuser (and themselves) that they are worthy of love by recreating the conditions.
  1. So, improving self-esteem is a route to a successful relationship and finding the right person? Absolutely, it is the magic key for the very fact when you believe you are worthy and deserve to be treated as such, your boundaries wont be compromised and you can attract a high quality person that will treat you how you should be treated. Our world is created by what we tolerate, so if we are always putting up with lying, cheating, emotional unavailability we signal to the universe or our outer world “this is ok, bring me more of this because I am ok with it”. Change your unconscious programming and it will be reflected in your life.
  1. What is the most common relationship issue you encounter with your clients? Unable to communicate their wants, needs and desires and lack of intimacy is huge. Women have huge issues with asking for what they want clearly and openly. Also, a lot of women struggle with sexual intimacy and this can cause major problems in a relationship.
  1. Are there any issues you feel you wouldn’t be able to help with? Yes, women who are still living with their abuser or if their partner has been diagnosed with narcissistic personality disorder. Also, people who aren’t ready or willing to change one hundred percent.
  1. What would you say are the four most important things to a successful relationship? Communication, friendship, common goals/wanting the same things, physical & emotional intimacy!
  1. There were 782,038 divorces in the USA in 2019, and 90,871, in the UK, do you feel people are too easy to end their marriage instead of seeing a relationship coach to try and fix their problems? Unfortunately, yes. Too many people give up on their relationships and head to divorce court because they believe that there’s “something or someone” better outside of the relationship, rather than communicate and work through it. A lot of relationships could be saved if both parties were willing to do the inner work.
  1. There are millions of women around the world who are stuck in a loveless relationship, but for some reason they don’t leave that relationship when they could have a happier life with someone else, why is that? Fear is huge. And people are hard-wired to avoid the unfamiliar and cling to the familiar. Even though a relationship isn’t what you want or makes you unhappy, it is familiar and comfortable. There is no risk of failure, so we can live in comfort even though we are miserable because we are used to it. If you leave a relationship, there are so many unknowns and the first thing I hear clients say to me “what if I don’t find someone else”. The fear of being alone is very real for a lot of women.
  1. Would it be too late for a woman who is in a relationship that is not working to use your services? Definitely not, I help women in every aspect of their lives. Its never too late to want to transform yourself!

To learn more about Katie Lucantonio visit www.coachingwithkatie.net

Get started on that lockdown sort-out with tips on decluttering with Marla Stone

maria stone declutter

Remember when Boris Johnson first announced the country was going into lockdown, it was a shock to the system. I have never seen so many people queue up outside supermarkets buying toilet paper and visiting DIY shops. Then we had the second lockdown, barely enough time to get over the first one and the time to declutter the home.

For many of us, we promised ourselves to declutter the home during the first lockdown, and the second lockdown, so how is that going. If like me, your home has accumulated so much stuff thanks to Amazon and working from home. Well now, it is time to sort it out.

Instead of the bedroom drawers being crammed with stuff, and kitchen cupboard bursting and not to mention the living room being turned upside down, we can now start to get our home back to normal thanks to Marla Stone and her book The Clutter Remedy: A Guide To Getting Organized For Those Who Love Their Stuff

maria stoneMaria Stone said decluttering the home and can-do wonders for your wellbeing. She says it is a great way to get over lockdown and to keep positive.

The decluttering expert who has worked with well-known people to help them declutter their home said that decluttering is not just about making the home tidy. She explained that as well as having a tidy home it can also help keep a tidy mind. And, if that is not a good reason to buy her book and declutter your home, then how about making some money.

Decluttering the home is a great way to find things that you no longer need or want, and instead of throwing them away you can make money from them.

We wanted to learn more about decluttering the home after lockdown and sat down with Maria Stone to learn more.

 

  1. Why did you decide to write a book about decluttering? I wanted to put all my thoughts down that we’re coming to me. I realized that my clients were having a difficult time remaining organized after their Decluttering project. I wanted to give them all my knowledge so they will remain organized independent of my services. I wanted my customers and the world to know that staying organized long-term is possible.
  2. When writing your book, did you uncover the links between mental health and clutter? Yes, I realized that if there is emotional clutter negativity and chaos will manifest in your outer environment. People who suffer from add, ADHD, depression and any significant mental health challenge will benefit from the book. I give examples by telling stories about people with mental health challenges to help people remove their emotional blocks.
  3. So, can a person destress while decluttering? The Decluttering process relieves years of built up stress, as long as you also address the inner chaos.
  4. Do you believe that a tidy home results in less stress in a person’s life? The outer is a reflection of the inner. When your home is neat, and everything has a home life is much more pleasurable.
  5. What is your favorite room to tidy? My most favorite room to declutter and categorize is a home office. I love to help people with a clear and concise criteria for choosing the items in their office based on what will help them become more focused and productive.
  6. For someone moving home, what should they do with their unwanted books? The local libraries love any books you want to donate to them.
  7. Is it possible to sell the stuff that you don’t want? Selling your unwanted items is easy. Use online neighborhood groups, or sell through garage sales, and with consignment shops.
  8. Can you tell me five ways a person can make money decluttering their home? Well-advertised Estate sakes are great for pricey stuff, bartering has become popular, auctions for very expensive items, garage sales for home goods and clothing, and consignment stores for furniture works well.
  9. What age should parents teach their children the importance of decluttering their rooms? As soon as children can walk, they can be taught to put away toys and books. At 4-5 years old children can learn to donate items they no longer want to play with. Also, they will then be able to categorize their toys as well.declutter during lockdown
  10. Plastic bags have become a huge problem, what can we do with plastic bags instead of throwing them out? Use them for trash cans around the house. Also, simply recycle plastic bags. Don’t use bags to store items because you end up forgetting what’s in them.
  11. When going through the wardrobes during your decluttering campaign, how can you decide what items to keep and which items to get rid of? Use my clear and concise criteria that I describe in my book The Clutter Remedy: A Guide To Getting Organized For Those Who Love Their Stuff. Ask yourself: Will I use it? Does it serve a purpose? Is it sentimental? Do I love it? Making good decisions about what to keep versus what to toss is the key to responsible Decluttering.

Check out her new book The Clutter Remedy: A Guide To Getting Organized For Those Who Love Their Stuff:

https://www.amazon.com/Clutter-Remedy-Guide-Getting-Organized/dp/1608686299

Caravan Owners Demand Caravan Parks Stay Open If Third Lockdown Takes Place

Buying a static caravan advice

2020 has been a hard year for caravan holiday home owners after more than 365,000 of them saw their parks closed during both lockdowns. Now, after a survey conducted by In2Town Lifestyle Magazine, more than 72% of owners are demanding the Government bring in new laws to protect them if a new lockdown is announced.

Static Caravan owners want the Government to bring in new laws that allow holiday parks to stay open for caravan owners. Most owners who took part in the survey said they were disgusted they were still paying full site fees. A lot of those surveyed said they agreed that facilities on caravan parks should be closed. However, they felt caravan owners should still be allowed to use their caravan as there would be no risk of catching or spreading COVID19.

Caravan owners we spoke to said they could not understand why caravan parks were closed for owners. They felt they would be safer at their caravan than at home. Static Caravan owners are pleading with the Government to bring in new laws to protect them if a third lockdown is announced. They want the Government to keep caravan parks open so they can use them and stay safe during a lockdown.

caravan owners want rightsAn owner from Hull who did not wish to be named said: “The caravans are not near to each other on our site. There is no chance of catching COVID19 if people stick to the rules of social distancing. I have serious health problems and I would feel safer at my caravan than in Hull where I live.”

The 68-year woman explained that she had not left her home during the first lockdown due to the fear of COVID19 and has not left her home during the second lockdown. She explained being forced to stay indoors was affecting her mental health, whereas if she was at her caravan, she would feel free and would be able to have a walk outdoors.

Caravan owners are not just calling on the Government to keep caravan parks open during a third lockdown. If caravan parks are not allowed to open, then they want the Government to protect them and stop caravan parks from charging full site fees. They want the same protection as holidaymakers.

During both lockdowns, most caravan parks closed to holidaymakers and caravan owners due to Government guidelines. However, while holidaymakers were issued with refunds most owners of holiday homes were forced to pay their full site fees.

The average yearly cost of site fees for a caravan owner stands at £4,000 plus other charges. One caravan owner who approached our caravan and camping magazine editor said she was disgusted that her park had only issued her with a £500 refund.

The 42-year-old woman from Birmingham who did not wish to be named explained: “I pay over £5,000 a year to have my caravan sited on a holiday park. The park has only been opened for less than five months this year. I am not blaming the caravan park, but I am blaming the Government.”

tips on buying a caravanAnother caravan owner who wanted to protect her identity has a caravan in Devon. The caravan owner who lives in Manchester said she was disgusted with the Government and her caravan park. She explained that her holiday park gave her a £450 refund for the site being closed when she pays more than £6,000 in site fees. She believes that caravan owners should have the same rights as holidaymakers and should receive a full refund of site fees for the time period the site was closed.

“Holidaymakers who booked a holiday on our park received a full refund, when we as owners only received on average £450. Why should we be paying full site fees when the caravan park is closed.”

One thing that we found with our survey is the Government is ignoring caravan owners With the caravan industry contributing more than Six Billion pounds to UK Economy, it is very surprising how caravan owners are being ignored

Carole Keeble A spokeswoman from the Holiday Park Action Group, advise all owners of holiday caravans to use the online Competition and Market Authority (CMA) portal, set up by the Govt to report Park Operators who are operating unfairly during the covid 19 pandemic.(https://www.coronavirus-business-complaint.service.gov.uk/). 

“This includes where they refuse refunds for fees paid in advance or deliberately threaten owners who challenge them regarding their failure to provide refunds,” explained Carole.

Carole is asking those people who have suffered a bad experience from owning a caravan as a staycation should visit The Holiday Park Action Group  www.facebook.com/groups/1488700298019076

WORLD’S FIRST AUGMENTED REALITY ZIPLINE TRANSPORTS THRILL SEEKING LONDONERS TO STUNNING UAE MOUNTAINS

THRILL SEEKING LONDONERS

Imagine standing 1,680m above sea level with mountain views as far as the eye can see and setting off on a 100mph zipline where you will fly like a falcon for 2.83 kilometers. Now imagine experiencing all of this whilst still being within a few hundred metres of the Houses of Parliament and the London Eye.

From today, anyone visiting London can experience a taster of the record breaking world’s longest zipline – recently opened in Ras Al Khaimah, the adventure tourism hub of the Middle East, thanks to the launch of the world’s first augmented reality (AR) zipline experience, dubbed The Jebel Jais Flight London at Zip Now London in the heart of the capital.

Created in partnership between the Ras Al Khaimah Tourism Development Authority (RAKTDA) and Zip Now London, visitors will get the physical thrill of riding the world’s longest and fastest urban zipline, situated in Waterloo, whilst enjoying the views from the Guinness World Record setting Jebel Jais Flight zipline thanks to the latest Augmented Reality technology.

 

Read:Romantic Days Out In London

 

Haitham Mattar, CEO of Ras Al Khaimah Tourism Development Authority which is actively promoting Ras Al Khaimah in the UK market, said of the new experience: “With world leading experiences such as the Jebel Jais Flight we’re transforming Ras Al Khaimah from an undiscovered Emirate to the adventure hub of the middle east, making our stunning mountain range accessible and enjoyable for the first time.

The Jebel Jais Flight London is giving adventure seekers a completely unique way to experience riding a record-setting attraction from an undiscovered part of the globe, but from right here in the heart of the city. By combining the fantastic ride of Zip Now London and the latest 360 video and augmented reality technologies, we’ve created a world first experience people can enjoy all summer long.”

Barry Shevarin, CEO of Zip Now added: “This amazing partnership with Ras Al Khaimah Tourism Development Authority has enabled the most exciting and innovative urban ziplining experience ever. Not only are our lines carrying more people further and faster than before, but now visitors can transport themselves to the top of Jebel Jais Mountain in Ras Al Khaimah and experience the attraction that everyone in adventure tourism is talking about.”

 

Greater Manchester Tier 3 lockdown rules explained

manchester tourism

The Manchester Tier 3 news was something that the people living and working in Manchester were hoping could be avoided. However, the ten boroughs of Greater Manchester are now in Tier 3 lockdown, which means all bars and pubs must shut.

This is not great news for the pubs and bars in Manchester. The only way they can stay open is if they serve food.

Manchester Tier 3 status was not an easy decision to make according to Prime Minister Boris Johnson. The government rules are set to cause misery for those living in Manchester. One of the COVID-19 rules include no mixing of households in indoor or most outdoor settings. This is going to be very hard for millions of people.

The Tier 3 rules are very complicated and do contradict themselves. For example, you can meet other households in some public outdoor settings like a beach or a park if you follow the rule of six. Not that Manchester has a beach.

 

Read:Lincolnshire Wildlife Review

 

The new Manchester Tier rules can be complicated, even some of the Government ministers don’t understand them. That is why we have listed the Tier 3 lockdown rules so the people of Manchester know what they can and cannot do.

 

Manchester Tier 3 Rules:

  • No socialising with people who are not part of your household or social bubble in any indoor setting or private garden or most outdoor hospitality venues.
  • You can meet people in certain outdoors settings such as in parks as long as you follow the rule of six.
  • All pubs and bars must close unless they sell food. Restaurants can stay open. Alcohol can only be sold as part of a meal.
  • Manchester Tier 3 rules advise people in Manchester not to travel ourside of the area. However it has not been made illegal.
  • You must avoid staying overnight in an area, not in Tier 3. The Government don’t want people from other tiers to stay overnight in Manchester Tier 3 areas.
  • Weddings in Manchester can still go ahead as long as their are no more than 15 guests. Sadly, wedding receptions are not allowed.
  • Funerals can still take place but only with up to 30 guests and up to 15 at wakes and related ceremonies.
  • Schools, universities and retail outlets are allowed to stay open.

  Other Tier 3 rules for Manchester include betting shops, casinos, bingo halls, adult gaming centres, and soft play areas must close by October 23rd.

The COVID-19 rules has also resulted in Skate Manchester being cancelled until next year.

More Young People Take Up Camping Since COID19 Pandemic

UK camping holidays

New research commissioned by Go Outdoors has found there has been a huge interest in camping thanks to the COVID19 pandemic.

According to the report, those in their 20s and 30s have turned to camping holidays. Normally this age group would be taking a break in Benidorm and the Costa Del Sol, but due to the COVID19 restrictions, they are swapping the hot climates for Devon, Skegness, and Scarborough.

The COVID19 lockdown has resulted in young people exploring staycations and a way of having a cheap holiday which camping can provide. The most popular UK destinations for camping holidays for people in their 2s and 30s include the Lake District, Devon, and Cornwall.

Campsite owners are hoping this trend will continue. These types of holidays are much cheaper than going abroad but will young people once the lockdown restrictions are removed and the threat of COVID19 vanish stick with camping?

47% of those surveyed said they would try out a camping or caravanning holiday. However, the most common concerns people had with camping was the weather and sharing a tent with other people. Surprisingly enough only 8% said they would miss having a Wi-Fi connection while on a camping holiday.

Even though travel agents have complained about how the restrictions have resulted in fewer people travelling abroad, could COVID19 benefited the staycation industry.

Caravan Tourer Insurance Get The Best Cover For Caravan

touring caravan insurance

How to save money on caravan insurance is something that tens of thousands of caravan owners would like to know. That is why we have put together some tips on how to get insurance for a caravan at the best price.

Some people believe that caravan tourer insurance is a legal requirement, however, that is not the case. All you need to tow a caravan is car insurance. Although insurance for a caravan can be expensive, it is a necessary evil.

If you are thinking of not buying caravan insurance for your tourer then this could be an expensive mistake. Caravan tourer insurance provides you with full cover if your caravan is stolen or damaged. But, if you just have car insurance, if you have an accident on the road, or if your caravan gets damaged or stolen then it’s you who has to pay for repair or replacement.

When looking to buy insurance it is important to compare caravan insurance to get the best cover. But, before you do that, we have put together some tips on how to save money on your caravan insurance.

 

How to cut the cost of caravan insurance

 

Here are ways that you can make your caravan insurance cheaper and keep premiums low:

 

    Keep your caravan safely stored

    Get your caravan values right

    Improve your caravan security

    Add a tracker to your caravan

    Use a hitch lock or wheel lock

    Add caravan safety devices for safer towing

    Choose your levels of caravan insurance cover

    Take a caravan towing course

    Pay in full

    Choose a specialist caravan insurer

   caravan insurance compare

Other ways to buy cheap caravan insurance

 

Caravan Tourer Insurance Comparison Sites

 

Cover for caravans can be expensive and that is why you should use caravan comparison sites for cheap insurance quotes.

It is important that you compare caravan insurance cover but don’t make the mistake by visiting just one comparison site. A lot of comparison sites don’t provide you with the full story as some of them only list the ones that provide the best commission. So when looking at caravan insurance quotes try at least four comparison sites.

In this day and age, it is important to get the cheapest caravan insurance possible, so make sure you do not buy the first policy.

 

Summer Tourer Insurance

 

This is a great way to save money on caravan insurance, but it does come with some risks. When looking to buy caravan tourer insurance use the summer-only-cover method.

Summer=only-cover is a great trick where you only pay for touring caravan insurance for the summer, but the downfall is, if anything happens to your caravan in the winter months you are not covered.

insurance quote caravanSo, how do you turn your annual caravan cover into summer-only insurance?

 

The trick is a simple one, but as mentioned it does carry some risks. When you know you are only going to use your caravan during the summer buy your annual policy at the beginning of summer and when you have finished using your caravan you can then cancel your policy. You will be issued with what is known as a pro-rota refund. The insurance company could charge you a small exit fee which may be around £25.

I would only advise the summer tourer insurance if you are going to store your caravan in a safe place during winter. And remember, if you are looking at reducing the cost of your insurance through this method, you will be liable for any theft or damage that happens outside of your policy.

 

Home Insurance Policy

 

When people look at how to save money on caravan insurance for a tourer, they don’t think about their home insurance. Your home insurance policy could provide you with cover for the contents of your tourer caravan, but you will need to check first when renewing.

You will need to speak to your home insurance company to find out if they offer a policy that will cover the contents of your caravan. The cover you need to ask about is a contents insurance add-on called ‘all risks’ or personal possessions. It is important to note that not all home insurance companies provide this type of cover.

This home insurance add on will help to reduce the insurance quotes for caravans, because you already have contents cover under your home policy. This add-on will provide you with cover for your clothing and any valuable goods that you take away with you on your caravan holiday. You may already have this as part of your policy, so please do check with your home insurance provider.

These tips and tricks can help you reduce the cost of caravan insurance and allow you to focus on enjoying your caravan holiday.

Skegness Caravan Owners Say Don’t Buy A Caravan On Fantasy Island Caravan Park

skegness fantasy island protest

Fantasy Island Caravan Park has come under fire after a family who bought a caravan just nine weeks ago have now been told they only have a few years left before the caravan has to be removed.

Naomi Wilson, 52, whose dream of owning a caravan has turned into a nightmare after spending her life savings of £12,000 to buy her dream UK Staycation holiday home.

The family were hoping to spend many years enjoying caravan life in Skegness but now they face scrapping their caravan thanks to Fantasy Island owners changing their rules.

skegness fantasy islandFantasy Island shocked caravan owners on their site by announcing a new upper age limit. It means that anyone with a caravan older than 22 years will have to move their caravan off the site.

The mum of three from Loughborough, Leicestershire said before she bought her caravan, she asked Fantasy Island twice if they had an age limit.

She said: “When I first looked into buying a caravan, I asked if there would be an age restriction and was told no.

“I asked the same on July 10 after lockdown when I went to sign the paperwork and was given the same answer.

“Now, just nine weeks later, things have changed and there is a 22-year age limit despite the warranty from the manufacturers being 40 plus years.

“I feel it is very underhanded by Fantasy Island. There are three or four new owners there, who are in the same situation as me now.

“I paid £12,000 for it, another £1,000 to kit it out and just recently spent £350 following a break-in. Is there any point in me bothering with it anymore?

“They can’t just change the rules when we were told completely different.

fanstasy caravan owners angryThe caravan Naomi Wilson bought is a 2007 model, and now she has been told in just nine years the caravan will have to be scrapped.

“The thought of giving it up in a few years is just heartbreaking. Our dream has turned into a nightmare.

Caravan owners on Fantasy Island are livid with the new rules which will result in many families being forced off site. Since the Skegness holiday park announced the changes in their rules, many caravan owners on their site are warning people thinking of buying a caravan to avoid Fantasy Island at all cost.

A caravan owner on Fantasy Island caravan park who did not wished to be named said the new rule was disgusting. She explained that it has nothing to do with updating the site, it was more about money.

“It is all about money this new rule. Fantasy Island just want people to continue to buy their caravans as that is where the money is. They are hoping owners on site will update their caravans to newer models but that will not happen.”

A lot of owners on Skegness Fantasy Island have said they have lost trust in the company and many are telling others to stay well clear if they are thinking about buying a caravan.

An action group on Facebook who is fighting for change has seen their membership continue to grow due to bad practices like this. ‘PARK HOLIDAYS & OTHER PARKS, Unhappy Caravan Owners/Users ‘ACTION GROUP’ want to see a change in the law and see more protection for caravan owners.

The current climate gives caravan owners no rights what-so-ever. One caravan owner said they are at the mercy of the holiday companies, while another told In2town changes need to be made.

The Facebook action group is hoping to make changes to the law, but sadly it is too late for the owners on Fantasy Island.

Read our article on buying a caravan in Skegness

 

Driving in Europe post Brexit

Driving in Europe post Brexit

Driving in Europe post Brexit, can we still drive abroad. If we look at Brexit, you can all agree that the Conservative government and Boris Johnson has made a complete mess of it. Let’s be honest, their handling of Brexit makes you wonder what Boris Johnson would be like negotiating a discount with a car dealer. But now Brexit is going ahead, what does that mean for drivers from the UK.

If you like to drive to Europe and are you unsure what will happen post-Brexit, then you are not alone. Research which was carried out by Discover Ferries found that most people are concerned and confused about traveling abroad post-Brexit. They found that people are confused over ferry travel, pet passports, visas, and EHIC validity. The research founded that consumers wanted answers on what will happen, answers that the Government is unable to provide.

The confusion on what will happen including driving in Europe post Brexit is damaging the travel industry. At a time when the travel industry is already struggling due to the COVID19 pandemic, the strain of Brexit is causing even more misery. A quarter of those people who took part in the research said they had delayed their holiday plans until after 31st January.

The reality of the situation is the Government needs to learn the art of communication as well as stop falling asleep when it comes to sorting out Brexit. Their lack of communication and leaving everyone confused is costing jobs in the travel industry. People don’t know if Driving in Europe post Brexit will require additional paperwork. Ferry companies are seeing a drop in bookings due to the confusion.

Although we are no longer members of the EU, those wishing to holiday in Europe and travel freely around European Union countries will still be subject to EU laws. That means, all valid passports and pet passports will still be authorised for those wish to travel to the EU, and no new visas will be required. Drivers will not need to get a green card for insurance or International Driving Permits (IDPs) for the EU. Your driving licence will still be valid.

However, while you can still drive abroad with no changes, this could change once the transition period is over and the Government decides to let the country know exactly what is going on.

 

 

The Best caravan awnings

best caravan awnings

If you are looking for an awning for a caravan and struggling to find the right one for you, then check out our best caravan awnings guide. We have looked at all the ones currently on the market to find what we believe are the best ones.

Caravan awnings are a great way to make your caravan even bigger. It does not matter if you have a small caravan or a big one, an awning makes a huge difference and provides you with even bigger space.

One of the reasons why I love a caravan awning is because it allows more people to go on holiday together. An awning can generate a bigger sleeping space, which means you can transfer a four birth or a six birth into a large birth caravan.

After testing different awnings, we have put together our best caravan awnings so you can reduce the time spent trying to find which one is value for money and stands out from the crowd.

 

Best Caravan Awnings

 

2020 Vango Maldives

caravan awning makesThe caravan awning market is changing for the better. New designs are coming out using the latest materials. With inflatable awnings now available with pole models, there is so much choice available.

Our choice for the best caravan awning is Vango Maldives. For what you are getting I am really surprised that it is only £900. At first when we were doing our caravan awning reviews, I thought there was an error with the price, but it seems the price is correct.

The caravan awning makers have combined modern technology with old technology. The main structure of the Vango Maldives relies on air beams in the roof, and the walls, and the steel poles at the front provide it with a better shape.

The design of the awning is very clever. It looks stylish with its hexagonal shape. There are five removable panels across the six sides, so when its hot you can open them up and let some air in. Another great design is the door panels which are a 60/40 split. This means that you only need to open the door a little which is great when the wind is blowing.

    Price £900

    Width 300cm

    Length 400cm

 

2020 Isabella Air Cirrus North 400

caravan awnings reviewOur second choice for the best caravan awning goes to 2020 Isabella Air Cirrus North 400. This was nearly our best awning but came in a very close second to 2020 Vango Maldives.

When you look for an awning for a caravan you don’t just want it to be practical, and to last the test of time, but you also want it to look good. The design of 2020 Vango Maldives is better than the 2020 Isabella Air Cirrus North 400. However, this awning does have many positive points and that is why it came in second out of all the caravan awnings we tested.

The 2020 Isabella Air Cirrus North 400 is the first inflatable awning under the Isabella name. The price is £1,990, but to be honest although you don’t expect a product under the Isabella name to be cheap, we do believe the price should be more around the £1,500 mark.

The company has used the same acrylic material on the inflatable awning as they use on their top-of-the-range pole models. I really like the roof is UV resistant polyester, so maybe this is where the extra money has gone.

    Price £1,990

    Width 275cm

    Length 400cm

 

2019 Vango Vienna

inflatable caravan awningWe were really impressed with the 2019 Vango Vienna. The awning for a caravan of different sizes is very impressive, and for the price £2,100 I would expect nothing less.

One of the big problems with caravan awnings is knowing which ones can withstand the harsh weathers that the UK has. Some awnings are only suitable when the sun is out and the weather is calm, but the Vango Vienna is different. This caravan awning can stay up in all weathers thanks to being made out of Tencate Residential fabric

The designers have used extra wide air beams which are pre-angled, this allows for the structure to be more stable in high-winds.

A lot of caravan awnings on the market make the inside look very dull and enclosed. This great design has skylights in the roof so the light comes in and it feels less gloomy.

 

    Price £2100

    Width 300cm

    Length 400cm

 

2019 Bradcot MODUL-AiR 330

blow up awningsThis large caravan awning looks great and it’s not too expensive. It works as a porch awning or a full awning. It is very clever as the porch awning comes in one bag and the extension comes in another. So, if you are going away for a nice break and know that you don’t want to have a large awning, then you can leave the extension at home.

The MODUL-AiR 330 is made of Tencate fabric with a PVA coating that absorbs water. This is great news as you don’t need a roof lining.

The pegging anchors along the bottom can be moved, which is great, this means you can avoid any stones that might be in the ground.

For £1,677 it is a good price. Although it is popular in the UK it is also very popular in Spain with ex-pats on caravan parks.

 

    Price £1677

    Width 260cm

    Length 570cm

Touring sites – best caravan parks in the UK

best caravan park uk

There are more than 2,500 caravan parks in the UK, so we decided to look at the best caravan parks for tourers and motorhomes. After looking at all the UK caravan parks, we have come up with the top 12 best caravan parks in the UK.

 

UK’s best caravan park – The winner of the best caravan park in the UK is CONCIERGE CAMPING

 

CONCIERGE CAMPING

Ratham Lane, West Ashling, Chichester, West Sussex PO18 8DL

best caravan parks ukConcierge Camping, which is located in Chichester, West Sussex is a prime example of what caravan parks in UK should be offering.  They are truly the jewel in the crown when it comes to touring parks.

Imagine a touring caravan park where luxury comes as second nature and where you can have boutique hotel-style washrooms. Now imagine having a modern touring caravan pitch that supplies fresh water and you have a TV satellite connection and Wi-Fi. Well, imagine no more as that is what Concierge Camping offers.

Our UK best caravan park sounds too good to be true but honestly, it’s not. The Chichester caravan park has thought of everything. They even have a nice wooden hut café that has a sun trap patio, and there is also an award-winning pub just a mile down the road. What is there not to like?

Sadly, the UK caravan park only has 27 pitches. All the pitches are hedged off for privacy which is nice. With Concierge Camping only having 27 pitches it does mean you will have to book a few months in advance. On the plus side, it is a very peaceful touring site, and you won’t have to wait to gain access to the onsite showers which come with complimentary toiletries.

To win our choice as the best holiday park in UK for touring caravans is very surprising as seen as the touring site is only five years old. It shows the dedication the site owners have put in to provide their customers with everything they could possibly want. They even have a dog-washing area which I have never come across before.

What I also like about the UK touring site that is open all year round is the location. Concierge Camping is on the border of the South Downs National Park.

  • Open All year
  • Touring pitches 15
  • Pitch+2+hook-up £35-£125
  • Transport links Bus stop two miles, Bosham train station one mile

 

The winner of the best caravan park in Scotland is GRANTOWN-ON-SPEY CARAVAN PARK

 

GRANTOWN-ON-SPEY CARAVAN PARK

Seafield Avenue, Grantown-on-Spey PH26 3KQ

Scotland best caravan parkThe second-best caravan park on our list is a caravan park in Scotland. For those that have visited and stayed on Grantown-On-Spey Caravan Park then you will know why we have ranked it number two.

The award-winning caravan touring park is on the northern tip of the Cairngorms National Park. What a fantastic location. It is the perfect family holiday location which is located in the heart of the Highlands and a short walk from the little town of Grantown-on-Spey. This lovely little town has some great restaurants and shops.

The state-of-the art touring site welcomes both touring caravans and motorhomes. It has everything you could possibly want from a Scotland camping site. On site you have golf, a play area for the children, a playground, tennis, a games room, and you can also hire bikes. The dog friendly site also has baby changing facilities which in the year 2020, I am shocked that some UK caravan parks don’t have.

The caravan park in Scotland has 135 pitches Both grass and hardstanding pitches are on offer.

If you are looking for a great Scotland caravan park, then Grantown-On-Spey Caravan Park should be your first choice.

  • Open All year
  • Touring pitches 130
  • Pitch+2+hook-up £23.50-£32.30
  • Transport links 10-minute walk into town for bus stop

 

The winner of the best caravan park in Ireland is BALLYNESS CARAVAN PARK

 

BALLYNESS CARAVAN PARK

40 Castlecatt Road, Bushmills BT57 8TN

caravan parks in the ukWhat a lovely Ireland caravan park this is. It is ideally placed to enjoy some of the most popular attractions in Northern Ireland, including the Giant’s Causeway. Ballyness Caravan Park, which is third on our list as the best caravan parks for tourers available continues to receive positive online reviews. It is not just the location of this popular Ireland caravan park that makes it so special, it is also the facilities that it provides.

Families will love this park and your little furry friend will have as much fun as the rest of the family. The dog friendly caravan park has an eight-acre dog walk. For the family there is a football field, a great play area, and they even have an indoor games room which will keep the children entertained. There is also a shop on site which stocks food supplies, camping essentials, and gas.

The popular Ireland camping site has 50 hardstanding pitches all with electricity (16A), water and drainage.  The pitches are laid out nicely across three areas, one area which I really like is near a pond that is surrounded by trees. The other two which will suit families are near the play area.  Ballyness Caravan Park provided Free Wi-Fi, which is a real bonus.

Within walking distance from the site is the village of Bushmills, which is where the famous whiskey distillery is based. There are lots of nice places to visit within driving distance.

  • Open 13 March – 1 November
  • Touring pitches 50
  • Pitch+2+hook-up £26
  • Transport links Bus stop on site

 

The winner of the best caravan park in Wales is SOUTH WALES TOURING PARK (Llwynifan Farm)

 

SOUTH WALES TOURING PARK (Llwynifan Farm)

Fferm Llwynifan Farm, Llangennech, Llanelli SA14 8AX

UK caravanThis is a lovely camping site in South Wales. It is within distance of Llanelli, Cardiff, Carmarthen, Taugharne, Mumbles, Swansea and the Gower Peninsula. These are all great places to visit.

The local attractions near the South Wales camping site include fishing, a nice beach and the village of Llangennech, that has shops and pubs

The site itself is a family-run park for adults only. There is a total of 25 pitches available which offer electricity, water, and grey-waste disposal. There is also a courtesy light and also a picnic bench. The site also offers Wi-Fi.

 

    Open All year

    Touring pitches 25

    Pitch+2+hook-up £14-£27.50

    Transport links Bus stop 0.8 miles, train station 15-minute walk

Caravan servicing – what you need to know

insurance quote caravan

Caravan Service. Everyone loves using their touring caravan for weekends and weeks away, but one important aspect of owning a tourer is keeping it safe and ready for another fun packed year of holidays. That is why we have brought you the low-down on caravan servicing.

Caravan servicing may seem like a lot of hassle, but it’s essential. Sadly, a large portion of the 555,000 touring caravan owners ignore the important of having their caravan serviced.

how much is a caravan serviceIt is important to find a reputable caravan service engineer or workshop to do the service but finding one can be a minefield. It is important to do your research and get recommendations from other touring caravan owners.

Once you have found a reputable company to provide a professional service you then need to decide if you want to take the caravan to the workshop or have the caravan servicing done at your home.

Here is some information to help you decide if you would like the caravan service done at a workshop or at home.

 

 

Caravan servicing at a workshop

 

Here are the benefits of having caravan maintenance done with a workshop

 

  • The caravan service is done undercover, which means no problems with bad weather conditions
  • The workshop will send you out a reminder to have your caravan serviced
  • Any parts needed the workshop will have them in stock.

 

The Cons of using a workshop is:

  • You will need to transport the tourer to the workshop.
  • Wasting fuel if the workshop is not local
  • You may need to take time off work.

 

Benefits of Using a caravan mobile servicing for an annual caravan service

 

  • A mobile technician will visit your home to do the service
  • No need to waste fuel transporting the caravan to a workshop or take any time off work

 

The Cons of using a mobile technician

 

The technician will require space to service your caravan. Normally they need around one metre of clear space around the tourer

 

caravan mobile servicingWhat should be included in a basic caravan service?

 

A basic service will cover around 69 jobs and normally will take around four hours

 

The basic tourer service will normally cover:

 

  • Chassis and running gear

This will include corner steady lubrication, coupling head area, tyre checks (including the spare wheel), brake adjustment, underneath the caravan and the jockey wheel.

 

  • Electrical systems

All the lights will be checked including internal and external. Sockets will also be tested to make sure there are no faults. The fridge will be checked, and also consumer units, TV Socket, microwave oven, electric hob, the battery and anything else in the caravan that requires electricity.

 

  • Gas systems

All gas appliances will be checked such as the oven, fridge, water heater and heating systems. They will be checked for leaks and to make sure they are working properly.

 

  • Water systems

All taps are check for leaks and the waste-water outlet is also checked for blockages. As part of the caravan service the toilet is also inspected to make sure the valve seal is well lubricated and the technician will also check the battery-operated flush is working properly.

 

  • Bodywork

As part of the caravan checks all doors, windows, blinds are inspected. The technician will walk around the tourer and inspect the entire bodywork and will also check the roof. As part of the inspection a damp check will be carried out inside and around the caravan. You will receive a damp report once the inspection is over.

 

  • Ventilation

The technician will check the fixed vents and will also check the roof lights to make sure they are working correctly.

 

  • Fire & safety

This is one of the most important parts of the caravan service. The technician will test the smoke alarm and the carbon monoxide detector. They will also check to make sure that the two safety appliances replacement date has not passed. They will also check your fire extinguisher.

campervan servicingWhat’s not included in caravan servicing?

 

It is important when requesting a mobile caravan service, or a service through a workshop to understand what is included. Some technicians and workshops may not include the damp test with the annual service. So, make sure you ask at the beginning and have it in writing what is and what is not included.

 

The following would require an additional payment:

 

    In-depth service of individual appliances, such as the fridge

    Motor mover

    Solar panel

    Air conditioning.

 

It is so important to have an annual service to make sure your tourer caravan is safe for your holidays. You need to make sure it is safe to stay in and that it is safe to travel on the road.

When you have an annual caravan, service make sure you keep all the reports. Caravan buyers prefer to buy a caravan that has all the paperwork with it.

 

Touring Caravan Buying Tips

caravan buying tips

In the UK there are more than 555,000 touring caravans and 365,000 caravan holiday homes, so we thought we would bring you tips on buying a caravan. These tips are for those people looking to buy a touring caravan.

Just like buying a car, buying a caravan can be a daunting and complicated task, especially if it’s your first time. We hope our caravan buying guide will make the whole process a lot easier.

Caravans come in different shapes and sizes and you can choose to buy a caravan that is brand new or second hand. It is important to choose a caravan that is appropriate for you and your budget.

 

How many axles – single or twin?

A touring caravan can be fitted with either a single or a twin axle. In other words, one or two pairs of wheels. A single axle is perfect for someone new to having a caravan on the back of their vehicle and for someone who has a small car. A single axle caravan will help a person when manoeuvring their caravan on a touring caravan site.

If the thought of manoeuvring a touring caravan does make you nervous, then don’t worry. There are a lot of courses available to help beginners.

caravan buyA larger caravan will have four wheels. This will provide a better grip while travelling on the roads and will be more stable. However, one thing to think about, and this is important if you are a beginner and if you have a small vehicle, a twin axle caravan is heavier. It is not just about being heavier, a twin axle caravan will require a larger vehicle to tow it. So, when buying caravans and buying a touring caravan, it is important to check how much weight your vehicle can pull.

A lot of people make a huge mistake when buying a touring caravan. They go straight to the caravans that look the best and have the most room and buy it without thinking or checking if their vehicle is able to tow it. This could be a very costly mistake. So, speak to caravan dealers before making a purchase and show them your vehicle first. They will be able to tell you if the touring caravan you want to purchase is suitable for the car that you have.

 

How many people will it sleep (berths)?

caravan buyAnother thing to look at when buying a caravan is how many people will use it (how many people will sleep in the caravan). As you can see caravan buying is not straightforward.

By knowing how many people will sleep in the caravan then you will know what berth caravan to buy. Touring caravans come in different berths, but one thing to note, and that is if you want to save on money then you can buy an awning.

You can sleep adults and children in an awning and by buying an awning it can not only help increase the number of people who can come on holiday with you, it can also mean you can buy a smaller caravan and save money.

 

Test The Beds In The Touring Caravan

 

This is a very important tip and one that a lot of people miss. When you buy a bed for your home you test it out to make sure it is comfortable. However, lots of people never think to test the bed in the touring caravan. Imagine buying a caravan with an uncomfortable bed. You will have to either put up with the bed and suffer in silence or go to the added expense and replace it. Buy testing the bed it will save you money and time.

 

Folding caravans and trailer tents

buying a caravanIf you are looking at testing the touring holiday experience and are working with a limited budget, then how about a folding caravan or trailer tents.

A folding caravan and trailer tent are easier to manoeuvre and they reduce the excess fuel that is used to tow a caravan. As well as being more affordable, they are very quick to erect when you arrive at the touring caravan park. The downsize on a folding caravan and trailer tent is they have less storage.

 

Is your car suitable to tow the caravan?

 

As previously mentioned, when looking at caravan buying you need to look at the vehicle you have and the vehicle that will be used to tow the caravan. You need to check how much weight your vehicle can pull. You should never exceed the weight of your vehicle. The vehicle manufacturer handbook will provide you with the maximum weight your vehicle can tow.

Ignoring the maximum weight that your vehicle can pull could put you and your passenger’s lives in danger. So, when looking at buying a touring caravan speak to the caravan dealers first. They will check your vehicle and recommend the maximum weight that your vehicle can pull. They will then show you touring caravans that are suitable for your car.

 

What’s the best caravan to buy?

buy a caravanWhat is the best caravan to buy is not an easy question to answer? Everyone will have different needs. So, the best caravan to buy could be different for each person. You need to look at your needs and budget.

You need to think about how many people you want to sleep in your caravan. It is also important to think about if you want a shower room, how much storage space you want, and also the kitchen area. We recommend when caravan buying to spend a couple of weekends to look at lots of caravans and test the feel of them. Imagine that each caravan is your caravan and check it for comfort as well as space.

 

Buying a second-hand caravan

 

It is so important to think about your budget when caravan buying. I have seen and read so many horror stories where people have bought a touring caravan on finance and gone over their budget. Remember, as soon as you buy a caravan it will lose its value as soon as you tow it from the sales area.

Buying a second-hand caravan is something to seriously look at especially for those people new to touring caravans. There are lots of great secondhand caravans on the market which can help you save thousands of pounds.

You can buy a secondhand touring caravan from caravan dealers, Amazon, and in newspaper ads. You can also buy second-hand caravans from popular motoring magazines and also from eBay.

When you buy a secondhand touring caravan from a dealer you are covered by the Sale of Goods Act. However, when buying a caravan from a private individual you are not covered. Most private individuals who have a caravan to buy will sell it with a receipt that says sold as seen. This provides you with very few legal rights.

 

How to check if a caravan is stolen

 

More than 1,200 caravans were stolen last year. That is a shocking figure. Something more shocking is those caravans go on to be bought by people who believe they are legal. If a person buys a caravan that has been stolen and is recovered by the police, then it means that person could lose their money.

When buying a caravan, it is important to check for signs of damage around the wheel trims, tyres, or hitch. If there is damage, then this could be as a result that a security device has been tampered with and forcibly removed.

Also, it is important to ask the person selling the caravan to provide you with receipts and documentation to show they are the legal owners. You want to see the servicing history as well as the caravan registration and identification. Another thing to look out for is if the caravan is being offered at a price that is too good to be true.

 

CRiS checks

 

Another great way to check if a caravan has been stolen before buying a caravan is a CRiS number check. This can be done at www.cris.co.uk. As well as letting you know if the caravan for sale is stolen or legal it can also provide you with details of its age and if there are any outstanding finance payments. 

 

How to Stay Happy and Healthy as You Age

how to stay healthy for women

If you want to enjoy an active, fulfilled life as you age, then maintaining a healthy lifestyle is important. To do this, focus on habits like staying socially active, proper nutrition, and regular exercise.

 

Keep in Touch with Your Family and Friends

 

It is extremely important to remain socially connected as you get older because it will help you maintain your physical and mental health. Healthy people are usually engaged in more social interactions. Social interactions decrease stress and bring positive feelings. That is why there are lower rates of Alzheimer’s in elderly people who are more socially active.

Participating in group activities is one of the best ways of staying active socially. The fantastic ways of maintaining friendships and connections are to take a walk with your friend and get out of your house to enjoy a healthy meal. Use small group exercises to create a sense of camaraderie and stick to an exercise program.

 

Use Regular Exercise to Stay Physically Active

staying healthy for womenThe main cause of weight gain is a sedentary lifestyle. Too much sitting can be bad for your waistline and your overall health. This is according to several new studies. It is stated on the website of the Center for Disease Control and Prevention that “physical activity can help you lower your blood pressure and maintain a healthy weight.”

It is important to exercise as you age because it decreases your risk of heart disease. Regular exercise decreases the risk of developing high blood pressure and high cholesterol. It also decreases shortness of breath and decreases fatigue, and it helps you keep doing the activities that you enjoy in your daily life. Exercise not only decreases the risk of heart disease. It also improves the quality of your life. Staying active can help you prevent age related heart changes, such as insulin sensitivity, lipid profile changes, and arrhythmias, from occurring. Also, you can use exercise to reduce the stress that is connected to an increased risk of heart issues.

 

Start a Routine

 

A gentle aerobic exercise or a walking routine is a good place to start for anyone who wants to start an exercise program. Why? They increase the heart rate and they do not induce too much strain. The American Heart Association recommends 75 minutes of high intensity aerobic physical exercises, like running, jogging, or a combination of both, every week or around 150 minutes of moderate to high intensity aerobic physical exercises, like brisk walking, every week.

 

Try Cardio-Based Activities

 

The most important thing for calorie burning and cardiac health is cardio. However, more than just a cardio workout is needed. Add flexibility exercises, strength training, and cardio if you want your exercise plan to be effective. Strength training decreases body fat and increases bone density and muscle mass. It can also reverse sarcopenia.

 

Add Strength Exercise

 

Resistance training or strength training comes with several health benefits. It can also lead to longer lasting blood pressure control. Resistance training increases muscle mass, which is good for weight control. Add exercises that strengthen all major muscle groups in your strength training or resistance training program. Here are some of the exercises you can add; several core-strengthening exercises, planks, push-ups, leg lifts, lunges, and squats.

 

Avoid Injuries

 

Ensure you are exercising to stay healthy and not to get injured. Your body undergoes certain degenerative changes and elasticity changes as you age. That is why you will be more prone to injuries during exercises as you age. The medications that you are on can also affect your exercise performance, and your balance can deteriorate as you age. Therefore, avoid high-risk exercises and use light weights for delicate body parts, such as shoulders. To avoid overuse injuries, do not do the same movement too often. Also, do not do military-like exercise training.

 

Get Better Balance

 

Add balance exercises if you are an older adult struggling with balance. Balance exercises will improve your coordination. Strengthen the muscles around your spine if you suffer from back pain. Strength training improves posture, decreases the risk of osteoporosis, and decreases the effects of sarcopenia.

 

Start Swimming

staying healthy for womenOne of the best exercises for seniors is swimming. Swimming is gentle on an arthritic body and it gets the heart rate up. It wards off depression, so it is a good mood-booster, especially if it is an outside pool and the sun is out.

 

Slower Metabolism

 

Decreased muscle mass, hormonal changes, and a slowed metabolism can lead to weight gain as you age. It is slow to lose weight due to medical conditions. It is even more challenging to lose weight if you are taking medications like corticosteroids or antidepressants.

You may not lose weight since you do not exercise frequently and your exercises are not intense. You can add simple changes to your exercise routine, especially if you are not losing weight and you want to take the necessary steps to achieve your goals. For instance, you can try a dance class, running speeds or alternate walking, or add an incline when using the treadmill.

 

Follow my blog with Bloglovin

Danny Dyer slams Boris Johnson over Covid19 lockdown

One of the UK’s most liked and respected actors has slammed Boris Johnson and the Tory Government for their handling of the COVID19 pandemic and lockdown rules. Eastenders Danny Dyer who has slammed the lockdown rules has called for working class people to run the country and not people who went to Eton.

The 43-year-old actor who is not afraid to speak his mind unlike many other celebrities said he was not happy with the way the Government was running the country.

He said: “My one rant would be that we must learn now that the people who went to Eton can’t run this country.

“They’ve done it, they’ve tried to do it with this little small group who all went to the same school in the same class, and it doesn’t work.

“I feel like some working class people, people who have lived a real life, people that are in touch with what is going on with reality, to maybe come to the front now and start getting involved in how this country’s run.”

danny dyer slams boris johnsonWhen asked if he would become an MP and get involved in politics, Danny Dyer said No.

He added: “No darling I’m too busy. I’ve got a gameshow on at the moment, I’ve got a podcast with my daughter and of course I’m in the greatest soap that’s ever been.

“So let’s just watch the government unravel themselves, and let’s just try and stay safe and not catch this thing.

“On the other side I think we’re gonna be better, strong, more considerate people for it.”

Danny Dyer said the rules that Boris Johnson and the Government have introduced are confusing.

“Just keep them simple and people will abide by it.

“We want to get out of this as quickly as possible, but as confusing as it is, it just makes it so difficult.”

Fans of the Eastenders actor have said they back his comments and have agreed that the country is fed up with the confusing lockdown rules.

Ban All MPs Who Vote Against Free School Meals From Pubs and Restaurants

which mps voted against free school meals
  • Ban all MPs who voted against free school meals for children motion from Pubs and Restaurants

  • See our list of the MPs who voted against Free School Meals motion

  • Marcus Rashford shocked MPs voted against Free School Meals

 

In2town Life & Style Magazine are calling on their readers and all restaurant and bar owners in the United Kingdom to ban all MPs who voted again the Free School Meals vote to ban them from their establishments.

The motion to extend free school meals which have been supported by Labour and Manchester footballer Marcus Rashford failed thanks mainly to the Conservative party and their MPs. Boris Johnson instructed his Government Whip to have their MPs vote against the Free School meals motion which shocked tens of millions of voters.

The motion was to extend free school meals through the Christmas holidays to help support all those families and children who were struggling. However, with Conservative MPs mainly being well-off and out of touch with those living in the UK, the motion was defeated.

Now, we are calling on all restaurants and pubs in the UK to ban their local MP who voted against the Free School Meals motion. As well as banning the MPs from restaurants and pubs, In2town Lifestyle Magazine would like to see those establishments put a picture of their MP in their window to say why they have been banned.

We are appalled that MPs could vote against such an important motion which was supported by Manchester footballer Marcus Rashford.

As well as banning all those MPs who voted against the Free School meals for children motion, we would also like to see those MPs booted out of their jobs at the next General Election. We are hoping that when the next General Election takes place that those voters do not forget what their MPs did and how they treated struggling families. What is needed is new MPs and working-class MPs instead of well-off MPs who do not know what it is like to live in the real world.

MPs who voted against free school mealsWe are calling for people to visit our Twitter Page and retreat our message that all MPs who voted against the Free School Meals motion should be banned from pubs and restaurants.

To support our campaign, please visit https://twitter.com/In2townmagazine and retweet our message so more people ban MPs who voted against the Free School Meals for children motion and see how they like it not eating at pubs and restaurants.

By voting against the Free School Meal motion it has shown once again that the North West was wrong to vote for the Tories in the last election. Boris Johnson and the Conservative Party have once again shown they are only interested in helping the rich and doing what is right for their own pocket instead of helping those that need help.

 

The full list of MPs who voted against the free school meals for childdren motion

 

    Nigel Adams

    Bim Afolami

    Adam Afriyie

    Nickie Aiken

    Peter Aldous

    Lucy Allan

    Sir David Amess

    Lee Anderson

    Stuart Anderson

    Stuart Andrew

    Edward Argar

    Sarah Atherton

    Victoria Atkins

    Gareth Bacon

    Richard Bacon

    Kemi Badenoch

    Shaun Bailey

    Duncan Baker

    Steven Baker

    Harriett Baldwin

    Steve Barclay

    Simon Baynes

    Aaron Bell

    Scott Benton

    Paul Beresford

    Jake Berry

    Saqib Bhatti

    Bob Blackman

    Crispin Blunt

    Peter Bone

    Peter Bottomley

    Andrew Bowie

    Karen Bradley

    Ben Bradley

    Graham Brady

    Suella Braverman

    Jack Brereton

    Andrew Bridgen

    Steve Brine

    Paul Bristow

    Sara Britcliffe

    James Brokenshire

    Anthony Browne

    Fiona Bruce

    Felicity Buchan

    Robert Buckland

    Alex Burghart

    Conor Burns

    Rob Butler

    Alun Cairns

    Andy Carter

    James Cartlidge

    Bill Cash

    Miriam Cates

    Maria Caulfield

    Alex Chalk

    Rehman Chishti

    Jo Churchill

    Greg Clark

    Simon Clarke

    Theo Clarke

    Brendan Clarke-Smith

    Chris Clarkson

    James Cleverly

    Therese Coffey

    Damian Collins

    Alberto Costa

    Robert Courts

    Claire Coutinho

    Geoffrey Cox

    Virginia Crosbie

    James Daly

    Gareth Davies

    Philip Davies

    Mims Davies

    David Davies

    James Davies

    David Davis

    Dehenna Davison

    Caroline Dinenage

    Sarah Dines

    Jonathan Djanogly

    Michelle Donelan

    Nadine Dorries

    Steve Double

    Oliver Dowden

    Jackie Doyle-Price

    Richard Drax

    Flick Drummond

    David Duguid

    Iain Duncan Smith

    Philip Dunne

    Mark Eastwood

    Ruth Edwards

    Michael Ellis

    Tobias Ellwood

    Natalie Elphicke

    George Eustice

    Luke Evans

    David Evennett

    Ben Everitt

    Michael Fabricant

    Laura Farris

    Simon Fell

    Mark Fletcher

    Nicholas Fletcher

    Katherine Fletcher

    Vicky Ford

    Kevin Foster

    Mark Francois

    Lucy Frazer

    George Freeman

    Mike Freer

    Richard Fuller

    Marcus Fysh

    Mark Garnier

    Nusrat Ghani

    Nick Gibb

    Peter Gibson

    Jo Gideon

    Dame Cheryl Gillan

    John Glen

    Robert Goodwill

    Michael Gove

    Richard Graham

    Helen Grant

    James Gray

    Chris Grayling

    Damian Green

    Chris Green

    Andrew Griffith

    Kate Griffiths

    James Grundy

    Jonathan Gullis

    Luke Hall

    Stephen Hammond

    Matthew Hancock

    Greg Hands

    Mark Harper

    Rebecca Harris

    Trudy Harrison

    Simon Hart

    Sally-Ann Hart

    John Hayes

    Oliver Heald

    Chris Heaton-Harris

    Gordon Henderson

    Darren Henry

    Antony Higginbotham

    Damian Hinds

    Kevin Hollinrake

    Philip Hollobone

    Adam Holloway

    Paul Holmes

    Paul Howell

    John Howell

    Nigel Huddleston

    Eddie Hughes

    Jeremy Hunt

    Jane Hunt

    Tom Hunt

    Alister Jack

    Sajid Javid

    Ranil Jayawardena

    Mark Jenkinson

    Andrea Jenkyns

    Robert Jenrick

    Gareth Johnson

    Dr Caroline Johnson

    Boris Johnson

    David Johnston

    Andrew Jones

    Fay Jones

    David Jones

    Marcus Jones

    Simon Jupp

    Daniel Kawczynski

    Alicia Kearns

    Gillian Keegan

    Imran Ahmad Khan

    Greg Knight

    Julian Knight

    Danny Kruger

    Kwasi Kwarteng

    John Lamont

    Robert Largan

    Andrea Leadsom

    Edward Leigh

    Ian Levy

    Andrew Lewer

    Julian Lewis

    Brandon Lewis

    Ian Liddell-Grainger

    Chris Loder

    Mark Logan

    Marco Longhi

    Julia Lopez

    Jack Lopresti

    Jonathan Lord

    Craig Mackinlay

    Cherilyn Mackrory

    Rachel Maclean

    Alan Mak

    Kit Malthouse

    Anthony Mangnall

    Scott Mann

    Julie Marson

    Theresa May

    Jerome Mayhew

    Karl McCartney

    Mark Menzies

    Johnny Mercer

    Huw Merriman

    Stephen Metcalfe

    Robin Millar

    Maria Miller

    Amanda Milling

    Nigel Mills

    Andrew Mitchell

    Gagan Mohindra

    Robbie Moore

    Penny Mordaunt

    David Morris

    James Morris

    Wendy Morton

    Kieran Mullan

    David Mundell

    Sheryll Murray

    Andrew Murrison

    Bob Neill

    Caroline Nokes

    Jesse Norman

    Neil O’Brien

    Guy Opperman

    Owen Paterson

    Mark Pawsey

    Mike Penning

    John Penrose

    Chris Philp

    Christopher Pincher

    Rebecca Pow

    Victoria Prentis

    Mark Pritchard

    Jeremy Quin

    Will Quince

    Tom Randall

    John Redwood

    Jacob Rees-Mogg

    Nicola Richards

    Angela Richardson

    Rob Roberts

    Laurence Robertson

    Mary Robinson

    Andrew Rosindell

    Lee Rowley

    Dean Russell

    David Rutley

    Gary Sambrook

    Selaine Saxby

    Paul Scully

    Bob Seely

    Andrew Selous

    Grant Shapps

    Alok Sharma

    Alec Shelbrooke

    David Simmonds

    Chris Skidmore

    Greg Smith

    Julian Smith

    Henry Smith

    Chloe Smith

    Amanda Solloway

    Mark Spencer

    Ben Spencer

    Alexander Stafford

    Andrew Stephenson

    John Stevenson

    Jane Stevenson

    Bob Stewart

    Iain Stewart

    Gary Streeter

    Mel Stride

    Rishi Sunak

    James Sunderland

    Desmond Swayne

    Robert Syms

    Derek Thomas

    Maggie Throup

    Edward Timpson

    Kelly Tolhurst

    Justin Tomlinson

    Michael Tomlinson

    Craig Tracey

    Anne-Marie Trevelyan

    Laura Trott

    Thomas Tugendhat

    Matt Vickers

    Martin Vickers

    Theresa Villiers

    Robin Walker

    Charles Walker

    Jamie Wallis

    David Warburton

    Matt Warman

    Giles Watling

    Suzanne Webb

    Helen Whately

    Heather Wheeler

    Craig Whittaker

    John Whittingdale

    Bill Wiggin

    James Wild

    Craig Williams

    Gavin Williamson

    Mike Wood

    William Wragg

    Jeremy Wright

    Jacob Young

    Nadhim Zahawi

 

Support our campaign and ban all those MPs who voted against the Free Schools Meals for children.

Mrs. Brown Boys Christmas Special Could Be A Turnoff

mrs brown boys christmass special

Each year millions of viewers turn on their TV to watch the Mrs. Brown Boys Christmas special. However, this year could be different, and the Mrs. Brown Boys Christmas special could be hit with protests.

Mrs. Browns Creator Brendan O’Carroll has come under fire after two of its stars Gary Hollywood and Damien McKiernan left the show. It was reported that the two stars left after it was revealed other cast members, mainly family were paid more than Gary and Damien.

Gary Hollywood and Damien McKiernan have not commented on the story or the rumours of the toxic working environment behind the scenes. The two stars have shown their professionalism by keeping quiet while Brendan O’Carroll has come under fire for not commenting.

The once favourite TV star has quickly fell from grace with viewers who have called for an end to the TV show. Many viewers have said they watch the show not just for the comedy value but also because they believe it is a unique group of family and friends bringing viewers laughter. This myth has now been blown with the rumours of a toxic working environment where it has been alleged that Brendan O’Carroll looks after his family first and does not treat everyone as an equal.

One fan remarked on the fourth coming Mrs. Brown Christmas special, “Brendan O’Carroll has always come across as a nice guy, but it seems that the nice guy image is just for show. I won’t be watching the show and will no longer go to the stage shows.”

bbc xmas mrs brown boysMrs. Brown’s Boys stars have tried to shrug off backstage drama as they reunite for a Christmas special. With the hit BBC One show scandal, the positive PR that the BBC and Brendan O’Carroll are trying to send out is not working, and this years Christmas special could be a flop.

If the fans do revolt over the shocking treatment of two of its biggest stars, this could result in the show being rested for the foreseeable future.

With the refusal of Brendan O’Carroll to apologize for the way Gary Hollywood and Damien McKiernan have been treated, many PR experts have said this could be his biggest mistake. Time will only tell if the show will survive, but one thing is for sure, the brand of Mrs. Brown Boys has been damaged and so has Brendan O’Carroll nice guy image

Benidorm Holidays Set For A Boom With Cheap Flights

benidorm beach one of the best in the world

Cheap Flights To Benidorm from only £70 inc taxes. Benidorm was once a holiday hot spot for British Holiday makers who were looking for a Cheap Package Holiday but with the terrible Euro rate and the high cost of Package Holidays to Benidorm through the high street travel agents, the British Holiday maker were turning their backs on Benidorm and Spain and looking for cheaper holidays in Turkey as well as saying home in the UK.

But now with cheap flights to Benidorm being offered on the internet as low as £70 inc taxes and hotels being made available in Benidorm for as low as £25 per night, the holiday maker are now turning their backs on the High Street travel agents and booking their own Cheap Package Holiday To Benidorm on line.

 

Read:Benidorm Flamingo Oasis Review

 

Benidorm which is one of the most popular holiday resorts in Spain had a bad year in 2010 which saw a number of clubs and pubs close due to the lack of tourist with lots of hotel rooms being left unsold. This was put down to the high cost of Package Holidays through high street travel agents as well as the expensive Euro and the bleak Economic climate in the UK.

Jobs were lost in Benidorm as a result of holiday makers choosing alternative holidays as well as staying in the UK but now 2011 seems to be a year that will see Benidorm turn back to its normal popular self, but this is not thanks to the high street travel agents.

2011 will be a great year for Benidorm after holiday makers have learnt how to save themselves money by cutting out the travel agent and avoiding high commission charges and high holiday prices and instead turning to the internet to put together their own package holiday.

With flights as low as £70 with hotels as low as £25 a night it is no wonder that travel agents are losing customers and according to travel experts, online flights to Spain and Benidorm are set to get even lower causing travel agents to look at their holiday prices again.

The Best Manchester Restaurants in The Manchester Michelin Guide 2020

best restaurants in manchester

There are more than 650 restaurants in Manchester but before 2019 there were no Manchester Michelin star restaurants which to be honest is hard to believe. However, one restaurant that changed things was Ancoats restaurant, Mana.

The restaurant which opened in 2018 with former Noma Chef Simon Martin changed the Manchester Michelin restaurants luck. In 2019 it was awarded its first Michelin star and now  it is hoped that Simon Martin has brought luck to the city and in future there will be more Manchester Michelin stared restaurants.

Although in 2020 there is only one Michelin stars Manchester restaurant the new Michelin starred restaurants in the Great Britain and Ireland Guide 2020 has listed the best restaurants the city has to offer. These restaurants include Mana, El Gato Negro, Wood Manchester, The French, Asha’s, 20 Stories, Allotment, Tast, Restaurant MCR, 63 Degrees, Where The Light Gets In, Levanter, Hungry Duck, Bird at Birtle, Nutters, Borage, White Hart Inn,

 

Here are the restaurants in the Michelin Guide for Manchester

 

Mana Restaurant in Central Manchester

best restaurants in manchesterMana Restaurant has become known as one of the best restaurants in Manchester and it seems the Manchester Michelin guide agrees. It has receive praise from food experts, celebrities, and locals. Some have said, since it opened it doors with former Noma Chef Simon Martin at the helm, it has brought new life into the Manchester restaurants industry.

The central Manchester Mana restaurant has managed to do something no other restaurant in Manchester has managed to do, and that is to gain a Michelin star. In 2019, Mana was the first Manchester Michelin starred restaurant. It is hoped that now the tide will change and Manchester Michelin star restaurants will become more common.

Chef Simon Martin has brought excitement to Mana, bringing all of his years of experience to the culinary delights of those who are lucky to eat there. If you visit Manchester or live in Manchester then you have to experience Mana which is truly the best restaurant in Manchester.

 

El Gato Negro, King Street Manchester

michelin starred restaurants in manchester Another Michelin recommended restaurant in Manchester is El Gato Negro. The restaurant which is located in a historic converted three storey town house on King Street is a firm favourite with those that love fine dining. It was awarded a Bib Gourmand.

 

Wood Restaurant Manchester

michelin restaurants manchester When it comes to Manchester fine dining then Wood which is a modern British restaurant located on Jack Rosenthal Street in First Street is a great choice. The popular restaurant is run MasterChef winner Simon Wood.

When you taste the delights that Wood restaurant has to offer, you will then understand why it is known as one of Manchester’s best restaurants and why it is in the Michelin guide.

 

Adam Reid at the French

michelin star manchester The French was always a popular restaurant, but when Adam Reid took over and renamed the restaurant that is located at 16 Peter St, Manchester, inside The Midland Hotel, it went to the next level.

The French, now known as Adam Reid at the French has become a truly remarkable Manchester fine dining experience. After Simon Rogan left The French, Adam Reid has put his stamp on the place.

Celebrities, Midland Hotel guests, and locals love what Adam Reid has done to the place, so its no wonder the Manchester restaurant has made it into the Michelin Guide.

 

Asha’s Indian Restaurant In Manchester

michelin stars manchester I love Manchester for its amazing restaurants and Asha’s which is owned by Asha Bhosle is one of the reasons why Manchester is one of the best places for culinary delights.

Asha’s, which is located at 47 Peter St, Manchester is one of the best Indian restaurants in Manchester. It is truly one of my favourite Manchester Indian restaurants where I love nothing more than to tuck into a chicken Korma.

The Michelin Guide recognized Asha’s as one of Manchester’s best restaurants and as a fan of the Indian restaurant I am not surprised.

 

20 Stories – 19th floor in Spinningfields

Manchester best restaurants20 Stories has become one of the most reviewed restaurants in Manchester. It is officially Manchester’s highest restaurant.

The Manchester restaurant is located on the 19th floor in Spinningfields. It is a stunning rooftop restaurant, bar and terrace offering unparalleled city views. It is worth a visit just for the amazing views of the City of Manchester.

20 Stories is a favourite with celebrities and offers everything from classic dishes to stylish culinary. All produce is sourced within a 50-mile radius of the restaurant.

The Michelin Guide has credited 20 Stories as being one of the best restaurants in Manchester and hopefully, sometime soon, it will become the next Michelin star Manchester restaurant.

 

Allotment – Manchester Vegan Restaurant

michelin guideAllotment is another Manchester restaurant that made it into the Michelin Guide 2020. The vegan restaurant is nestled in the heart of Manchester’s Northern Quarter in a basement on Lloyd Street. It continues to receive rave reviews on Trip Advisor and now it has been recognized by the Manchester Michelin Guide.

The Michelin Guide said the dishes are prepared with skill and care, and the cauliflower three ways is “very tasty.”

 

Tast – 20-22 King St, Manchester

restaurants manchesterIf you want to want the chefs at work then you need to visit Tast. The restaurant in Manchester which has been featured in the Michelin Guide has a menu designed by multi-Michelin starred Paco Perez.

The King Street restaurant is one of the city’s newest restaurants and has quickly become a favourite with Coronation Street stars. The food served here is simply mouth-watering.

 

Restaurant MCR

The restaurant which was formerly Manchester House is on the second floor of a tower in Spinningfields. It is a popular restaurant with those who like the finer things in life.

A lot of reviewers have got their eye on Restaurant MCR as being a restaurant that could achieve a Michelin Star.

 

63 Degrees

The Northern Quarter restaurant serves classic dishes using local and imported French produce. It is owned by Eric Moreau.

The dishes are carefully made with love and affection by the experienced team. For a restaurant with such high-quality food, it is surprisingly great value.

 

Where The Light Gets In – Popular Stockport Restaurant

The Stockport restaurant made it onto the food guide for the quality food it provides. It is located in a Victorian warehouse and has an open kitchen which I love.

The Stockport restaurant is one to watch and could gain a Michelin Star, which would be amazing for the Stockport restaurant scene.

 

Levanter In Ramsbottom

restaurants in ramsbottomThere are lots of great Ramsbottom restaurants but this one really does stand out. If you are ever in Ramsbottom then do check it out.

 

Hungry Duck

The Hungry Duck is another great place to eat quality food. One of my favourites is the homemade ice cream

 

Bird at Birtle in Bury

The Bury restaurant has been included in the Michelin Guide and to be honest, its not surprising. It serves delicious food at reasonable prices.

The restaurant which serves classics dishes with a modern touch is in a popular pub. It provides stylish food with amazing views.

 

Nutters – popular Rochdale Restaurant                    

Andrew Nutter’s restaurant is located in an old manor house. It serves British dishes with a modern twist. The Michelin Guide were very impressed with the afternoon tea.

 

Borage in Bowden

Borage provides colourful European dishes. It has become a popular restaurant in Bowden attracts people from far and wide. One thing to note about Borage, is to try the chocolate mousse, you won’t regret it.

 

White Hart Inn in Oldham

michelin bib The White Hard Inn is well worth a visit. It serves a good range of refined dishes and was congratulated by the Michelin Guide on the quality food it serves.

Let’s hope that next year there will be more Manchester Michelin star restaurants and more restaurants that are recommended by the food guide.

How to lose body fat fast and the principles of fat loss

How to lose body fat fast

For people looking to learn how to lose body fat fast, we have got together with a fat burning expert. Bio-Synergy Ambassador Dr Gary L Bartlett has put together some important information on how to low fast so we can learn the secrets to a better body.

Putting weight on is so much easier than losing weight. Some people can struggle for years to get the healthy figure they have dreamt of.  Effective Tips to Lose Belly Fat

 

Little-to-no fat is little-to-no good

 

Although the UK is going through a serious obesity pandemic, what we also have to understand is having little or no fat can be just as dangerous as someone have too much fat. For the body to function properly it must have a certain level of what we call essential fat.

Men and women need different levels of fat. Women require a minimal body fat percentage of 10 to 13 while men require 2 to 5 percent. To fall below these levels can cause serious health problems, which is why when looking how to lose fat fast, it is done in the correct and controlled manner.

 

Going below the fat percentage levels can cause the following health problems:

 

increased risk of heart disease

vitamin deficiencies

nervous system damage

fertility issues

a weakened immune system

 diabetes

 

When you body fat loss goes to far and you burn too much fat it can also result in the break down of muscle which can result in a person feel tired and week, and less motivated.

 

Why People Want To Know How To Burn Weight Fast

best way to burn fatFat loss! There are many different reasons people want to lose fat. Reasons include being fitter, wanting to be more attractive, muscular, toned, becoming healthier and reducing the risk obesity related metabolic disease. Such disease includes type II diabetes, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, stroke, inflammation and some cancers just to name a few.

A combination of eating habits, your genetics and lifestyle choices will determine how much excess fat your body will store. Whilst we have our parents to blame for our genetics which unfortunately cannot be altered, we can all modify our lifestyle choices by eating healthier and undertaking more exercise. 

With obesity reaching epidemic proportions so are metabolic related diseases. Rates of obesity worldwide have almost doubled since 1980.

Losing excess body fat comes down to the basic principle of calorie deficit. The simple equation is as follows;

Consume more calories in a day than you burn off = fat gain

Burning more calories in a day than you consume = fat loss.

Think; excess calories will be converted to and stored as fat.

Some people will say that their weight gain is due to their ‘glands’ or ‘hormones’. This isn’t strictly true. However, a hormonal imbalance can alter your metabolism and the rate at which your body burns calories. Simply this means that you need to consume less calories or work harder to increase calorie expenditure and you will lose weight.

To lose fat, a calorie deficit is crucial. A calorie deficit promotes the breakdown of fat stores to provide the body with an alternative energy source. 

Steady long-term sustainable fat loss is the correct approach when losing weight. Massively cutting out calories from your diet by removing all foods rich in calories and exercising intensively for hours on end may prove more detrimental in the long run.

Ketogenic diets are very much in vogue and is a proven method of losing fat fast. This diet involves very low consumption of carbohydrates coupled with high fat and protein intake; like the Atkins diet.

burn fat for menKetogenic diet foods include:

Meat – red and lean meats

Fatty fish – salmon, mackerel and tuna

Eggs

Butter

Cheese – unprocessed such as cheddar, goats, mozzarella

Nuts and seeds – almonds, walnuts, flax seeds,

Healthy oils – extra virgin olive oil, coconut oil

Avocados

Low-carbohydrate vegetables – greens, tomatoes, peppers, onions

 

3 meals a day are advisable with healthy keto snacks to supplement your hunger between meals.

Foods to avoid include:

Sugary processed foods – sodas, fruit juice and smoothies, cakes, sweets

Grains and starches – wheat based, rice, pasta, bread, cereals

Fruits -all except for berries/strawberries

Beans and legumes – peas, chickpeas, kidney beans

Root vegetables – potatoes, sweet potatoes, carrots, parsnips

Low-fat dietary products – processed foods

Unhealthy fats -mayonnaise and processed vegetable oils

Alcohol – Beer is loaded with carbohydrates and will pull you out of ketosis

Sugar-free foods – often processed and can affect ketone levels

how to lose thigh fat fastStudies have shown that this nutritional approach has a physiological and biochemical basis to achieve effective weight loss.  The diet involves consuming almost no carbohydrates (like your potatoes, pastas and bread) thus depleting the muscle of carbohydrates and the body resorts to consuming an alternative energy source; fat. After a few days of fasting or consuming less than 20 grams of carbohydrates per day, your glucose reserves become insufficient to fuel the body.  The body will then mobilise energy rich fat stores to meet your metabolic demands. The breakdown of fat to be used as an energy source results in the production of ketones. The body is literally stripped of fat. 

There is strong supportive evidence that ketogenic diets do work. Studies have shown that ketogenic diets lead to early satiety (state of feeling full much sooner). Ketones derived from the breakdown of fat have a direct effect on suppressing the appetite whilst inhibiting fat storage and promoting fat breakdown. There is evidence to support that in the short term, a greater degree of fat loss is achieved through ketogenic diets when compare with a low fat diet.

If being toned or muscular is important to you when undertaking a calorie deficit, remember it’s vital to continue weight training whilst consuming an adequate amount of protein. If not, you will start to breakdown muscle losing the mass and volume that you have worked so hard to develop.

On the flip side there is increasing evidence that in the short-term ketogenic diets can have an adverse effect on bone metabolism leading to a reduction in bone mass and density i.e.; thinner bones and increased risk of bone fractures. As well, high amounts of protein consumed can adversely affect the kidneys leading to kidney stones and raised levels of uric acid which is a leading cause of gout. It is recommended that transitioning to a ketogenic diet should be done gradually to reduce the risk of such complications.

We have all heard of good fats and bad fats, but what does this mean? Good fats are your monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats (omega-3s). These fats tend to be liquid at room temperature. Examples include; olive oil, fish oil, coconut oil, avocado oil, palm oil. When eaten in moderation, good fats can lower levels of bad cholesterol and improve cardiovascular health. For those with high cholesterol levels, then a switch to ‘healthy fats’ can prove beneficial. Nuts are known to be high in fat but contains good fats

Bad fats are your saturated or trans fats which are often processed, and factory produced. These tend to be solid at room temperature and known to increase your levels of bad cholesterol. Think of the grease that solidifies in the baking tray after grilling bacon or sausages. Examples include fat from meat, margarine, peanut oil, sunflower oil, canola oil. It’s all about moderation. Consumption of high amounts of good fats can be detrimental.

 

Benefits of fasting for short periods include:

    resting your digestive system

    possibly increasing your lifespan

    reducing your risk of chronic diseases like cardiovascular disease as well as improving blood pressure, metabolic rate, cholesterol levels and insulin sensitivity.

 

Negative effects of fasting include:

    diminished energy levels

    fatigue

    nutrient deficiencies

    irritability

 

Fasting is unsuitable for pregnant women, people suffering with type I diabetes as well as children.

Once fasting has finished you may find yourself over-eating and in fact gaining weight!

 

In summary, a low carbohydrate ketogenic diet can promote fat breakdown as well acting as an appetite suppressant leading to weight loss. Ketogenic diets should range from a minimum of 2-3 weeks to induce an effective ketogenesis to a maximum of 6-12 months. Transitioning back to a normal diet should also be done gradually. Ketogenic diets can be a very useful tool in controlling weight loss and reducing obesity and therefore lower the risk of obesity associated metabolic diseases such as cardiovascular disease, type II diabetes, high blood pressure and cholesterol levels, stroke, inflammation and some cancers. 

When undertaking drastic changes in your diet, it is always advisable to first consult your healthcare professional.

Written in conjunction with Bio-Synergy Ambassador Dr Gary L Bartlett.

Where Is Brassic Filmed in Manchester

Filming locations of Brassic

Brassic filmed in Manchester and staring Michelle Keegan was a surprise hit for Sky One. The British comedy-drama television series first aired on 22 August 2019 and instantly became a huge hit. It is set in the fictional town of Hawley and follows the lives of Vinnie and his friends.

The comedy show which was created by Joe Gilgun and Danny Brocklehurst and written by Daniel Brocklehurst and Alex Ganley was filmed in locations across the North West. Although it was filmed in Manchester, the comedy show was inspired by Joe Gilgun experiences of living in and growing up in Chorley.

Location manager Jonathan Davies stated, “We were given the scripts and a few of us had a meeting with Joe Gilgun to talk through the feel and look of the show. It is a complicated and collaborative process to build a world that fits with the story and script.”

So where is Brassic filmed? There are many locations that were used for the show including the Lancashire town of Bacup. Infact, before news was released that Sky One was making a new comedy drama, people were asking why Michelle Keegan was filming in Bacup.

Further filming locations of Brassic included Bolton. The pub scenes for Brassic were filmed in a pub called The Star and Garter which is near Manchester Piccadilly train station.

Let’s look at the popular Brassic filming locations

 

Vinnie’s shack

Filiming location of brassic shack in manchesterThe creator of Brassic Joe Gilgun also plays Vinnie lives in a makeshift shack in the woods. The shack was filmed in some woods above Bolton after the director of Brassic fell in love with the location.

 

Brassic Hawley town centre

brassic filming locations manchesterAlthough the comedy drama is based on Chorley, Brassic fictional town of Hawley is actually filmed in Bacup. It was decided to use Bacup as it had the same feel as Chorley.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening car chase in Brassic

where is brassic filmed in manchesterThe opening car chase in Brassic was an unforgettable moment. It actually took two days of filming and was filmed just into West Yorkshire.

The series begins with Vinnie and his mates in a car chase as they speed through country roads.

 

 

 

 

 

Brassic caravan site

brassic caravan site in ManchesterThe Brassic caravan site was constructed as a temporary caravan site. It was constructed close to Manchester City Etihad Stadium on a waste ground.

 

The local pub

michelle keegan brassicA lot of fans of the show want to know where the pub in Brassic is filmed in Manchester. The secret is the interior scenes of the local pub were filmed in a pub on Fairfield Street called The Star and Garter which is located next to Piccadilly Train Station.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Erin’s house in Brassic

sky one brassicMichelle Keegan was a clever choice to play Erin who is a single mum dating Vinnies best friend Dylan. The filming location of Brassic Erin house was filmed in Ashton-Under-Lyne towards Heartshead Pike.

 

Brassic surgery

brassic filming in manchesterThe filming location of Sky One Brassic surgery was a clever idea. The filming was not done in a real Manchester surgery but instead in a second-floor room at Frederick Road Campus Salford University.

 

The Gincident Gin Cocktail Cruise

Manchester Gin Cocktail Cruise
This 3-hour excursion we will take you on a journey through the history of Gin…

About this Event

The Gincident

Gin is the quintessential British spirit, but its origins lie far from these shores – over this 3 hour excursion we will take you on a journey through the history of Gin from the Gin Craze of the 17th Century to the modern era with the biggest selection of high quality Juniper based spirits the world has ever seen.

We will see how Gin has changed our drinking habits, our society and even our language – Each attendee will receive7 drinks aboard – 2 long and refreshing Gin and Tonics, and 5 cocktails designed to show how versatile the Gins we utilise are, and how varied the category has become. Cocktails will vary with seasons and Gin brands. 

Mmmmm…!

We feed everyone aboard our cruises, and on the Gincident the food takes the form of huge sharing platters of cured meats and cheeses, freshly baked bread, chutneys, crackers, pickled bits, and balsamic onions…Summer on a board and a treat for the senses. 

Cocktails!!

We only use the highest quality ingredients in our drinks, that starts with the best Gins and end with the best tonics…and everything in-between!!

Get it booked quick!!

Tickets do sell very fast. One minute we’ll have 20 available then we take a group booking!

Refunds/ Exchanges/ Cruise move

We do not offer refunds on tickets, but we do offer a 14 day cooling off period, so if you change your mind within 14 days, we’ll happily refund you. Up to 14 days before a cruise, you are able to move cruises (or hold the credit if not suitable dates). 14 days on the lead up to a cruise, the only option we offer is for us to sell your tickets on your behalf.

Group Bookings (10+)

As usual, we will be offering group booking discounts. Whole boat charters are available depending on the date – drop us a line to find out more. We also offer a deposit option for bookings 90+ days away. Please email Simon@theliquorists.com

One last thing…

***FYI – The Liquorists’ cruises are adult only events…strictly no one under 18 is allowed on the boat…Alcohol is served and the language gets a little spicy at times…those of a sensitive disposition YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!!

However…we are not suitable for stag do’s… Whilst we booze on a cruise, a ‘booze cruise’ we are not. A far more gentle and serene affair…. 😉

Any questions on the suitability or style of our events email bookings@theliquorists.com***

Worsley Live Family Music Festival

worlsey live event 2021

Manchester Music Festival – Worsley Live 2021 featuring S Club 7’s Tina & Bradley. Worlsey Live 2021 brings you a Family Music Festival August Bank Holiday on Sunday 29th 2021. Doors open at 1:30.

We are pleased to have some amazing talent on the Worsley Live Stage which will be an afternoon to remember.

Confirmed artists:

S Club 7’s Tina & Bradley

AJ As Robbie Williams
Dario G
Little Mix Magic
Nathan Moore
Spice Girls Tribute
The Fantastic 80’s Tribute Rewind Show

Where is the Real Housewives of Cheshire filmed?

the real housewives of cheshire homes
  • The cast of The Real Housewives of Cheshire
  • The Real Housewives of Cheshire is filmed around Wilmslow, Alderley Edge, and Prestbury
  • The cast include Dawn Ward, Lauren Simon, Nicole Sealey, Lystra Adams, Rachel Lugo, Seema Malhotra, Hanna Kinsella and Tanya Bardsley

 

The cast of The Real Housewives of Cheshire – Dawn Ward, Lauren Simon, Nicole Sealey, Lystra Adams, Rachel Lugo, Seema Malhotra, Hanna Kinsella and Tanya Bardsley are back. If you have ever wondered where the Real Housewives of Cheshire is filmed then keep reading. 

The show is back for its 12th series and its going to be bigger and better than ever. This time around see a new face in the form of Lystra Adams. I wonder how Dawn Ward will get on with her?

When Dawn Ward, Ester Dohnalova, Hanna Kinsella, Lauren Simon, Nicole Sealey, Rachel Lugo, Seema Malhotra and Tanya Bardsley get together fireworks explode, and the 12th series is going to be no different.

The show which makes the arguments on The Only Way Is Essex look tame brings us drama, glamour, some of the Cheshire and Manchester hotspots, and of course lots of arguments. It does not matter if you are a man or a woman, the reality show manages to keep us all gripped.

Fans don’t just watch the show to see Dawn Ward screaming and shouting at the other girls, they also watch the show to see where the Real Housewives of Cheshire live. All the girls live in an area which is known as Cheshire’s Golden Triangle, which is Wilmslow, Alderley Edge, and Prestbury bordered together.

Will the new series see Dawn Ward calm down or will it see the star of the show meet her match? Time will only tell. However, in the meantime lets look at where the stars of The Real Housewives of Cheshire live.

The Real Housewives Of Cheshire Dawn Ward’s House

The real housewives of cheshire homes

Let’s face is Dawn Ward is the star of The Real Housewives of Cheshire. She has starred in all series, and love her or hate her, she has made the show what it is today.

The original housewife is not only the star of the show, but she is also a successful businesswoman and a role model and inspiration to millions of women.

Dawn Ward lives in the stunning Warford Hall in Great Warford which is near Alderley Edge. She shares her home with ex-footballer Ashley Ward as well as her four daughters Taylor, Darby, Charlie and Aston.

Dawn’s house has been featured more times in the Real Housewives of Cheshire than any other cast member.

dawn ward home

Tanya Bardsley Home is in Wilmslow

Tanya Bardlsey Who is Tanya Bardsley and how much is she worth.

Tanya Bardlsey who was born born 29 April 1981 has become a huge hit on the ITV show. She lives in Wilmslow with her Burnley footballer husband Phil Bardsley and their four children.

The Wigan born reality star grew up in Richmond, North Yorkshire. She is not just a major player in the Housewives Of Cheshire, but she is also a model and a successful businesswoman.

Before staring in The Real Housewives of Cheshire, Tanya Louise Bardsley was featured in some well- known magazines. They include Zoo Weekly, Ice, and FHM magazine. Not surprising, Tanya was named as one of the 100 Sexiest Women in the World in 2003 (38), 2004 (32), 2005 (41), 2006 (29) and 2007(63).

Tanya was no stranger to television before appearing on the Real Housewives show. In 2003 she appeared in a Lynx advert and in 2004 she presented two shows on Sky one called Strike and Gamenation. As well as appearing in an episode of Celebrity Fear Factor, she also had a role in a French comedy film called Double Zero.

 

Tanya Louise Bardsley

In 2020 it was reported that Tanya who had a breast enlargement from a B cup to a 32D is worth £2.8 million. This has been accumulated from her modelling, and her life coaching business as well as her appearance on The Real Housewives of Cheshire and her business ventures.

Tanya is known for her funny remarks, brash honesty and for her face-pulling. Viewiers hope the Housewives of Cheshire star will continue to entertain for many years to come.

The Real Housewives of Cheshire is filmed in Wilmslow and Great Warford, but these are not the only posh areas that the popular show is filmed. Leafy Bowdon and Hale which are homes to Forever Unique fashion boss Seema Malhotra and dentist Hanna Kinsella and are also featured in the show.

Since filming started of the popular reality show, Cheshire and areas such as Knutsford, Wilmslow and Hale have seen a huge increase in the number of tourists visiting the area. People who love the show visit the areas to see the great restaurants, bars and hair salons featured on the show. They also hope to bump into some of the cast especially Dawn Ward.

The Real Housewives Of Cheshire Lauren Simon Home

Lauren Simon real housewives of cheshire

LAUREN Simon left the show in 2018 but later returned for the 11th series where she was introduced to new cast member and one of the scariest women in Cheshire Nicole Sealey. The show favourite has lived in Cheshire all her life and has been the centre of many great arguments on the show.

The reality star favourite who lives in Bowdon grew up in Altrincham. She has made no secret of her support for local businesses and still to this day can be seen buying her fresh fruit and veg from Altrincham market.

One of her favourite haunts in Cheshire is The Stamford Arms where she loves nothing more than a Sunday launch.

 

So, Where Is The Real Housewives of Cheshire Filmed

real housewives of cheshire locationsAlderley Edge

Alderley Edge which has a population of around 5,000 is home to many well-known celebrities and footballers. Footballers who live in Alderley Edge include Dwight Yorke, Michael Carrick, and Rio Ferdinand. David Beckham and former Spice Girl Victoria Beckham once lived in Alderley Edge.

Thanks to The Real Housewives show Alderley Edge has become more famous. Alderley Edge has been featured a lot on the show including Piccolino Italian restaurant, YU Chinese, Victors and the Bubble Room.

Wilmslow

Tanya Bardsley’s

Wilmslow is one of the popular show’s locations. You will often see shots of the busy town centre where the girls drive their posh cars down the busy high street.

There are a lot of The Real Housewives of Cheshire locations in Wilmslow. They include The Colony HQ, a private members club, and Tanya Bardsley’s Tanya Bardo Boutique.

Mottram St Andrew

locations real housewives of cheshireOne of the popular Real Housewives of Cheshire locations is the Village of Mottram St Andrew. The Mottram Hall hotel, spa and golf club are located here.

The cast of the show have been filmed many times inside the luxury spa venue, with many of the scenes in the hot tubs.

Mottram Hall Hotel was actually the venue where Dawn Ward daughter Darby and her better half Michael Corrado Jackson has their engagement party.

 

Where’s Weed Announces National Greasy Foods Day Giveaway

where there is weed

Where’s Weed to Give Away $300 to Taste Test the Best Munchies Food!

This month, Where’s Weed is celebrating National Greasy Foods Day (October 25) to help focus on one of the best parts about smoking cannabis — the munchies. While any food can help cure the munchies, greasy fast food is often cheap and quick for when you need it right away. But what food makes the best munchies? To find out, Where’s Weed is giving one lucky winner the opportunity to taste test a few options, then tell us which greasy food tops the list.

 

While times are difficult these days for many people around the country, the team at Where’s Weed wants to spread a little joy. Co-founder and CEO Tyler Bartholomew says “This is our way of showing appreciation for our community around a fun holiday that almost everyone should love! We hope we can find an individual who can help determine what food truly makes the best munchies and settle this debate, once and for all.”

 

GRAND PRIZE:

One winner will receive a $200 gift card to order food from GrubHub (or similar food delivery service). The winner will also have the opportunity to receive a $100 Visa gift card for giving Where’s Weed feedback afterward (including completing a short survey and taking a few photos of the food that was taste tested).

HOW TO ENTER:⁠

Where’s Weed has made it incredibly easy to enter the giveaway in two different ways, although both are encouraged. First, enter through Instagram by following the @wheresweed account, liking one of two giveaway-related posts between October 16th and October 26th, then tagging two friends in the comments below each post.

 

Additionally, eligible contestants can enter by visiting www.wheresweed.com/national-greasy-foods-day-giveaway to fill out a required form. After the initial entry, an individual can get up to 20 additional entry opportunities by sharing the contest, visiting the Where’s Weed accounts on different social media platforms, etc.

 

The giveaway ends on October 26, 2020 at 11:59pm MST and is only open to U.S. residents 21 years or older. A winner will be drawn on or around October 27, 2020. The official rules, offer terms & eligibility requirements can be found in the Terms & Conditions here.

 

###

 

Where’s Weed is the all-inclusive online consumer resource connecting visitors with relevant cannabis businesses across the US and Canada. We showcase a variety of directories and educational content to help people find dispensaries, delivery services, MMJ doctors, related deals, strain information, cannabis news and much more. In addition to real-time menu integrations, our platform also offers online ordering for pick-up or delivery, making it easy for consumers to search & buy products.

 

Please contact Samantha at pr@wheresweed.com for more information.

5 Reasons why you should Scuba Dive

scuba diving brighton

If you always wanted to experience a bit of adventure and discover some incredible marine life, scuba diving sounds like fitting right in place. Getting scuba dive certified is definitely worth it; you will challenge yourself in all levels you wouldn´t imagine, physically and mentally and furthermore it will open your eyes to a whole new world and boost all your senses.

In case you feel doubtful, we give 5 reasons why you should scuba dive for your next adventure.

Take your beach holiday to a new level

Scuba diving can add some extra adventure to any beach holiday. Discover new underwater sceneries, species and maybe even wrecks while doing something active. Diving is also a great activity for the whole family and a great way to meet some awesome people along the way.

Experience a new world

You just have to dive under the waves to be transported to a magical world. Whether you’re in a tropical coral reef or you’re diving in a cenote, scuba diving is actually incredibly peaceful. You can move freely in all directions without the restriction of gravity you are used to feeling. If there is anything that comes close to flying, diving is probably it.

You get to really see the world

Once you discover the amazing feeling of diving, you will plan your holidays in a completely different way. You search for new exciting places to dive, maybe even create your own scuba bucket list. It’s impossible to spend time under the water and not learn to love and respect the oceans. Oceans cover 71% of the Earth, so if you really want to see the world, scuba diving gives you access to the 2/3 parts a tiny number of people dare to explore.

Get to see some epic marine animals

reasons to go scuba diving
Coral reefs are the most diverse of marine ecosystems and because they are so diverse, they are often called the rainforest of the sea. Sometimes we go to aquariums, but nothing compares to watch animals in their own habitat.  You can get to see dolphins, whale sharks, manta rays, turtles among many others.

Keep travelling

You get to travel to exotic places to fulfill your diving desires. This might be the best of the 5 reasons why you should scuba dive. It may really change your life! Live in exotic destinations, spend your days at the beach, on the boat and underwater, sharing your passion for the underwater world. You can change your lifestyle completely or change destinations every time you have long holidays.
 
Diving is not only exciting; it can also be very relaxing when you glide through the water, only hearing your breath. With this contact with nature, you will learn to respect the oceans more. This will completely change your mind. Get certified with underwater cowboy and get ready to live a whole new adventure.

Fireworks To Cause Problems For 9 Million Pets

Lincolnshire firework displays

Bonfire night may still be a few weeks away, but with PDSA’s recent Animal Wellbeing Report revealing that over 9 million cats and dogs suffer fear and anxiety due to fireworks, some early planning could make all the difference.

PDSA Senior Veterinary Surgeon, Sean Wensley, says: “Many people don’t seek help for their pets’ fears, perhaps believing nothing can be done.   But with a little preparation, owners can make a big difference in minimising the anxiety that many pets   suffer during the fireworks season.”

 

Read:Romantic Things To Do In London

 

To help owners, PDSA has produced a ‘pet firework guide’ to ensure pets stay safe and calm when fireworks are going off over the coming weeks.

 

Preparation

 
  • A few weeks before the season starts, make a cosy den for your pet with blankets, pillows and cushions. For dogs this could be behind a sofa or inside a wardrobe, whilst cats feel more secure when high up so a cat bed safely placed on an accessible shelf or cupboard may be better.
  • Reward your pet when they spend time in the den to help build a positive association, so it will then be a reassuring place to hide if they get scared.
  • Start using pheromones near to the den – calming scents available as plug-ins or sprays that we can’t smell, but that can help to reduce anxiety in pets.
  • Get your pet microchipped, so if they do panic and manage to run away, you are much more likely to be reunited.

 

On the night

Owners should be aware of signs of stress. Dogs may tremble, pace, pant and become ‘clingy’, while cats may try to hide behind furniture, or attempt to run away. Both dogs and cats may refuse to eat and may soil the house because of firework-related stress. Rabbits may freeze and remain motionless, or may panic and try to escape their hutches.

Sean continues: “It is worth imagining what Bonfire Night must be like for our pets – we know why there are lots of loud bangs outside, but our pets don’t, which is very distressing for them. Many of our pets have very acute hearing, so the range of sounds adding to their anxiety may also be greater than we can appreciate.”

 

Read:Best UK National Parks

 

If your pet is very fearful, ask your vet about long-term behavioural therapy. This can take weeks or months, but with time and patience it teaches noise-phobic pets that loud noises are nothing to be scared of. These evidence-based behavioural techniques can achieve excellent results to improve your pet’s quality of life.

For further information owners can download a free copy of PDSA’s Fireworks and Your Pet leaflet at www.pdsa.org.uk/leaflets.

RSOrder – Makes The RS Life Easier

RSOrder

We are excited to announce that RSOrder has opened for business and ready to provide RS gold, upgrades, power leveling, and other RS items.

 RSOrder offers a way to upgrade in one of the biggest and best F2P MMORPGs available for both desktop and mobile.

Founded in 2007, a team of highly skilled gamers decided to give others the opportunity to provide people with an option to get higher stats in games they love. Delivering RS Gold to customers worldwide, RSOrder has gained a huge fan and customer base through their ability and customer service.

The concept of the service is more straightforward than you may think. You pick what you want, and RSOrder delivers – simple as that.

Some of the most common areas of interest with the RSOrder service are:

  • RS 2007 Gold
  • 2007 RS Accounts
  • RS 07 Fire Cape
  • 2007 RS Quest Helper
  • RS 3 Gold
  • RS 3 Quest Helper
  • RS 3 Equipment and weapons
  • OSRS Vorkath Kills
  • And many more.

There are many other enhancements to the game that you can get from RSOrder. So, if you want to maximise your gaming experience with the Runescape series of games, you need tofind the place that can help you. Well, now you have found it.

If you want help with your Runescape experience, make sure to visit us before you try anywhere else.

https://www.rsorder.com/contacts

Cleethorpes Parkway Cinema To Ride Through The COVID19 Storm

parkway cinema

The Cinema industry has been hit hard with the COVID19 pandemic with a loss of tens of thousands of jobs. While Odeon and Cineworld confirmed they were closing their cinemas and laying off staff, Cleethorpes Parkway Cinema has vowed to fight back and ride through the COVID19 storm.

With the news of the latest James Bond film being delayed until 2021, it has done the cinema industry no favours. The cinema industry was hoping that the latest James Bond film would help turn their fortunes around but sadly the delay has put another nail in their coffin.

The owners of Cleethorpes Parkway Cinema have admitted that the COVID19 has made it hard for them but have said they are hanging in there by a thread.

‘We think there’s something magical about seeing an amazing film in a proper local cinema’ say Parkway owners keeping the action on a roll in Louth and Cleethorpes

Unlike some cinemas who have closed their doors for good, Cleethorpes Parkway cinema has said they have one aim and that is to ride through the storm and carry on providing an excellent service for another century.

The family-run business which has been serving the area for more than 20 years is calling on film lovers to support their local cinema during the COVID19 pandemic.

cleethorpes parkway cinemaBoris Johnson has been warned that the entertainment industry, which includes Theatres and cinemas is hanging in there by a threat and need support.

Richard Parkes, one of the sons of founder Gerald Parkes and co-director said Cleethorpes Parkway cinema will be showing brand new films as part of the BFI London Film Festival 2020.

As well as screening new films, Richard said they also plan on bringing many classics to the big screen. But that is not all. There is also talk of providing some live spooky family fun this Hallowe’en.

Bonfire Night In Cleethorpes and Grimsby Cancelled

firework display cleethorpes

Each Year thousands of people living and visiting Cleethorpes look forward to bonfire night, but this year is going to be a huge disappointment thanks to COVID19.

This week has seen the organisers of some of the best firework events announce the cancellation of Bonfire night.

The people of Cleethorpes and Grimsby were hoping that the government COVID19 restrictions would not restrict their fun, but now it seems it has.

Those who have been the first to announce the cancellation of Bon Fire night and their magical firework displays include Grimsby Rugby Club, and Cleethorpes Cricket Club.

Grimsby RUFC host their annual fireworks show at the Scartho Springfield Road venue, where they have food and drink stalls and a fun fair.

A spokesperson for Grimsby RUFC said: “Due to the current Covid-19 pandemic the rugby club have sadly decided to cancel this year’s event. We feel it would be impossible to control and keep people safe.”

More Firework displays are set to be cancelled, which means those looking for fun on Bonfire Night will have to have their own display in their garden.

If you have a fireworks display cancelled then please do contact our Cleethorpes News team

Milton Jones in Milton: Impossible Coming To Grimsby

Milton jones comedy

PHIL McINTYRE LIVE Proudly Presents … 

One man. One Mission. Is it possible? No, not really.
Him with the shirts from Mock the Week, Live at the Apollo and Radio 4.

‘No-one can touch Jones when he hits his stride’ The Guardian

One man. One Mission. Is it possible? No, not really.
Milton reveals the truth about being an international spy, before being given a disappointing new identity which forced him to appear on Mock the Week, Live at the Apollo.
But this is also a love story with the twist, or even a really bad sprain.
Just gloriously daft nonsense or is there a deeper meaning? Every man has his price. Sainsburys, where good food costs less.

“He’s fast, absurd and very Funny” Radio Times 

Lipstick On Your Collar Coming To Grimsby

lipstick on your collar show

Direct from London’s West End…

Step back in time to the golden era of music where the jukebox roared and feet didn’t touch the floor. Get your dancing shoes at the ready, grab yourself a milkshake and relax – you are in for an evening of back to back hits from the 1950s and 60s!

From the birth of rock ‘n’ roll through to the Beat Group sounds of the British Invasion and beyond, the show is packed with over forty hits from the likes of Connie Francis, Brenda Lee, Buddy Holly,Chuck Berry, The Beatles, The Ronettes, Cliff Richard, Cilla Black and many more.

Performed by a full live band, featuring some of the country’s top musicians, this incredible show features excellent vocals, tight harmonies and an infectious sense of fun.

Dancing in the aisles is strictly compulsory so bring your dancing shoes and let the good times roll!

The show comes to Grimsby on 5th March 2021

One Night In Dublin Coming To Grimsby

one night in dublin

Multi-Award-Winning Irish Band The Wild Murphys perform songs by The Dubliners, The Fureys, The Pogues, Van Morrison, The Dropkick Murphys, Daniel O’Donnell and many more.

The Wild Murphys will set up Murphy’s Pub at your venue, guaranteeing one glorious night of high-energy Irish music and more than a little bit of Irish Craic.

The seven-piece live band is headed by lead singer Middi Murphy armed with blarney, banter and an accordion, alongside Trevor Brewis (Jimmy Nail) on drums, Tony Davis (Prelude) on keys and the BBC award-winning fiddle player Sophy Ball on fiddle.

In their own inimitable style, The Wild Murphys celebrate Irish classics with tracks including: Galway Girl, Tell Me Ma, Dirty Old Town, The Irish Rover, Brown Eyed Girl, Seven Drunken Nights, Sally MacLennane, When You Were Sweet Sixteen, Whiskey in the Jar, Wild Rover and Molly Malone, to name just a few.

One night in Dublin is coming to Grimsby on Sunday 21 February 2021

Jive Talkin’ – Bee Gees Tribute Band Coming To Grimsby

bee gees coming to grimsby

Renowned as the original and very best Bee Gees tribute show, and THE ONLY Bee Gees tribute show that have actually performed with the original Bee Gees! In 1997 Gary & Darren from Jive Talkin performed LIVE on HEART FM with THE BEE GEES and received great compliments from both Maurice and Barry Gibb……

As with the original Bee Gees, Jive Talkin is very much a family affair, with brothers Gary and Darren Simmons taking the roles of Maurice and Barry Gibb, with Darren’s son Jack joining the group in 2014 and taking on the role of Robin Gibb. The guys are supported musically by a four piece band with Lead Guitar, Violin, Cello and Drums, to ensure that every note in every song is just right!

The Bee Gees Tribute show will be coming to Grimsby on Friday 12 February 2021

Skegness £1,200,000 Government Grant Will Boost Tourism

skegness government grant

Skegness and Sutton-on-Sea land £1,250,000 Government funding for regeneration

 

Tourism officials for Skegness and Sutton-on-Sea are celebrating after it was announced they are set to receive £1,250,000 funding from the Governments under the Town Deal Programme.

The money will be spent on accelerating the delivery of a new Colonnade development in Sutton-on Sea which will boost tourism and the pedestrianisation of part of the Skegness foreshore

Skegness, Mablethorpe, and Sutton joined forces in their bid to grab more than £50 million to help transform their areas and boost employment and community facilities. A group of stakeholders, community groups, and businesses formed the Connected Coast board as a show of force to grab as much money as possible.

Sarah Louise Fairburn the Chair of the Connected Coast said the news about the Government funding was amazing.

“We are very confident that after lengthy consultation with local people, businesses, and residents in both towns that we can deliver an ongoing vision for the two towns. This first tranche of funding is intended to spur on the two projects which by their very nature will improve the offering that both towns have the potential to capitalise on.

“Our hopes are that this is just the beginning. We want to see the Connected Coast benefit from even more funding, and there are some incredibly passionate teams behind getting that secured. Further funding will see us meet the challenges of connectivity, travel, health and education as well as improving the tourism offering that both towns do so well already.”

Sarah Louise continued: “The works in Skegness will see the part-pedestrianisation of Tower Esplanade and follows East Lindsey District Council’s approved Skegness Foreshore Masterplan. The improvements will be key to enhancing the trading environment in this area and will no doubt unlock the economic potential of a number of other under-utilised sites along the Southern Foreshore that will become more commercially-viable as a result of the pedestrianisation works.”

Skegness is currently going through a lot of positive changes, which hopefully will change the views of many media outlets which have called Skegness one of the worst holiday resorts in the UK.

Jim Davidson Tour Coming To Skegness

Jim Davidson embassy theatre

Jim Davidson ‘Last Man Standing Tour 2020’ coming to Skegness Embassy

The masterful, outrageous and hysterically funny comedy legend ‘General’ Jim Davidson OBE’ embarks on his comedy campaign around the UK in 2020, following the acclaimed sell-out ‘The People Fight Back’ Tour.

Who will he upset this time? Which battles will he win, which will he lose? One thing’s for certain, Jim never retreats!

He has entertained soldiers across the world and yet, as a comic, he still takes no prisoners at home.”★★★★★

Absolutely a fantastic night! Tears was running down my face, this is the second time I’ve seen Jim’s show and would go back a third time! Absolutely amazing! ★★★★★

Laughed till I cried ★★★★★

Davidson does not receive the true credit he deserves… you get what you expect – there are no airs and graces. You receive the simple, filthy comedy which is expected from such a comedy legend. ★★★★★

A comic who has timing down to a fine art. An on-stage, international perfectionist. ★★★★★

Last week Jim Davidson came, he saw, and he conquered a sell-out audience. ★★★★★

18+ only

The Greatest Hits Of Motown Coming To Skegness

embassy theatre motown

Get ready for Febraury when the hits of Motown will hit Skegness. Now in its 19th successive year, this stunning 100% live show combines first class music with the slickest choreography and an amazing band, to deliver truly outstanding performances for the best Motown experience you will ever have!

This show will have you Dancing On The Ceiling, with songs from legendary artistes such as Lionel Richie, The Temptations, Stevie Wonder, The Four Tops, Smokey Robinson, Marvin Gaye, The Jackson Five, The Isley Brothers, Edwin Starr and many, many more.

“Outstanding, with some thrilling dance routines, amusing patter and a brilliant backing band which would not have shamed the original Motown session guys’’ Lancashire Telegraph, Alan Simpson

“They had the moves, the looks, the voices and every Motown Classic you could ask for” Jersey Evening News, Sarah Harding

Embassy Theatre Welcomes Footloose The Musical

footloose coming to skegness

Footloose starring Gareth Gates and Darren Day is coming to the Skegness Embassy

Following two critically acclaimed tours and huge popular demand, Footloose The Musical is back and better than ever! The musical is set to burst back onto stage in 2020 and is coming to the Embassy Theatre for the first time in October 2020!

City boy Ren thinks life is bad enough when he’s forced to move to a rural backwater in America. But his world comes to a standstill when he arrives at Bomont to find dancing and rock music are banned. Taking matters into his own hands, soon Ren has all hell breaking loose and the whole town on its feet. Based on the 1980’s screen sensation which took the world by storm, Footloose The Musical sizzles with spirit, fun and the best in UK musical talent. With cutting edge modern choreography, you’ll enjoy classic 80’s hits including Holding Out for a Hero, Almost ParadiseLet’s Hear It For The Boy and of course the unforgettable title track Footloose.

Footloose The Musical will be presented by Selladoor Productions in association with Runaway Entertainment, and will be directed by Racky Plews, with choreography from Matt Cole, musical supervision by Mark Crossland and design by Sara Perks.

Elvis Is Coming To Skegness In February

Elvis Skegness

Ben Portsmouth -The World’s Number One Elvis Tribute Artist. Ben, a multi talented musician, singer and songwriter had Elvis’s DNA in his blood from an early age. His father was an avid Elvis fan and Ben grew up on a diet of Elvis songs.

He looks like The King, sings like Elvis and has an on-stage charisma that has audiences believing at times they are watching the King himself.

In August 2012, Ben made history when he won the Elvis Presley Enterprises “Ultimate Elvis Tribute Artist Contest which took place in Memphis, crowning Ben as the “Worldwide Ultimate Elvis Tribute Artist”, the first artist from outside the USA to ever win this prestigious title.

Internationally renowned as one, if not The Best Elvis Tribute in the world today, Ben Portsmouth will bring his unique style and charisma and will show audiences why he is regarded as the best in the business.

Donald Trump Could Be Arrested If He Refuses To Leave The White House

freedom of speech clapper
  • Donald Trump Will Be Arrested If He Does Not Leave The White House

  • Donald Trump believes the US Election Will Be Fixed
  • Joe Biden could be forced to remove Donald Trump from the White House

 

After President Donald Trump has stated that he won’t accept the election result if he loses, he has been warned that he could be arrested if he refuses to leave the White House at Noon on the 20th of January 2021.

Donald Trump who could shock the world by being elected for a second time as the President of The United States has called on his supporters to go into the polls and watch them very carefully so they are not tampered with.

After being spooked by how close the race to be the next President has become, Donald Trump keeps suggesting that if he loses in the election then the vote has been rigged and he will stay and the White House and refuse to leave.

So, if Donald Trump ignores the vote and continues to claim the election was rigged, what will happen to him?

Donald Trump as the President of The United States is currently the most powerful man in the world. However, when his term ends on January 20th, 2021 all the power he currently has will vanish. That means he will go from being The President of The United States to a private citizen.

The 20th Amendment of the US Constitution states that the term of the President and Vice President will end on the 20th January at Noon. Those powers they have will then be transferred to the new President and Vice President of the United States.

donald trump could be arrestedWill Donald Trump Be Arrested If He Refuses To Leave The White House?

The simple answer is yes. If Donald Trump ignores the election result and tries to hold on power and refuses to leave the White House, then after 12 noon on 20th January 2021 he could be arrested.

At the moment he is the commander and chief of the armed forces and has the protection of the US Secret Service and other federal agents to protect him. Once he becomes a private citizen the Secret Service who protects him and will protect him when he leaves office will not follow an illegal order to keep him in the White House.

If he does refuse to leave the White House on 20th January 2021, then first of all diplomacy will be put in place. However, if he continues to ignore orders to leave the White House then Joe Biden as the new President of the United State could instruct federal agents to remove Donald Trump by force and arrest him.

Michael Jackson Family Angry That Conrad Murray Will Be Released From Prison Soon

michael jackson family

Michael Jackson family are shocked that the man who was sent to prison for being responsible for killing their beloved Michael is set to be released from prison in three months.

Conrad Murray who was sentenced in 2011 for involuntary manslaughter will be released from prison after serving nearly two years of a four year sentence, the family of Michael Jackson are extremely angry at the news and feel the justice system is a joke.

The reason behind his early release according to prison authorities is due to Conrad Murray good behaviour while behind bars.

‘Michael Jackson Family Shocked That Conrad Murray Is To Be Released From Prison’




Michael Jackson mother, Katherine Jackson has said it is not right that Conrad Murray is to be released so soon when she will never see her son again.

Prison staff have kept Conrad Murray in solitary confinement since being sent to prison in fear that the former doctor would be attacked and even killed but according to sources, Conrad Murray has enjoyed the luxury of a television and a mobile phone.

Fans of Michael Jackson have been shocked by the news of his early release while reports have suggested that Conrad Murray may need police protection for the rest of his life.

 

Loose Women Nadia Sawalha Poses Naked

Nadia Sawalha naked

Nadia Sawalha poses naked to recreate Gwyneth Paltrow’s naked picture

 

Popular Loose Women and former Eastenders star Nadia Sawalha decided to recreate Gwyneth Paltrow’s naked picture by posing nude in her London garden. Nadia Sawalha who has an incredible body for a 55-year-old and looks more like a 30-year-old, posed nude holding a tub of Lurpak to mock Gwyneth Paltrow’s claims that body butter gave her the confidence to pose nude.

48-year-old Gwyneth Paltrow posed nude to celebrate her birthday. She credited her amazing figure and the confidence to pose nude on her Goop body butter. Nadia Sawalha responded and joked that she uses real butter to get a young body.

Gwyneth paltrow naked
Gwyneth said Goop body butter gave her the confidence to strip off (Image: gwynethpaltrow/Instagram)

She wrote: “So apparently  @gwynethpaltrow  uses her  @goop  body butter to give her the confidence to go naked in her garden !!!

“I always knew me and Gwinnie Gwin Gwins had something in common !!! I too use butter to help me go naked !! Lashings if the stuff !!!

Since Loose Women Star Nadia Sawalha posed nude she has received lots of support from her fans. Many cannot believe she is 55, with many saying she has a body of someone who is twenty years younger.

X Factor judge Tulisa Sex Tape Court Case Settled

tulisa xfactor sex tape

Former N-Dubz singer Tulisa Contostavlos has today announced the court case over her rubbish sex tape which was leaked by her scumbag ex-boyfriend Justin Edward has been settled.

Tulisa sex tape which made fans of the star grateful that her singing was much better than her sex tape performance was leaked on the internet, It had caused the X Factor judge huge embarrassment. At the time scumbag Justin Edwards claimed he did not leak it but he recently like a little boy with his tail between his legs came clean and admitted it was him who leaked it to millions of fans on the net.

At the time Tulisa thought it would end her career and lose her the high profile job she had on the X Factor but just like her fans, Simon Cowell gave her his full backing without mentioning if he actually watched the rubbish amateurish sex tape.

‘Tulisa Sex Tape Not Up To Standard Says Fans’

Speaking outside London’s High Court, Tulisa said: “I am relieved that this is finally over. It has been a very testing few months and this was not a case I ever wanted to go through.

 
 
 

“Justin Edwards’s actions were to spite me, make money and ruin my career. He has succeeded in none of these things.

“I stand here today a stronger, wiser young woman who has taken this experience and learnt from it.

“I am disgusted by Justin and saddened by the people that believed I released the footage myself. Today the truth has prevailed. After months of lying to the public and lying in court, Justin has finally admitted to being guilty and I hope justice is served.

 

Read:Actor Takes Mrs Brown Boys Star To Court

 

“I would now like to draw a line under this and put it in the past. I also would like to thank from the bottom of my heart the fans that stood by me. I’m especially grateful for all the support I have received from the public, my friends, family and team. With that support and my determination I have won this battle.”

The X Factor judge said that her ex-boyfriend had messed around with the wrong woman

One thing is for sure, when it comes to making the Tulisa sex tape, Tulisa is not very good at it, so thank god she is a better singer than she is at making sex tapes.

 

Steve Muigai joins DFP Hospitality

Steve Muigai

Steve Muigai has recently joined Digital Footprint Marketing- Hospitality Solutions as their Head Mixologist. An acclaimed mixologist with over 18 years of experience, he honed his craft as Head Mixologist at world-famous Burj Al Arab Dubai for over 10 years.

Mr. Muigai brings international flair and bar knowledge- empowering mixologists and bar staff to create unique libation experiences. Many of his students have gone on to be recognized internationally under his tutelage.

 

Steve himself has been recognized across the globe by the:

  • International Bartenders Association
  • United Arab Emirates Bartenders Guild
  • United States Bartenders Guild
  • New York Society of Mixology
  • Bartender Spirit Awards

He understands the pressures of delivering for businesses to deliver world-class, premium beverage products for their customers. His attention to detail, commitment to hands-on implementation, adaptability to regional and logistical challenges and uncompromising quality standards allow us to offer unrivalled support for your team from project to operation. As Head of Mixology at DFP Hospitality Solutions, he partners with businesses to improve their beverage and bar operations through DFP Hospitality’s Mixology services. 

For more info, contact Steve at smuigai@dfpmarketing.com or visit www.dfpmarketing.com/hospitality

 

TJV CAPITAL LTD Offers One-Stop Trading Platform for Foreign Exchange and Digital Currency

TJV CAPITAL LTD forex

Trading Foreign Exchange, Digital Currency, Noble Metals, and Energy is easier now. TJVForex provides a one-stop trading platform with leverage to trade from the comfort of the home.

 

TJV CAPITAL LTD or also known as Tjvforex, has launched its official website to accommodate forex exchange and digital currency traders to trade CFD. Tjvforex provides MT4 (MetaTrader 4) platform to trade the global market, which includes 47 foreign exchange pairs, 3 Major Digital Currencies (Bitcoin, Litecoin, and Ethereum), Gold, Silver, Crude Oil, Natural Gas, and many more. The international market is running 24 hours a day. Thus, traders can enter or exit the market anytime they want.

Forex (foreign exchange) allows investors to enter a market that is far larger in scope than that of the stock market. Foreign exchange is a high volume trading market, in which millions of traders participate in the market, and the daily trading volume exceeds 4 trillion U.S. dollars. With this high volume market, investors can enter or exit trades easily, and it also provides fair and transparent prices. The foreign exchange investment is a liquid market if compared to another investment, such as real estate or property business. It means investors can withdraw their money anytime they want.

Another instrument that investors can trade in Tjvforex’s MT4 platform is a digital currency. Digital currency, also known as cryptocurrency , electronic money, digital money, or electronic currency, is an unregulated currency controlled by its own users or developer. There are three major digital currencies, including Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Litecoin. One of the leading cryptocurrency, Bitcoin, was founded in 2009 by someone named Satoshi Nakamoto. The Bitcoin currency is worth over 10 thousand U.S. dollars now. Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies are popular among financial traders now.

Tjvforex utilizes MT4 (Meta Trader 4) for their investors. Tjvforex’s MT4 platform is the most advanced trading software used by traders, financial institutions, and banks. It provides a live global market and equipped with 31 chart drawing tools, 9 trading time options, 33 technical indicators, custom indicators, sound alarms, and many more.

“At TJV Forex, we strive to provide you with the best trading experience and customer services.’ said the company representative.

 

About TJV CAPITAL LTD

TJV CAPITAL LTD, also known as TIV Forex, is a foreign exchange broker that provides financial and digital currency markets. Besides forex and cryptocurrency, investors can also trade metals, natural gas, and more. For more information or download their MT4 platform, please visit https://tjvy.com/.

Was Eastenders right to sack young actress

Melissa Suffield eastenders

The producer sacked Melissa Suffield who played Lucy Beale in Eastenders after claims she behaved badly out of the show and caused bad publicity for the hit BBC1 soap. The actress has now hit back at bosses at the BBC claiming they were out of order for sacking her and we would like to know what you think.

We want to hear off you, we want to know if you feel the show bosses were right to sack the actress and if you feel they should have killed Lucy off instead of bringing in a new actress to play the part.

Read our recent article below and give us your comments. 

Eastenders Star hits back over sacking
 

The cast of Eastenders were shocked when a popular member of the cast was sacked but they were not as shocked as Melissa Suffield who plays Lucy Beale. Melissa, 17, who was sacked in May after six years on the hit show cannot believe how harsh the bosses of the show were with her.
 
The actress who was fired for her unruly behaviour has said she is disgusted with the way she was treated by the bosses of the show.
 
Melissa told The Sun Newspaper: “It’s not like I was going out, punching photographers and being sick in a gutter. I’m only doing what every other girl of 17 does.
 
“It’s not an excuse, but out of all the things Lucy has done, the only one I’ve done is drink underage.”
 
According to reports, Bosses of the show were fed up with her bad behaviour which includes raunchy images appeared in Facebook as well as the actress leaving an over 18 nightclub at 4am in the morning.
 
She said: “They were really angry. I was apologetic and told them it wouldn’t happen again.”
 
The actress could not convince bosses of the show to keep her on and was eventually sacked. There have been rumours that Lucy will return to the show but played by a different actress.

Robbie Williams Brags To Fans About His Manhood

robbie williams manhood

Take That Star delighted his fans in Croatia when he bragged about his manhood.

Robbie Williams who has suffered from stage fright for many years now wanted to impress his Croatia fans by learning some of the lingo. However we are not sure the person who was teaching Robbie the local language was playing a prank on him or if Robbie meant to say ‘“Ja imam veliki kurac” which translates into “I have a big c***”

 

Read:Inside Russell Brand’s Troubled Career

 

The cheeky singer who was playing at his Zagreb gig got the audience laughing after he made the remark.

As the audience were laughing, Robbie Williams who has delighted millions of his fans with his latest tour, kept on repeating the remark.

 

One said: ‘It was very strange. He got a huge cheer but he couldn’t stop laughing.’

Robbie Williams who has not confirmed or denied if he will be getting back with the Take That Band next year when they record a new album, is currently delighting fans with his Take The Crown tour which has been supported by his close friend Olly Murs.